12/31/20 DESIGN NO.

12/31/20 DESIGN NO.
_______
SECTION 15985
1 18 70
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The sequence of operation is hereby defined as the

written manner and method by which HVAC systems and
16 other building systems and equipment operate. This
description includes automatic and manual control
functions and includes operation(s) which are
monitored, observed, trended, etc. and otherwise used
to make decisions regarding system operation.
B. Operating equipment, devices, and system components
required for control systems are also specified in
other Division 15 Sections. Specific requirements for
each type of control system operation are specified in
Section 15501, General Provisions for Heating,
Ventilating and Air Conditioning Work, and this section
and are included by specific reference.
C. Input/Output (I/O) points which are required are herein
defined as those hardware and software points needed to
achieve the described sequence of operation,
measurement, monitoring, calculating and alarming.
These are as shown on the Point Lists, and as described
and/or shown on the contract drawings, and as described
in all specification sections. The points requirement
is cumulative in its effect so as to be more complete
and inclusive than any one cited source. The points
shall be monitored, displayed, adjusted, trended,
and/or alarmed at the SOC.
D. Adjustability of Settings: Declarations within the
specifications of setpoints, differentials, times,
alarm settings, and all other such settings are hereby
understood to be adjustable at the Portable Operator’s
Terminal (POT) and/or School Operating Console (SOC).
Settings provided are intended as an initial operating
condition for system startup and configuration unless
otherwise noted. Final settings determined in
conjunction with other trades, such as the Test & Air
Balancing Contractor, and during system startup and
calibration shall be included in final system backed-
up, sequence of operations and included in the owner’s
manual and close-out documentation.
NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

1
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Refer to the plans and specifications throughout for

abbreviations and other references used to define
objects, systems, and operations commonly used in this
section to describe the sequences of operation. Common
trade abbreviations might be used without reference.
B. ACU: Air Conditioning Unit

C. ACCU: Air-Cooled Condensing Unit
D. AHU: Air Handling Unit
E. BMS: Building Management System
F. CAV: Constant Air Volume
G. CB: Chilled Beam
H. DDC: Direct Digital Controls
I. DIU: Displacement Induction Unit
J. DOAS: Dedicated Outside Air System
K. DRU: Decoupled Recirculating Unit
L. ERW: Energy Recovery Wheel
M. FCU: Fan Coil Unit
N. FPB: Fan-Powered VAV Box
O. HHL: Humidity High Limit
P. NSB: Night Set Back Temperature
Q. NSU: Night Set Up Temperature
R. POT Portable Operator’s Terminal
S. RTU: Rooftop HVAC Unit
T. SOC School Operating Console
U. SZVAV: Single Zone Variable Air Volume
V. UV: Unit Ventilator
W. VAV: Variable Air Volume
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Division 15 Sections
B. Division 16 Sections
1.4 SUPPLEMENTAL SUBMITTALS

2
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
Sequence of Operation: Submit Shop Drawings for each of the

systems being controlled and include a written sequence of
operation as it appears in these specifications. Any
deviation from the written sequences shall be highlighted by
the Temperature Controls Contractor (TCC) or Original
Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) so that the A/E of Record and
the Facilities Management Systems Integrator (FMSI) or
Commissioning Authority can review, comment and respond to
each change. Omission of a sequence or modification of a
sequence does not relieve the TCC or OEM from providing the
specified sequence.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not applicable to this section.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
14 3.1 TERMINAL UNITS’ CONTROL SEQUENCES
A. Radiator, Finned-Tube Radiators and Convectors per

Section 15835:
1. Provide room thermostat to maintain space
temperature by controlling the radiator or
convector hot water or steam valve. Full BMS/DDC
projects shall employ BACnet analog modulation
control. BACnet DDC with local BACnet network
projects using hot water shall employ BACnet
analog modulation control. All space heating
controls shall only be enabled during the Winter
mode and shall be de-activated during the Summer
mode. For hydronic projects, the controller shall
be polled on 10 minute intervals to provide the
hot water valve position to be used for heating
loop pump differential pressure reset logic.
Controller network polling is not limited to 10
minute intervals.
2. VAV Terminal Units with Steam or Hot Water
Radiators or Convectors: The tie-in of the control
valve to VAV controller shall permit integrated
room heating/cooling controller to control by
modulating the radiator or convector control
valve. In each room the perimeter radiation
control valve shall be controlled through the
controller (see VAV Box control paragraph below of
this article for more detail). All space heating

3
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

mode.
3. All finned-tube radiation units and convectors
18 shall be provided with electric/electronic or
pneumatic (CIP projects) control valves as
indicated.
1 4. BMS or local BACnet network I/O Points: Provide
the BMS or local BACnet network I/O points as
specified and as shown on the Drawings.
B. Unit Heater Control (Hot Water) per Section 15836
3 [ref. 1598516a Standard Control Drawing and Point List]
1. Provide BACnet room thermostat to maintain space

1 temperature. Provide strap-on aquastat on unit
return piping to de-energize fan motor when fluid
temperature falls below adjustable setting of
aquastat. All space heating controls shall only be
enabled during the Winter mode and shall be de-
activated during the Summer mode. Failure of the
fan to run shall be alarmed at the SOC of the BMS
system.
C. Unit Heater Control (DDC/Electric- Freeze
Protection) per Section 15836
1. Provide space sensor connected to BACnet

1
controller or BACnet thermostat to cycle fan motor
and electric element to maintain constant
unoccupied and occupied space temperature 50˚F
setting for crawl spaces or other unoccupied
spaces that have pipes subject to possible
freezing.
2. Unit heater controllers for freeze protection
located in mechanical rooms shall have
occupied/unoccupied setpoint adjustments through
the network. Temperature Control Contractor (TCC)
shall provide a BACnet controller physically
mounted outside of the unit heater housing if unit
heater housing does not permit integral inside
mounting of the controller. Acceptable alternate
is to mount controller on the wall above the
suspended ceiling. Room sensor shall connect to
the controller. The controller shall send a low
temperature alarm at 45˚F to the networked system.

4
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
Alternate option is to provide BACnet thermostat

in lieu of remote BACnet controller. Any unit
heaters mounted in explosion proof areas shall
have a TCC provided and installed thermostat
mounted in an adjacent non-explosion proof space
with a remote wired temperature sensor located
within the explosion proof area. Any other
explosion proof area unit heater monitoring
control such as current switch, etc. shall be
mounted in the external power feeds to the unit
and not located within the explosion proof area.
Failure of the fan to run shall be alarmed at the
SOC.
1 3. I/O Points: Provide the I/O points as specified
and as shown on the Drawings.
D. Cabinet Unit Heater Control (Hot Water) – With
Occupied/ Unoccupied Setback per Section 15836:
1 1. For new building and major modification projects,

provide wall-mounted or integral cabinet unit
heater BACnet thermostat (or sensor/BACnet
controller) to cycle fan motor to maintain
occupied 72˚F space temperature and unoccupied
space temperature of 55˚F for non-vestibule
spaces. Vestibule cabinet unit heaters shall have
an occupied 60°F setpoint. Vestibule cabinet unit
heaters shall have an unoccupied 55°F setpoint.
Cabinet unit heater shall only allow vestibule
heat when outside air is below 45°F as monitored
by the networked outside air sensor. Vestibules
with both cabinet unit heaters and door air
curtains shall be fed with primary loop 30%
propylene glycol hot water. Provide aquastat to
prevent fan operation until hot water is
available. The thermostat/controller shall send a
low temperature alarm at space temperature of 45˚F
to the networked system. All space heating
mode. Failure of the fan to run shall be alarmed
at the SOC of the networked system.

5
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
E. Cabinet Unit Heater Control (Electric - With

Occupied/Unoccupied Setback per Section 15836:
1. For new building and major modification projects,

1 provide wall-mounted BACnet thermostat (or
sensor/BACnet controller) to cycle fan motor and
79 electric element to maintain occupied 72˚F space
temperature and unoccupied space temperature of
55˚F for non-vestibule spaces. Vestibule cabinet
unit heaters shall have an occupied 60°F setpoint.
Vestibule cabinet unit heaters shall have an
unoccupied 55°F setpoint. Cabinet unit heater
shall only allow vestibule heat when outside air
is below 45°F as monitored by the networked
outside air sensor. The BACnet
thermostat/controller shall send a low temperature
alarm at space temperature of 45˚F to the
networked system. For CIP projects, provide
electronic 7-day scheduling thermostat to cycle
the fan and electric element. All space heating
mode. Failure of the fan to run shall be alarmed
at the SOC of the networked system.
2. I/O Points: Provide the I/O points as specified
1
F. Dual-Temperature Unit Ventilator Control per Section
15857 (Decoupled Systems for Space Heating/Cooling
Loads Only, Ventilation is Handled by Central Unit):
3 [ref. 1598503c Standard Control Drawing and Point List]
18 1. Heating-and-Cooling: Provide room sensor for input

to BACnet controller or provide BACnet thermostat
to maintain space temperature by modulating
control valve mounted within unit ventilator
cabinet. The controller shall be polled on 10
minute intervals to provide the hot water/chilled
dual temperature water valve positions to be used
for the dual temperature heating/chilled water
pump differential pressure reset logic.
minute intervals.
2. Change-over for dual temperature control valves
from heating to cooling shall be automatic and

6
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
shall be controlled either by a temperature sensor

on the hydronic supply pipe or via a broadcast
standard network variable change-over signal.
During the heating cycle, the dual temperature
control valve shall modulate open when the space
temperature falls below the space temperature
setpoint. During the cooling cycle, the dual
temperature control valve shall modulate open when
the space temperature rises above the space
temperature setpoint.
3. Occupied Heating Mode: Fan shall be commanded on.
Space sensor shall signal controller to modulate
hot water supply valve to maintain space
temperature of 72°F.
4. Unoccupied Heating Mode: Fan shall cycle OFF at
the beginning of the unoccupied mode. The hot
water control valve shall be modulated to maintain
the NSB (Night Setback) space setpoint of 55°F. If
the space temperature falls below 50°F cut-in
point, the controller shall cycle the fan ON until
the space temperature rises 5°F above the cut-in
point at which time the fan shall cycle OFF.
5. Pre-Occupied Morning Warm Up Mode: Fan shall be
commanded on. Space sensor shall signal controller
to modulate hot water supply valve to bring up the
space temperature from the unoccupied temperature
to 72°F. Cycle start time shall be based on the
difference between the current temperature and the
occupied setpoint for optimum start controls.
Additionally, per Section 6.4.3.3.3 of ASHRAE
90.1-2016, the control algorithm shall also be a
function of the outdoor temperature and the amount
of time prior to scheduled occupancy.
6. Occupied Cooling Mode: Fans shall be commanded ON.
chilled water control valve to maintain space
7. Pre-Occupied Morning Pull Down Mode: Fans shall be
commanded ON. Space sensor shall signal controller
to modulate chilled water control valve to bring
down the space temperature from the unoccupied
temperature to a space temperature of 78°F. Cycle
start time shall be based on the difference
between the current temperature and the occupied
setpoint for optimum start controls.
7
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

and as shown on the control drawings.
9. For ceiling hung units, per Section MC 307.2.3 of
the 2014 NYC Mechanical Code, where the primary
drain pan is not provided with auxiliary drain
line or an auxiliary drain pan is not provided
with an auxiliary drain line, a hard-wired water-
level detection device located in the auxiliary
pan or primary pan shall shut off the equipment
served prior to overflow of the auxiliary pan.
G. Four Pipe Unit Ventilator Control per Section 15857

(Decoupled Systems for Space Heating/Cooling Loads
Only, Ventilation is Handled by Central Unit):
3 [ref. 1598503d Standard Control Drawing and Point List]
1. Heating-and-Cooling: Provide room sensor for input

to BACnet controller or provide BACnet thermostat
to maintain space temperature by modulating
control valves mounted within unit ventilator
cabinet. The controller shall be polled on 10
minute intervals to provide the hot water valve
and chilled water positions to be used for heating
and chilled water pump differential pressure reset
logic. Controller network polling is not limited
to 10 minute intervals.
2. During the heating cycle, the hot water control

valve shall modulate open when the space
temperature falls below the space temperature
setpoint. During the cooling cycle, the chilled
water control valve shall modulate open when the
space temperature rises above the space
3. Occupied Heating Mode: Fan shall be commanded on.

hot water supply valve to maintain space

8
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
4. Unoccupied Heating Mode: Fan shall cycle OFF at

the beginning of the unoccupied mode. The hot
water control valve shall be modulated to maintain
the NSB (Night Setback) space setpoint of 55°F. If
the space temperature falls below 50°F cut-in
point, the controller shall cycle the fan ON until
the space temperature rises 5°F above the cut-in
point at which time the fan shall cycle OFF.
5. Pre-Occupied Morning Warm Up Mode: Fan shall be

commanded on. Space sensor shall signal controller
to modulate hot water supply valve to bring up the
space temperature from the unoccupied temperature
to 72˚F. Cycle start time shall be based on the
6. Occupied Cooling Mode: Fans shall be commanded ON.

chilled water control valve to maintain space
temperature of 78˚+0˚-2˚F.
7. Occupied Economizer Mode: If the decoupled unit

can not maintain 78˚+0˚-2˚F by itself, the unit
ventilator fan shall be commanded on. Space sensor
shall signal controller to modulate chilled water
valve to maintain 78˚+0˚-2˚F.
8. Pre-Occupied Morning Pull Down Mode: Fans shall be

commanded OFF. Decoupled central unit shall
control the pre-occupied morning pull down cycle.

1
and as shown on the control drawings.
10. For ceiling hung units, per Section MC 307.2.3,

where the primary drain pan is not provided with
auxiliary drain line or an auxiliary drain pan is
not provided with an auxiliary drain line, a hard-
wired water-level detection device located in the
auxiliary pan or primary pan shall shut off the
equipment served prior to overflow of the pan.

9
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
11. Unoccupied Cooling: Decoupled unit provides this

cycle. Unit ventilator fan shall be off and
chilled water valve shall be closed.
H. Heating-Only Decoupled (i.e. Tempering) (No Cooling)

Unit Ventilator Associated With Separate Direct
18 Radiation Convectors per Section 15857:
[ref. 1598514a Standard Control Drawing and Point List]

3
1. System Description: The UV and hot water baseboard
radiator valve (or steam radiator valve) shall be
controlled by a dedicated, factory-mounted UV
BACnet DDC controller. Each area served shall have
mounted within its space a local zone device which
shall provide the space temperature sensor and
setpoint adjustment through the network. Each
perimeter hot water baseboard radiator (or steam
radiator) shall have a modulating control valve.
The controller shall be polled on 10 minute
intervals to provide the hot water valve positions
to be used for heating pump differential pressure
reset logic. Controller network polling is not
limited to 10 minute intervals.
2. Operating Mode: The operation of the unit
ventilator together with the hot water or steam
radiation valve of the separate convector shall
maintain the room at the desired temperature and
to provide ventilation air to the space.
3. Sequence of Operation: The control cycle shall
operate so that:
a. Warm-up period: The unit ventilator fan shall
be ON, no outside air shall be introduced;
full hot water or steam shall be supplied to
the separate convectors; and the heating
element of the unit ventilator shall have its
1 face/bypass dampers controlled to maintain a
65˚F supply temperature. The unit ventilator
shall recirculate the room air. The unit
ventilator isolation valves shall be opened
anytime air passes over the face coil. The
recirculation dampers shall be fully opened.
The central exhaust fan shall be OFF
according to the DDC Scheduler. Cycle start

10
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
time (to close outside air intake damper)

shall be based on the difference between the
current temperature and the occupied setpoint
for optimum start controls. Additionally,
per Section 6.4.3.3.3 of ASHRAE 90.1-2016,
the control algorithm shall also be a
function of the outdoor temperature and the
amount of time prior to scheduled occupancy.
Separate direct radiation convectors shall
provide the majority of the warm up cycle
capacity. Unit ventilator only assists
separate direct radiation convectors by
providing 65ºF recirculated air.
b. Occupied Heating: The unit ventilator fan shall
be on. The required minimum outside air, as
indicated on the Drawings, shall be
introduced and the return air damper shall
partly close. Whenever space heating is
required, except for warm-up periods, only
minimum outside air shall be introduced.
During the occupied mode, the separate
convectors shall be modulated to maintain the
occupied space setpoint of 72˚F. The unit
ventilator discharge temperature sensor shall
modulate the face/bypass dampers to provide
65˚F (adjustable) neutral air to the space.
The unit ventilator isolation valves shall be
opened anytime air passes over the face coil.
The central exhaust fan shall be ON according
to the DDC Scheduler.
c. Unoccupied Heating: The unit ventilator shall
assist the separate convectors that shall
maintain the space at 55˚F during the
unoccupied periods. The unit ventilator fan
shall cycle on anytime the space sensor calls
for heat. The unit ventilator discharge air
temperature sensor shall modulate the
face/bypass dampers to provide 65˚F air to
the space. The unit ventilator isolation
valves shall be opened anytime air passes
over the face coil. The outside air intake
damper shall be fully closed and the
recirculation damper shall be fully opened.
The central exhaust fan shall be OFF
according to the DDC Scheduler. Refer to
Article 3.27 whereby ventilation is to be

11
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
provided 24 hours per day/7 days per week and

demand controlled ventilation is to be
disabled when the Special Ventilation modes
are enabled.
d. For hot water systems, a freezestat located

downstream of the unit ventilator coil set at
2 39˚F (adjustable) shall lockout the supply
fan by turning it off, open the unit
ventilator isolation valve to allow hot water
to circulate through the unit ventilator
coil, close the outside air intake damper,
close the face damper, open the bypass
damper, and open the recirculation damper.
The freezestat shall be manually reset to
return to normal operation. Manual reset
shall be easily accessible without the need
of ladders or scaffolds. Reset shall be
located in a secure location and shall not
require any special tools.
1 e. The unit ventilator shall be provided with a
BACnet controller and sensor with local
adjustment to integrate to the network.
1 4. I/O Points: Provide the I/O points as specified.

I. Heating (i.e. Tempering)/Cooling Unit Ventilator
Associated with Separate Direct Radiation (Convectors)
(Decoupled Heating/Coupled Cooling) for Retrofit
Projects per Section 15857:
1. Unit ventilator shall be started and stopped

18
automatically from the DDC Scheduler. Provide a
1 BACnet controller and sensor with setpoint
adjustment through the network for the unit
ventilator to integrate into the network.
Communicate data to the network as specified. The
controller shall be polled on 10 minute intervals
to provide the hot water valve and chilled water
valve positions to be used for hot water pump and
chilled water pump differential pressure reset
to 10 minute intervals. The room sensor and unit
ventilator discharge duct temperature sensor shall
control the electronic control valves of the

12
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
separate convector(s) and the face-and-bypass

dampers and modulating valves of the unit
11 ventilator to maintain the room at the desired
temperature (72˚F winter occupied, 55˚F winter
unoccupied, 78˚F summer occupied, and 85˚F summer
unoccupied). An electronic actuator damper shall
close the outside air damper whenever the unit
ventilator blowers are not operating and during
the warm-up and pull-down cycle.
37 2. Heating Mode (Steam): The unit ventilator fan
shall operate continuously during the occupied and
warm-up cycles. During the warm-up period, the
11 face and bypass dampers shall modulate between the
face and bypass positions to provide a 65˚F
discharge temperature, no outside air shall be
introduced, full steam shall be supplied to the
heating element of the separate convectors and the
unit ventilator shall recirculate the room air
with the recirculation damper fully opened. The
outdoor air damper shall remain closed until
building occupancy. The central exhaust fans shall
be OFF during the warm-up cycle according to the
DDC Scheduler. Cycle start time shall be based on
the difference between the current temperature and
the occupied setpoint for optimum start controls.
of time prior to scheduled occupancy. Separate
direct radiation convectors shall provide the
majority of the warm up cycle capacity. Unit
ventilator only assists separate direct radiation
convectors by providing 65ºF recirculated air.
a. Occupied Cycle: During the occupied period,
the face and bypass dampers shall modulate
between the face mode and bypass mode to
provide a 65˚F neutral discharge temperature.
The space sensor shall control the separate
perimeter radiation to maintain a 72˚F space
temperature. The minimum outside air
indicated on the Drawings shall be introduced
and the return damper shall partly close.
Whenever heating is required, except for
warm-up periods, only the outside air
indicated on the Drawings shall be
introduced. The 2-position steam heating

13
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
valve shall be open any time the face/bypass

damper is not in the full bypass mode. The
steam unit ventilator shall be equipped with
one steam coil and one chilled water coil (4
pipe). The central exhaust fan shall be
scheduled on by the DDC Scheduler during the
occupied heating cycle.
3. Heating Mode (Hot Water): The unit ventilator fan
shall operate continuously during the warm-up and
occupied cycles. During the warm-up period, the
face and bypass dampers shall modulate between the
face mode and bypass mode to provide a 65˚F
discharge temperature, no outside air shall be
introduced, full hot water shall be supplied to
the heating element of the separate convectors and
the unit ventilator shall re-circulate the room
air with the recirculation damper fully opened.
The outdoor air damper shall remain closed until
building occupancy. The central exhaust fans shall
be OFF during the warm-up cycle according to the
DDC Scheduler. Cycle start time shall be based on
the occupied setpoint for optimum start controls.
of time prior to scheduled occupancy. Separate
direct radiation convectors shall provide the
majority of the warm up cycle capacity. Unit
ventilator only assists separate direct radiation
convectors by providing 65ºF recirculated air.
the face and bypass dampers shall modulate
between the face mode and bypass mode to
provide a 65˚F neutral discharge temperature.
perimeter radiation to maintain a 72˚F space
temperature. The minimum outside air
and the return damper shall partly close.
Whenever heating is required, except for
warm-up periods, only the outside air
to the room. The 2-position hydronic valve
shall be open any time the face/bypass damper
is not in the full bypass mode. The hot

14
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
37
water unit ventilator shall be equipped with
one dual temperature coil (for hot and
chilled water) with a 2-pipe connection. The
central exhaust fan shall be scheduled ON by
the DDC Scheduler during the occupied heating
cycle.
4. The DDC Scheduler shall communicate the beginning
and ending of the occupied and unoccupied modes.
If a local time clock is used, then the heating or
cooling mode shall be selected manually and
broadcast to the unit.
5. Cooling Mode - Occupied Cycle: The unit ventilator
fan shall be on during the occupied cooling cycle.
Space sensor shall control the face/bypass dampers
to maintain a setpoint temperature of 78˚F. The
11 separate convector valves shall be fully closed,
the outside air damper shall introduce the amount
of air shown on the Drawings, and the return air
damper shall be partially opened. The central
exhaust fan shall be scheduled ON by the DDC
Scheduler during the occupied cooling cycle.
a. On a further decrease in temperature, the
face/bypass damper shall modulate to bypass.
b. On an increase in room temperature, the
sequence shall occur in the reverse order.
c. The air discharge sensor (which controls the
face/bypass dampers during the heating mode)
shall be eliminated from the control sequence
during the cooling cycle.
d. If the outside air temperature is less than
65°F, the unit shall go into an economizer
cycle. The outside air damper shall be fully
opened and the recirculation damper shall be
fully closed. The outside air temperature
being less than 65°F, shall signal the
central exhaust fan VFD to go to its high
economizer exhaust rate setting. Upon an
increase in outside air temperature to 65°F
or above, the unit shall return to provide
the minimum ventilation air and the return
damper shall open to provide the total
required supply flow.
37 6. Unoccupied Cycle (Steam Heating Mode Only) - Fan
OFF, outdoor air damper closed, open separate

15
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
Convector heating valve if indoor air temperature

is below the Unoccupied setpoint of 55˚F. On a
drop in room temperature below the unoccupied
setpoint the unit ventilator fan shall cycle on
(with face/bypass dampers modulating between the
11 face mode and bypass mode to maintain a 65˚F
discharge air temperature) until the room
temperature exceeds the unoccupied setpoint.
11 Steam is continuously applied to the coil in the
Unoccupied Mode and is refreshed by the steam trap
relieving the condensate for coil freeze
protection.
7. Unoccupied Cycle (Hot Water Heating Mode Only) -
Fan OFF, outdoor air damper closed, open separate
Convector heating valve(s) if indoor air
temperature is below the unoccupied setpoint of
55˚F. On a drop in room temperature below the
unoccupied setpoint, the unit ventilator fan shall
cycle ON (heating isolation valve open) with the
11 face/bypass dampers modulating between the face
mode and the bypass mode to maintain a 65˚F
discharge air temperature until the room
temperature exceeds the unoccupied setpoint.
Refer to Article 3.27 whereby ventilation is to be
demand controlled ventilation is to be disabled
when the Special Ventilation modes are enabled.
Unoccupied Cooling: The unit ventilator shall
provide all space load cooling during the
unoccupied time periods. The unoccupied setup
temperature shall be 85˚F. During the unoccupied
cooling mode, the outside air intake damper shall
be fully closed and the recirculation damper shall
be fully opened. The unit ventilator fan shall
cycle on if unoccupied cooling is required. The
face and bypass dampers shall be controlled to
maintain the unoccupied space temperature of 85˚F.
The unit ventilator chilled water isolation valve
shall open any time there is flow across the face
coil. The central exhaust fan shall be scheduled
off by the DDC Scheduler during the unoccupied
cooling cycle. Refer to Article 3.27 whereby
ventilation is to be provided 24 hours per day/7
days per week and demand controlled ventilation is
to be disabled when the Special Ventilation modes
are enabled.

16
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
8. Pull-down Cycle: The unit ventilator fan shall be

commanded on during the cooling pull-down cycle.
The space sensor shall control the face/bypass
11 dampers to bring down the space temperature from
the unoccupied setting of 85˚F to the occupied
setting of 78˚F. The unit ventilator chilled
water isolation valve shall open anytime there is
flow across the face coil. The outside air intake
damper shall be fully closed and the recirculation
damper shall be fully opened. The central exhaust
fan shall be scheduled off by the DDC Scheduler
during the pull-down cooling cycle. Cycle start
time shall be based on the difference between the
current temperature and the occupied setpoint for
optimum start controls. Additionally, per Section
6.4.3.3.3 of ASHRAE 90.1-2016, the control
algorithm shall also be a function of the outdoor
temperature and the amount of time prior to
scheduled occupancy.
11. Hydronic Freeze Protection: For hot water systems,
a freezestat located downstream of the unit
ventilator coil set at 39˚F shall cycle the supply
fan off (if it is on at the time), open the unit
ventilator isolation valve to allow hot water to
circulate through the unit ventilator coil, close
the outside air intake damper (if it is opened at
the time), close the face damper, open the bypass
damper, and open the recirculation damper. The
freezestat shall be manually reset.
12. The Room’s Central Exhaust fan shall be enabled on
during the occupied modes so that when the Unit
Ventilator Fans are running, the room central
system exhaust fan is running. Refer to Article
3.27 whereby ventilation is to be provided 24
hours per day/7 days per week and demand
controlled ventilation is to be disabled when the
Special Ventilation modes are enabled. Central
System Exhaust Fan Run Status via a motor leg
current switch shall be displayed to the networked
System. The central exhaust fan shall be scheduled
on/off through the DDC Scheduler.
13. The Summer/Winter Change-Over: Summer/winter
changeover shall be provided to automatically
index the unit ventilator controls to maintain an
occupied setting of 78˚F during the cooling cycle

17
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
and 72˚F during the heating cycle. Change-over

between heating and cooling shall be automatic and
shall be controlled by a temperature sensor on the
hydronic supply pipe or by a network variable
command.
15. For ceiling hung units, per Section MC 307.2.3,
where the primary drain pan is not provided with
equipment served prior to overflow of the
auxiliary pan.

18
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
J. Variable Air Volume Box Control (Non-fan-powered,

cooling-only) with perimeter heating system per Section
1 15930
1. System Description: The VAV box damper and
18 perimeter fin tube radiator valve shall be
controlled by a dedicated, VAV box BACnet DDC
32 controller. Each area served shall have mounted
within its space a local zone device which shall
provide the space temperature sensor and setpoint
adjustment (through the network). In addition,
non-corridor spaces served by VAV boxes shall be
equipped with CO2 sensors that shall reset the
occupied minimum ventilation rate to a standby
vacant minimum ventilation rate when the space
becomes vacant during normal scheduled occupied
hours. Refer to Article 3.27 whereby ventilation
is to be provided 24 hours per day/7 days per week
and demand controlled ventilation is to be
disabled when the Special Ventilation modes are
enabled. Each perimeter fin tube radiator shall
have a modulating control valve. During the
heating mode, the controller shall be polled on 10
minute intervals to provide the hot water valve
positions to be used for hot water pump
differential pressure reset logic. During the
cooling mode, the controller shall be polled on 10
minute intervals to provide the VAV box damper
positions to be used for supply fan static
pressure reset logic. Controller network polling
is not limited to 10 minute intervals. Per
Section 6.5.3.2.3 of ASHRAE 90.1-2016, controls
shall be able to automatically detect those zones
that may be excessively driving the reset logic
and generate an alarm to the system operator to
allow for operator removal of zone(s) from the
reset algorithm.
2. Operating Mode: The operating modes of the VAV box
controller shall be sequenced occupied heating and
cooling and unoccupied heating and cooling through
a space temperature sensor and space CO2
controller wired to the DDC controller. Occupied
and standby vacant modes shall be automatically
determined by the CO2 sensor.
a. Occupied Mode during Scheduled Occupancy
Periods: When the CO2 sensor determines that

19
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
the classroom is occupied, the active VAV box

minimum shall be the occupied minimum air
flow setpoint as shown on the Drawing
schedules and table below. During the
occupied mode, VAV damper shall be commanded
to its instantaneous occupied minimum
position during the heating mode and shall
modulate as required to meet the space
setpoint during the cooling mode. Refer to
are enabled.
b. Unoccupied Cooling Mode during Scheduled

Unoccupied Periods: Refer to Article 3.27
whereby ventilation is to be provided 24
12 hours per day/7 days per week and demand
controlled ventilation is to be disabled when
the Special Ventilation modes are enabled.
All VAV boxes shall be closed if the
representative room measured temperature is
less than the unoccupied space setpoint of
85°F plus 2°F. At the unoccupied space
setpoint of 85°F plus 2°F or greater, all
VAV boxes shall be opened to their fully
occupied minimum ventilation rate position as
shown on the Drawing schedules and table
below. Central air unit shall cycle its
supply fan until the representative room has
met the unoccupied space setpoint of 85ºF.
c. Occupied VAV box air flow set point schedule

with CO2 control shall be as noted in the
table below:
Difference Minimum VAV Box Air Flow

Between Set Point
Space and
Outside Air
CO2 (PPM)
0 Standby rate of cfm/SF *

space SF
700 Fully Occupied Rate of

20
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
cfm/SF * Space SF +
cfm/p * full population
3. Scheduling: The DDC Scheduler shall place the DDC

controlled VAV box in the unoccupied mode or
occupied mode.
4. Scheduled Occupied Cooling Mode: On a drop in
space temperature below its occupied cooling
setpoint of 78˚F nominal adjustable minus a 2°F
differential, the VAV box shall modulate from its
maximum cooling airflow setting to its
instantaneous minimum occupied cooling airflow
setting during occupied hours or to its Standby
setting during Standby occupied hours. Occupancy
or vacancy shall be determined by space CO2
sensor subject to 30-minute time delay,
adjustable. On a rise in space temperature above
setpoint of 78°F nominal adjustable, the reverse
sequence shall occur.
5. Scheduled Occupied Heating Mode: In heating mode,
the VAV box shall maintain its instantaneous
minimum occupied airflow setting during scheduled
occupied hours or its minimum standby setting
during scheduled occupied hours. Occupancy or
vacancy shall be determined by space CO2 sensor.
On a drop in space temperature below its occupied
heating setpoint of 72˚F nominal adjustable minus
a 2°F differential, the baseboard radiation valve
shall be modulated open to maintain its heating
setpoint. . On a rise in space temperature above
the heating setpoint of 72˚F nominal adjustable,
the reverse sequence shall occur.
6. Scheduled Unoccupied Heating Mode: Refer to
Article 3.27 whereby ventilation is to be provided
24 hours per day/7 days per week and demand
controlled ventilation is to be disabled when the
Special Ventilation modes are enabled. VAV box
shall be commanded closed and VAV controller shall
maintain the unoccupied heating setpoint of 55˚F
by throttling the perimeter unit control valve.
During the emergency heating mode should the
spaces fall to 50°F and the central air unit

21
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
energizes, the VAV boxes shall be commanded to

their fully occupied minimum ventilation
positions.
7. Warm Up Cycle: All VAV boxes shallremain closed
and operate the Permeter heat control valve to
maintain the warm-up space heat set point.See the
sequence of operation for the central VAV air
unit. The fin tube radiation shallprovide the
heating for the space during this mode of
operation. The space temperature during the warm
up mode shall be adjusted to 72˚F and the fin tube
radiation valve shall modulate as required to
achieve a space temperature of 72˚F. Cycle start
current temperature and the occupied setpoint for
optimum start controls. Additionally, per Section
8. Pre-Occupied Morning Pull-Down and Pre-Occupied
Morning Purge Cycle and Unoccupied Nighttime Purge
Cycle: All VAV boxes shall be opened to their
fully occupied minimum ventilation positions. See
the applicable sequence of operation for the
central air unit.
9. All space heating controls shall only be enabled
during the Winter mode and shall be de-activated
during the Summer mode. All cooling sequences
shall be disabled during the Winter mode and only
enabled in the Summer mode.
K. Fan-Powered Variable Air Volume (VAV) Terminal Units
with Series Fan (DDC Controls), With Electric Heaters
6 [For Repairs to Similar Existing Systems and/or for
Science Labs with Fixed Fume Hoods] per Section 15931
3 [ref. 1598503b Standard Control Drawing and Point List]
1. General: Each fan-powered VAV box with electric

1
heater shall be controlled by a dedicated DDC
controller that conforms to the BACnet
3 interoperability guidelines, enabling information
sharing with BACnet products from other vendors.
For HS Science Labs, HS Prep Rooms and IS Prep

22
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
Rooms, the minimum airflow setting shall be

nominally 100 CFM less than the fixed fume hood
requirements and is not governed by occupancy
status. The CO2 sensor shall only be used for
spaces other than corridors, HS Science Labs, HS
Prep Rooms and IS Prep Rooms. During the cooling
mode, the other (i.e. other than Prep Rooms and
Labs) non fan powered VAV box controllers shall be
polled at 10 minute intervals to provide the other
non fan powered VAV box damper positions to be
used for supply fan static pressure reset logic.
If the fan powered VAV box is the most remote box
or the box with the most static pressure drop, it
shall be used as the “critical” box for static
pressure reset. If one of the other non fan
powered VAV boxes is determined to be the
”critical” VAV box for static pressure reset,
after the supply fan speed is reduced in response
to the static pressure being reset, the fan
powered VAV box controller shall be checked to
verify that it is providing the fixed fume hood
minimum makeup air flow. If it is not, the supply
fan speed shall be reset once again to provide the
required fixed fume hood makeup flow. The
controller network polling is not limited to 10
minute intervals. Per Section 6.5.3.2.3 of ASHRAE
90.1-2016, controls shall be able to automatically
detect those zones that may be excessively driving
the reset logic and generate an alarm to the
system operator to allow for operator removal of
zone(s) from the reset algorithm.
2. The controllers shall incorporate multiple
Operating Modes that the operator can schedule and
control through the network based on time schedule
and/or outside air conditions. The operator shall
be able to offset the cooling or heating setpoint
of one or more group of boxes by an operator
adjustable value through the network.
3. The primary air valve shall modulate in accordance
to the space temperature to vary the air supply
from the maximum to the instantaneous minimum for
non-Labs/Prep Rooms (Refer to Article 3.27 whereby
are enabled) or to minimum hood exhaust

23
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
requirements minus 100 cfm for Labs/Prep Rooms to

maintain a space temperature of 78˚F (nominal
adjustable) during the occupied cooling cycle.
4. Operating Mode: The DDC Scheduler shall place the
DDC controlled VAV box in the scheduled unoccupied
mode or scheduled occupied mode.
a. Occupied Mode Periods: When the CO2 sensor

(for other than Prep Rooms and Labs)
determines that the classroom is occupied,
the instantaneous VAV box minimum shall be
the occupied minimum air flow setpoint as
shown on the table below. During the
occupied mode, VAV damper shall be commanded
to its instantaneous occupied minimum
position during the heating mode and shall
modulate as required to meet the space
setpoint during the cooling mode.
b. Standby Vacant during Scheduled Occupancy

Periods (for other than Prep Rooms and Labs):
The instantaneous VAV box minimum shall be
the standby ventilation position as shown
on the Drawing schedules and table below if
the CO2 sensor determines that the classroom
is vacant after 30-minute time delay,
adjustable. During the occupied heating
mode, outside air VAV damper shall be
commanded to its instantaneous Standby flow
set point and shall modulate as required to
meet the space setpoint during the cooling
mode.
c. Unoccupied Cooling, Pre-Occupied Morning

Purge, Unoccupied Nighttime Purge, Pre-
Occupied Morning Pulldown or Pre-Occupied
12 Morning Warmup Modes during Scheduled
Unoccupied and Pre-Occupied Periods: The VAV
box shall be opened to the fully occupied
minimum ventilation rate position as shown on
the Drawing schedules and table below in
order to be able to run the central unit in
the unoccupied cooling cycle, unoccupied
nighttime purge cycle and pre-occupied
morning cycles. During the unoccupied cooling
mode, the central air unit shall cycle its
supply fan until the selected representative

24
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
room has met the unoccupied space setpoint of

85ºF.
5. Scheduled Unoccupied Heating Mode (for Prep Rooms

and Labs): During the scheduled unoccupied mode of
operation of the fan-powered series VAV terminal
unit, the unit supply fan and the electric
resistant heat capacity shall be de-energized and
the primary air valve indexed fully closed. Refer
to Article 3.27 whereby ventilation is to be
a. In the scheduled unoccupied mode of
operation, the local VAV box fan, and
24 electric heater shall be enabled if the room
local sensor falls below the night setback
temperature (NSB) of 55°F. When the space
temperature rises 5°F above the NSB the fan
and electric heater shall be de-energized.
6. Scheduled Occupied Heating Mode: During the
occupied mode of operation of the fan-powered
series VAV terminal unit, the fan powered unit
supply fan shall be energized and shall maintain
continuous operation.
a. The central air handler shall supply a
primary neutral discharge air temperature of
65˚F to 72˚F. For the non Labs/Prep Rooms,
the controller shall modulate the primary air
damper to the instantaneous minimum CFM set
point as shown on the Drawing schedules and
in the below table based on the CO 2 sensor
input. Refer to Article 3.27 whereby
ventilation is to be provided 24 hours per
day/7 days per week and demand controlled
ventilation is to be disabled when the
Special Ventilation modes are enabled. Upon
a decrease in space temperature, the
controller shall modulate the electric
resistant reheat SCR up to maximum capacity,
as required, to maintain the space
temperature set point of 72˚F.
b. For the non Labs/Prep Rooms, the outside air
supply damper shall be maintained at its
instantaneous minimum setpoint position

25
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
determined by the CO2 sensor during the

heating cycle.
c. For the non Labs/Prep Rooms, when the space
temperature rises above the space temperature
set point, the reheat coil SCR shall be
modulated off and the supply damper shall
maintain the instantaneous minimum
ventilation position determined by the CO2
sensor.
7. Cooling – Occupied Mode:
a. Whenever the central air handler unit serving
the terminal unit is indexed to the occupied
mechanical cooling mode, the Fan Powered
Series VAV terminal unit supply damper shall
be modulated based on a comparison difference
signal between the space temperature sensor
and the setpoint. On a rise in space
temperature above the space setpoint, the DDC
controller shall modulate the primary air
valve open to increase primary cooling
airflow up to its maximum setting as required
to meet the cooling requirements of the
space.
b. Upon a decrease in space temperature, the
opposite action shall occur. For the non
Labs/Prep Rooms, the instantaneous minimum
damper setting determined by the CO2 sensor
shall be maintained in the software of the
VAV controller. Refer to Article 3.27
c. During the cooling cycle the electric
resistance reheat shall be de-energized (with
the exception of VAV boxes that serve the
Science Labs/Prep Rooms. VAV reheat shall
only be permitted after the VAV box has
throttled down to its minimum air flow
setting (which is nominally 100 CFM less than
the fixed fume hood requirements)).
8. For the non Labs/Prep Rooms, occupied outside
air VAV box flow set point schedule with CO 2
control shall be as noted in the table below:

26
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
Refer to Article 3.27 whereby ventilation is

to be provided 24 hours per day/7 days per
week and demand controlled ventilation is to
be disabled when the Special Ventilation
modes are enabled.
Difference Minimum Outside Air VAV

Between Box Air Flow Set Point
Space and
Outside Air
CO2 (PPM)

space SF

cfm/SF * Space SF +
The above defines the outside air setpoint for the

fan powered box serving the non Labs/Prep Rooms.
The VAV boxes are constant volume discharge boxes.
As the outside air component of the total flow is
modulated per the above table, the recirculation
component is also modulated to provide a constant
volume discharge. The minimum outside air VAV box
air flow set point for the Labs/Prep Rooms is the
required hood exhaust flow minus 100 cfm.
9. In the pre-occupied morning warm-up, pre-occupied

morning or unoccupied nighttime purge mode or pre-
occupied morning pull down mode, the VAV box
damper shall be opened to its fully occupied
minimum ventilation position and the fan shall
start. Pre-occupied morning warm up cycle start
current space temperature and the occupied
setpoint for optimum start controls. Additionally,
per Section 6.4.3.3.3 of ASHRAE 90.1-2016, the
control algorithm shall also be a function of the
outdoor temperature and the amount of time prior
to scheduled occupancy. Refer to the central VAV
unit operation for the all purge and pull down
modes.
10. Fire Alarm Shutdown (reference Section MC 606.2.2)
Fan powered boxes shall be shutdown during a fire

27
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
condition when their associated RTU or air

handling unit is commanded to shutdown by the
building Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). Fan
powered boxes shall be shutdown by the building
Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP).
11. Failure of the fan to run shall be alarmed at the
SOC of the network system.
L. Variable Air Volume Box Control (Non-Fan-Powered,
Ventilation-Only for Decoupled Classrooms with
Recirculating Only Unit Ventilators)
1. System Description: This system is for classrooms

served by a decoupled, ventilation-only RTU or
AHU, where the VAV box delivers temperature-
neutral air and the unit ventilator maintains the
desired space temperature. Each classroom served
shall have mounted within its space a local CO 2
sensing device which shall index the VAV box
between occupied and standby vacant operating
modes during the scheduled occupied periods.
During the heating and cooling modes, the VAV box
controllers shall be polled on 10 minute intervals
to provide the VAV box damper positions
(controlled by CO2 sensors) to be used for supply
fan static pressure reset logic. Controller
network polling is not limited to 10 minute
intervals. The zone with the highest static
pressure requirements shall be deemed the critical
zone and the static pressure setpoint shall be
reset in order to provide the critical zone with
its occupied minimum flow. Per Section 6.5.3.2.3
of ASHRAE 90.1-2016, controls shall be able to
automatically detect those zones that may be
excessively driving the reset logic and generate
an alarm to the system operator to allow for
operator removal of zone(s) from the reset
algorithm.

28
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
2. Operating Mode: The operating mode of the VAV box

controller shall be determined by the CO2 sensor
connected to the VAV box controller in conjunction
with the connected Air Handling Unit mode of
operation. Occupied and standby vacant ventilation
air flow modes shall be automatically determined
by the CO2 sensor. Refer to Article 3.27 whereby
are enabled.
a. Occupied Mode Periods: The VAV box shall be

indexed to its Occupied Air Flow setpoint as
shown on the Drawing schedules and below
table and the flow shall be controlled by the
CO2 sensor to the room DCV schedule.
b. Unoccupied Cooling Mode/Unoccupied Nighttime

Purge Mode: The discrete VAV box shall be
opened to its fully occupied minimum position
as shown on the Drawing schedules and below
table in order to be able to run the central
unit unoccupied cycles.
c. Occupied VAV box Air Flow Set Point schedule

with CO2 sensor control: Refer to Article
Difference Minimum VAV Box Air Flow

Between Set Point
Space and
Outside Air
CO2 (PPM)

space SF

cfm/SF * Space SF +

29
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
3. Scheduling: The VAV box shall be scheduled in the

occupied mode and unoccupied mode by the DDC
Scheduler.
M. Chilled Beams per Section 15932
3 [ref. 1598517a Standard Control Drawing and Point

List]
1. General: Chilled beam shall have the occupied and

8 unoccupied modes scheduled automatically from the
DDC Scheduler. In addition, the chilled beam
controller shall be commanded to go into the
applicable HVAC mode as directed by the network
variable input command. Provide a BACnet
controller and sensor. Setpoint adjustment shall
be achieved through the network. Communicate data
to the network per the specified points list. The
wall module with room sensor and separate
controller shall control the modulating electronic
control valves of the separate perimeter fin tube
radiation heating system and the modulating
chilled water valves of the chilled beams to
maintain the room at the desired temperature (72˚F
plus 0 minus 2˚F winter occupied, 55°F plus 0
minus 2˚F winter unoccupied and 78°F plus 0 minus
2˚F summer occupied). The chilled beam/fin tube
radiation combination controllers shall be polled
on 10 minute intervals to provide the fin tube
radiation hot water valve and chilled water valve
positions to be used for hot water pump and
chilled water pump differential pressure reset
to 10 minute intervals. Per Section 6.4.3.10.2 of
ASHRAE 90.1-2016, controls shall be able to
excessively driving the reset logic and generate
an alarm to the system operator to allow for
operator removal of zone(s) from the reset
algorithm.
2. Heating Mode: During the warm-up period, primary
DOAS air (nominally 85ºF, adjustable) shall be
introduced to the chilled beam and hot water shall
be supplied to the perimeter fin tube radiation
system. Warm up cycle start time shall be based

30
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
on the difference between the current

representative space temperature and the occupied
of time prior to scheduled occupancy. Primary
DOAS outdoor air shall not be ducted to the
chilled beam until building occupancy. The DOAS
unit supply fan shall be in a recirculation mode
and shall be ON during the warm-up cycle according
to the DDC Scheduler in parallel with fintube
radiation. The perimeter fin tube radiation
system together with the DOAS unit acting in a
recirculation mode shall heat up the spaces. The
local fin tube radiation control valve shall close
when the local space temperature reaches 72ºF
(nominal, adjustable) and cycle open/closed as
required to maintain room setpoint during the pre-
occupied morning warm up period. The DOAS unit
shall cycle out of Warmup mode to System Off mode
when the return air reaches 72°F until the next
warm up cycle when the return air temperature
drops below 70°F or until the start of Occupied
Period. The DOAS unit heating coil shall be
supplied with nominally 160°F (adjustable from
reset schedule) hot water and shall discharge at
85°F (adjustable).
the central decoupled unit shall provide
neutral tempered air to the spaces served by
the decoupled unit. The neutral tempered air
shall be at 65°F+1°F (nominal, adjustable).
perimeter radiation to maintain a 72°F plus 0
minus 2°F space temperature. The fin tube
radiation floating hydronic valve shall
throttle as required to maintain setpoint.
All space heating controls shall only be
enabled during the Winter mode and shall be
de-activated during the Summer mode.
4. Cooling Mode - Occupied Cycle:

31
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
During the occupied period, the central decoupled

unit shall provide tempered primary air to the
spaces served by the decoupled unit. The tempered
primary air shall be 55°F plus 0 minus 2°F
(nominal adjustable), which corresponds to supply
air nominal 47°F dewpoint and supply air nominal
48 grains of water vapor per pound of dry air.
The space sensor shall control the chilled beams
chilled water valve to maintain a 78°F plus 0
minus 2°F space temperature. The chilled beams
floating hydronic control valve shall throttle as
required to maintain setpoint.
During the occupied cooling mode, if any
condensate switch in any of the chilled beam
condensate pans senses condensate accumulation,
then the chilled water valve serving the chilled
beams shall be closed. If the chilled beam unit
receives a network signal that the decoupled unit
is offline, the chilled beam chilled water valve
shall be commanded closed.
5. Unoccupied Heating: Refer to Article 3.27 whereby

are enabled. During the unoccupied heating
period, no primary outside air shall be introduced
to the chilled beam and hot water shall be supplied
to the perimeter fin tube radiation system.
Primary outdoor air shall not be ducted to the
chilled beam until building occupancy. The central
decoupled unit supply and exhaust fans shall be OFF
during the unoccupied heating cycle according to
the DDC Scheduler. The chilled beam controller
shall control the perimeter fin tube radiation
system control valve. The perimeter fin tube
radiation system shall maintain the space at the
unoccupied setback setpoint conditions of 55°F plus
0 minus 2°F (nominal, adjustable). All space
heating controls shall only be enabled during the
Winter mode and shall be de-activated during the
Summer mode.
6. Unoccupied Dehumidification:
The chilled water control valve for the chilled
beams shall be closed during the unoccupied

32
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
dehumidification mode and the DOAS unit shall

provide unoccupied dehumidification.
7. Pre-Occupied Morning or Unoccupied Nighttime Purge
Cycles:
If the decoupled unit goes into the pre-occupied
morning or unoccupied nighttime purge cycles (i.e.
if the outside air enthalpy is less than the space
enthalpy and if the outside air temperature equals
or exceeds 68°F) the chilled water control valve
for the chilled beams shall remain closed.
8. Pre-Occupied Morning Pull-down Cycle:
During this pull-down cycle, the chilled water
control valve for the chilled beams shall remain
closed and the DOAS unit shall perform the pull
down cycle.
9. I/O Points: Provide the I/O points as specified.
N. Hot Water Radiant Floor Heating System per Section

15936
1. Refer to Section 15936, Hot Water Radiant Floor

Heating System for the sequence of operation.
O. Door Air Curtains per Section 15839
1. All Modes:
a. Door Air Curtain (DAC) shall have factory OEM

controls that are not on the BACnet network.
b. Air curtain air flow start shall be initiated

based on door switch sensing door has been
opened.
c. Air flow stop shall be an OEM control

adjustable time delay stop function after
door switch senses door has closed.
d. Heated air flow shall be initiated based on

integral OEM thermostat set at 45°F. Heated
output shall only function during door open
and air flow conditions. If OEM thermostat
is shipped separately, TCC shall mount, wire
and terminate. Hot water heated door air
curtains shall be fed from the primary loop

33
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
(30% glycol, nominal 160°F, adjustable from

reset schedule). OEM thermostat shall
control integral OEM modulating or two
position control valve. If OEM valve is
shipped for separate mounting, TCC shall wire
and terminate.
P. Displacement Induction Units per Section 15937
3 [ref. 1598518a Standard Control Drawing and Point

List]
1. General: Displacement Induction Units (DIU) shall

have the occupied and unoccupied modes scheduled
automatically from the DDC Scheduler. In addition,
the DIU controller shall be commanded to go into
the applicable HVAC mode as directed by the
network variable input command. Provide a BACnet
controller and sensor. Setpoint adjustment shall
be achieved through the network. Communicate data
to the network per the specified points list. The
wall module with room sensor and separate
controller shall control the modulating electronic
hot water and chilled water control valves of the
DIU heating/cooling elements to maintain the room
at the desired temperature (72˚F plus 0 minus 2˚F
winter occupied, 55°F plus 0 minus 2˚F winter
unoccupied and 78°F plus 0 minus 2˚F summer
occupied). The DIU controllers shall be polled on
10 minute intervals to provide the hot water valve
and chilled water valve positions to be used for
hot water pump and chilled water pump differential
pressure reset logic. Controller network polling
is not limited to 10 minute intervals. Per Section
6.5.3.2.3 of ASHRAE 90.1-2016, controls shall be
able to automatically detect those zones that may
be excessively driving the reset logic and
generate an alarm to the system operator to allow
for operator removal of zone(s) from the reset
algorithm.
2. Heating Mode: During the warm-up period, DOAS
primary recirculated air (nominally 85ºF,
adjustable) shall be supplied to the DIUs and hot
water (nominally 140°F, adjustable, based on reset
schedule) shall be supplied to the DIUs. Both the
primary air supplied by the DOAS (supply
temperature maximum 85°F) plus the DIU terminal

34
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
units shall work together to achieve the space

occupied setpoints of 72°F +0-2°F. The central
decoupled DOAS unit supply fan shall be scheduled
on during the warm-up cycle according to the DDC
Scheduler. Warm up cycle start time shall be
based on the difference between the current
representative space temperature and the occupied
of time prior to scheduled occupancy. The DOAS
unit outside air and exhaust air dampers shall be
fully closed and the DOAS unit recirculation
damper shall be fully opened. The DOAS unit
heating coil shall be supplied with nominally
160°F hot water (adjustable from the reset
schedule) and shall discharge at 85°F
(adjustable). The DIU heating coil together with
the DOAS unit acting in a recirculation mode shall
heat up the spaces. The local DIU heating coil
control valve shall close when the local space
temperature reaches 72ºF (nominal, adjustable) and
cycle open/closed as required to maintain room
setpoint during the pre-occupied morning warm up
period. The DOAS unit shall cycle out of the
Warm-Up mode to System Off mode when the return
air reaches 72ºF until the next warm up cycle when
the return air temperature drops below 70ºF or
until the start of the Occupied period.
the central decoupled unit shall provide
neutral tempered air to the spaces served by
the decoupled unit. The neutral tempered air
shall be at 65°F+1°F (nominal, adjustable).
The space sensor shall control the DIU
heating element to maintain a 72°F plus 0
minus 2°F space temperature. The DIU heating
hydronic valve shall throttle as required to
maintain setpoint. All space heating
controls shall only be enabled during the
winter mode and shall be de-activated during
the summer mode.


35
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
4. Cooling Mode - Occupied Cycle:

During the occupied period, the central decoupled
unit shall provide tempered primary air to the
spaces served by the decoupled unit. The tempered
primary air shall be 55°F plus 0 minus 2°F
(nominal adjustable), which corresponds to supply
air nominal 47°F dewpoint and supply air nominal
48 grains of water vapor per pound of dry air.
The space sensor shall control the DIU chilled
water valve to maintain a 78°F plus 0 minus 2°F
space temperature. The DIU chilled hydronic
control valve shall throttle as required to
maintain setpoint. During the occupied cooling
mode, if any condensate switch in any of the DIU
condensate pans senses condensate accumulation,
then the chilled water valve serving the DIUs
shall be closed. If the DIU receives a network
signal that the decoupled unit is offline, the DIU
chilled water valve shall be commanded closed.
5. Unoccupied Heating: Refer to Article 3.27 whereby

are enabled.
During the unoccupied heating period, no primary
air shall be introduced to the DIU and hot water
(temperature adjustable from reset schedule) shall
be supplied to the DIU heating system. Primary
outdoor air shall not be ducted to the DIU until
building occupancy. The central decoupled unit
supply and exhaust fans shall be OFF during the
unoccupied heating cycle according to the DDC
Scheduler. The DIU controller shall control the
DIU heating element control valve. The DIU
heating system shall maintain the space at the
unoccupied setback setpoint conditions of 55°F
plus 0 minus 2°F (nominal, adjustable). All space
heating controls shall only be enabled during the
winter mode and shall be de-activated during the
summer mode.
6. Unoccupied Dehumidification:
The chilled water control valve for the DIUs shall
be closed during the unoccupied dehumidification

36
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
mode and the DOAS unit shall provide all

unoccupied dehumidification.
Cycles:
If the decoupled unit goes into the pre-occupied
morning or unoccupied nighttime purge cycles (i.e.
if the outside air enthalpy is less than the space
or exceeds 68°F) the chilled water control valve
for the DIUs shall remain closed.
8. Pre-Occupied Morning Pull-down Cycle:
During the pull-down cycle, the chilled water
control valve for the DIUs shall remain closed and
the DOAS unit shall perform the pull down cycle.
3.2 VENTILATION CONTROL SEQUENCES
A. Control of Gravity Roof Ventilator with Gravity

Outside Air Dampers:
38
1. Gravity outside air dampers (barometric dampers)
open upon energizing the related fan and close
when related fan is de-energized.
B. Control of Gravity Roof Ventilator with Motorized

Outside Air Dampers:
38
1. Motorized outside air dampers open upon energizing
the related fan and close when related fan is de-
energized. All interlocks to powered damper
actuators shall be from combination motor starter
or VFD auxiliary contacts and not directly to the
switched fan power source.
C. General Exhaust Fan Control Comments:
1. Dedicated exhaust fans utilized for toilet

exhaust, shower rooms, locker rooms, laboratory
exhaust, wardrobes, storage rooms, conference
rooms, etc. shall be monitored and automatically
controlled by the system for status indication.
Fractional horsepower motors shall be controlled
through local manual switches in a non-automatic
mode unless otherwise noted.
37
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
2. For all motors provided with ON-OFF-AUTO (H-O-A)

combination motor starters, the following control
sequence shall be provided:
a. The fan exhaust systems shall be indexed ON

by the DDC Scheduler (whenever the building
is indexed to the occupied mode of operation.
modes are enabled. Exhaust fans associated
with recirculating systems need not be placed
into operation during non-occupied periods
since the supply unit shall be operating in a
recirculation mode where all outside air
intake dampers and spill dampers shall be
closed. Exhaust fans associated with spaces
that do not recirculate air (such as a Locker
room that is served by a combination
Gym/Locker room central supply unit) shall be
energized and cycled with the supply unit
during the unoccupied night setback cycles.
b. The fan exhaust systems shall be indexed off

(as defined above) by the DDC Scheduler
whenever the building is indexed to the
unoccupied mode of operation. Refer to
are enabled.
c. Each fan shall be capable of operating under

a unique time schedule and controlled from
the DDC Scheduler.
d. In general, whenever an exhaust fan is

indexed to start its respective
intake/exhaust damper(s) shall be energized,
opening the exhaust damper. Whenever an
exhaust fan is indexed to stop its respective
intake/exhaust damper(s) shall close. All
interlocks to powered damper actuators shall
be from combination motor starter or VFD

38
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
auxiliary contacts and not directly to the

switched fan power source.
e. Exhaust fan status shall be monitored through

motor-leg current switch for fan motor run
status through the network.
3. The Kitchen hood exhaust fan shall be controlled

as follows and shall be coordinated to work in
1 sequence with the controls defined in the
combination Single Zone Variable Air Volume
(SZVAV) air handling unit for the Cafeteria and
Kitchen, section 15935. Depending on the control
systems specified, either a hardwired or software
interlock shall be provided to any Kitchen make-up
air unit. The dietician’s key hand/off switch, at
the hood control panel, shall be in the hand
position to allow the hood exhaust fan to operate.
If the dietician’s key hand/off switch is in the
off position, the hood exhaust fan shall remain
off until placed in the hand mode.
The operation of the kitchen hood exhaust fan and

the kitchen general exhaust fan shall be sequenced
as follows: Kitchen hood fan off, kitchen general
exhaust fan shall operate at capacity; kitchen
hood fan operating at capacity, kitchen general
exhaust fan shall not operate.
4. The kitchen can wash fan shall be started during

occupied period and stopped during the unoccupied
period via a 7-day time clock, or via the the
control systems software if the school has been
provided with a building automation system.
5. For exhaust fans not controlled from the DDC

Scheduler, provide separate 7-day time clock
located where shown on the Drawings or as
coordinated with the Authority.
6. Chiller Room: Exhaust fan (low-speed) and fresh

16 air intake damper shall be automatically energized
through a DDC controller with a temperature sensor
to maintain its set point of 85˚F. When a
refrigeration leak is detected by the leak
detection panel, the panel shall start the exhaust
fan in (high-speed) and the fresh air intake
damper shall open. See Chiller Room Exhaust
39
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
System Control Diagram for monitoring points to

the network. Fan shall start through a local H-O-A
switch.
7. Gas Meter Room: Exhaust fan shall be energized

from gas leak system. When fan starts, exhaust
damper in ductwork shall open. The exhaust fan run
status shall be monitored, via a motor leg current
switch. Failure of the exhaust fan to run during a
Gas Leak Alarm shall be alarmed at the SOC of the
networked system. Fan shall start through a local
H-A switch.
8. Electric Service Room: On a rise in space air

temperature above the cooling setpoint of 85˚F the
exhaust air fan shall be energized via a DDC
controller. On a drop in space temperature below
the cooling setpoint plus a differential of 5˚F
the fan shall be de-energized. The exhaust fan run
status shall be monitored via motor leg current
switch. Fan shall start through a local H-O-A
switch.
9. Arts Room: The Kiln exhaust fan(s) shall be

interlocked with respective air handling unit and
shall have a remote H-O-A switch/starter (not
8
located adjacent to the kiln). The exhaust fan run
status shall be monitored via motor leg current
switch. Fan shall start through a remote H-O-A
switch.
10. Mechanical Equipment Room: On a rise in space air

temperature above the cooling setpoint of 85˚F the
ventilation/exhaust air fan shall be energized via
a DDC controller. On a drop in space temperature
below the cooling setpoint plus a differential of
5˚F the fan shall be de-energized. When the fan is
energized the outside air intake damper(s) and/or
make-up air damper(s) shall open. Fan shall start
through local an H-O-A switch. The exhaust fan run
status shall be monitored, via a motor leg current
switch.

40
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
11. Elevator Machine Room (Hydraulic):
3 Elevator Machine Room exhaust fan shall run at

constant speed to provide ventilation at all
times. The exhaust fan run status shall be
monitored, via a motor leg current switch. Failure
of the exhaust fan to run shall be alarmed at the
School Operating Console (SOC) of the networked
system.
12. Laboratory Hood Exhaust Fans: (For Fixed Fume Hood

without Integral Acid Storage Cabinet, i.e. where
a separate Acid Storage Room is utilized):
a. Laboratory hood fan shall automatically start

and stop with its respective interlocked air
handling unit. Laboratory hood exhaust fan
shall be used for continuous exhaust of air
from Science Laboratory classroom while
school is occupied. Provide a local H-O-A
switch at each fixed hood to control the
associated Laboratory Hood Exhaust Fan. The
H-O-A switch can override the interlock
connection to the associated air handling
unit. The Laboratory Hood exhaust fan shall
be able to be started from the H-O-A in the
event the respective AHU is not running. The
Test & Air Balance Contractor shall adjust
the exhaust system relative with the supply
air system to maintain negative pressure in
the Science Laboratories/Prep rooms when
school is occupied.
b. During unoccupied mode, the fume hood exhaust

fans shall cycle on with their associated
interlocked supply unit through the DDC
Scheduler (or time clock for non-digital
systems) to avoid over-pressurization of the
Labs/Prep Rooms. Exhaust fan status shall be
monitored at the SOC through a motor leg
current switch to the networked system.
13. Laboratory Hood Exhaust Fans: (For Combination

Fixed Fume Hood/Integral Acid Storage Cabinet):
a. Two exhaust fans shall serve combination

fixed fume hood/acid storage cabinet. One
fan shall be dedicated to serving the top
41
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
fume hood portion and shall be provided with

an H-O-A controller. This fan shall be
interlocked with the supply unit. A separate
exhaust duct shall be provided for the top
fume hood portion. The bottom acid storage
cabinet shall have a separate dedicated fan
and separate dedicated exhaust ductwork.
This acid storage cabinet fan(s) shall
operate continuously. Both exhaust fans
status shall be monitored through a motor leg
current switch to the networked system.
Failure of the bottom acid storage cabinet
exhaust fan to run shall be alarmed at the
SOC of the networked system.
b. Acid Storage Room: The exhaust fans shall

operate continuously (24-hours/day/7-
days/week). The exhaust fan run status shall
be monitored via a motor leg current switch.
Failure of the exhaust fan to run shall be
alarmed at the SOC of the networked system.
14. Portable Fume Hood Exhaust Fans:
a. All Portable Fume hood exhaust fans shall be

of the recirculating type with integral
Factory OEM Controls.
15. Combustion Air Control (By Boiler OEM Controls):
a. Provide boiler room outside intake damper(s),

when one of the burners on the boilers
starts, the associated combustion air intake
damper or dampers shall open as commanded by
the Master Boiler Controller. When all
burners are off, the combustion damper(s)
shall close. Provide an open-auto selector
switch for each combustion damper on the OEM
boiler control panel to override the above
operation. Burners shall not start unless
all damper whisker switches close, when the
dampers open as monitored by the Master
Boiler OEM Control Panel. Boiler contractor
shall provide a signal in the boiler control
panel to open the combustion damper and shall
prevent burner operation until the combustion

42
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
dampers and the associated fire dampers and

6
smoke dampers are proven open.
16. Tank Room/Vault Ventilation:

a. Rooms containing fuel oil tanks located above
7
ground on the lowest floor exceeding 1375
gallons or above the lowest floor of a
building (regardless of capacity) shall be
ventilated to limit the concentration of
vapors in the room at or below 25% of the
Lower Flammability Limit (LFL) of the fuel
oil being used per Section MC 1305.13.2 and
MC 1305.13.3.4. The exhaust fan shall run
continuously at 2 AC/hr to maintain the
concentration at or below 25% LFL. The
exhaust fan run status shall be monitored,
via a motor leg current switch. Failure of
the exhaust fan to continuously run shall be
alarmed at the School Operating Console (SOC)
of the networked system.
1 D. I/O Points: Provide the I/O points as specified and as

shown on the Control Drawings.
3.3 C.I.P COMFORT CONTROL PROJECTS - H&V UNITS FOR PUBLIC

ASSEMBLY (PA) SPACES - 100% OUTSIDE AIR
A. General description of H&V units in existing PA

7 systems:
1. Existing assembly spaces (i.e. auditoriums and

gymnasiums) typically have an indoor air handling
unit as the only source of heating and ventilation
without air conditioning. These existing constant
volume heating and ventilating units (H&V) provide
100% outside air for ventilation throughout the
year with heating during the winter months. The
existing heating valve is controlled by a space
temperature controller. The steam heating coil is
typically subject to a freezestat to prevent
freezing of the coil.

43
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
B. Physical Changes and/or Additions to the Existing

Control System:
22 1. The existing pneumatic controls shall be replaced
with a digital BACnet DDC controller with local
Human Machine Interface (HMI) device. (Non-BACnet
controls are only acceptable if a gateway to
1 BACnet is presently available for a network
connection. The operator shall change setpoints,
set schedules of operation, and make other such
adjustments via local HMI. Provide the following;
a. DDC controller with I/O for the control

described.
b. Local HMI device.
c. Room temperature sensor with setpoint and

occupancy override.
d. Room and outside air CO2 sensors
e. Outside air intake and exhaust flow sensors
f. Thermostat guard for room temperature and CO 2

sensors.
g. Heating coil averaging discharge air

temperature sensor completely covering the
area of the active coil.
h. Replace the pneumatic outside air damper

actuator and spill exhaust damper actuator
with two-position, spring-return, normally-
closed electric actuators.
i. Replace the steam heating coil valve

actuator(s) with modulating, spring-return,
normally-open electronic actuator(s).
Typically there are two or more steam control
valves on each unit.
j. Add status of supply fan and spill exhaust fan

from current sensing switch.
k. Replace existing freezestat. Wire into both

the supply fan/spill exhaust fan safety
circuit and DDC alarm input.

44
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
l. Wire all devices as required for complete

operating system.
2. Provide a variable frequency drive (VFD) for the

supply fan.
3. Provide a VFD for the exhaust fan serving the

respective space.
C. Sequence of Operation for Conversion to Heating Only

Variable Volume Variable Discharge Temperature System :
1. Fan Start/Stop:
a. The H&V unit is automatically started and

stopped by the DDC system through the new VFD
according to the occupancy schedule in the
DDC controller. When the command to start the
supply fan is made, a command to open the
outside air damper shall be given. The fan
shall be ramped from zero to its controlled
speed over a (30) second time period. Upon
proof of supply fan status, the spill exhaust
damper shall open and the electrically
interlocked exhaust fan shall be started
through its VFD and shall be ramped from zero
to its controlled speed over a (30) second
time period.
26
b. During unoccupied operation if the occupancy
override button is depressed the system shall
temporarily enter into the occupied mode for
an adjustable time period.
2. Fan Off Mode:
a. When the supply fan is OFF, all associated

exhaust fans are OFF. The outside air damper
and spill exhaust dampers are closed.
3. Safety Devices:
a. Freeze Protection Lockout: The freeze

protection device shall be wired into the
supply fan and spill exhaust fan motor VFD to
shutdown the supply fan all associated
exhaust fans upon reaching its setpoint 39°F.
At the same time an alarm signal is sent to

45
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
the DDC controller and an alarm is displayed

on the local operator display device. Manual
reset of the freeze protection device is
required to return to normal operation.
4. Occupied Mode:
a. Fan On: On proof of fan operation started as

described above, the unit shall come under
automatic control of the DDC controller.
b. Fan Speed Control: The supply fan speed is

controlled depending on the differential of
CO2 ppm between the outside air CO2 and space
CO2 levels according to the following reset
schedule:
47 Outside Air Flow Setpoint Reset Schedule

modes are enabled.
Differential (D) shall be defined to be the
space CO2 concentration minus the outside air
CO2 concentration in parts per million (ppm).
Differential (D) in ppm Outside air flow setpoint (cfm)

0 -
0 < D < = 100 -
100 < D < = 200 -
200 < D < = 300 -
300 < D < = 400 -
400 < D < = 500 -
500 < D < = 600 -
… -
D > = the maximum full occupancy concentration -
minus the outside concentration
Note that theExhaust air flow setpoint shall

be nominally 10% less than the outside air

46
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
flow setpoint for positive pressurization

purposes.
c. Note that the speed of the supply fan is
subject to being overcalled by the space
temperature controller. The speed of the
supply fan during the occupied mode is always
the highest speed required by either the
ventilation controller or the space heating
controller. The supply fan is allowed to
modulate between a Minimum Stable Fan Speed
of design air flow to a high of 100% of
design airflow. The exhaust fan speed is
modulated to lag the supply fan speed by 10%
so that the space is slightly pressurized.
The final percentage lag in speed is to be
determined by the Test & Air Balancer.
5. Space Heating Control:
a. On a drop in space temperature below the

heating setpoint of the controller, the
heating control valves shall be modulated
open in sequence with the smallest valve
opening first. Note that the speed of the
supply fan is subject to being overcalled by
the space temperature sensor. The speed of
the supply fan during the occupied mode is
always the highest speed required by either
the ventilation CO2 controller or the space
heating controller. If the fan speed is
overcalled by the space temperature
controller, then on a drop in space
temperature below the heating setpoint, the
speed of the fans shall revert back to the
control of the CO2 sensor. On a rise in
space temperature over the space heating
setpoint, the reverse of the sequence
described above occurs.
b. The heating coil low limit discharge air

controller shall always override the space
temperature control signal to the heating
coil valves to maintain its low limit
discharge setpoint temperature of 55°F.

47
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
6. Unoccupied Mode: Refer to Article 3.27 whereby

are enabled.
26 a. The supply fan is intermittently commanded ON

to maintain its night setback temperature of
55°F with the outside air damper commanded
open. The exhaust fan(s) associated with the
respective area shall function when the
supply fan functions due to the electrical
interlock of the exhaust fan(s) to the supply
fan. Exhaust damper shall open when exhaust
fan starts. The supply fan is set to 100% of
design air flow and the heating valve is
commanded fully open. Once the space
temperature rises above the night setback
setpoint by 5°F the supply fan and exhaust
fan(s) shall be commanded OFF, and the
outside air damper and relief exhaust damper
shall close.
b. The heating control valve(s) shall always be

subject to control of the low limit discharge
temperature controller.
1
3.12 C.I.P COMFORT CONTROL PROJECTS - H&V UNITS FOR PUBLIC

ASSEMBLY SPACES - H&V UNITS WITH RECIRCULATION AIR
4 A. General description of H&V units in existing PA

systems:
1. In existing NYC school assembly spaces (i.e.

auditoriums and gymnasiums) typically have an
indoor air handling unit as the only source of
heating and ventilation without air conditioning.
These existing constant volume heating and
ventilating units (H&V) shall be modified to
provide demand controlled ventilation outside air
throughout the year with heating during the winter
months. Refer to Article 3.27 whereby ventilation
is to be provided 24 hours per day/7 days per week

48
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
and demand controlled ventilation is to be

enabled. The heating valve is controlled by a
space temperature controller and the system shall
remain a constant volume system. The steam heating
coil is typically subject to a low limit
controller to prevent freezing of the coil.
B. Physical Changes and/or Additions to the Existing

Control System:
2. The existing pneumatic controls shall be replaced

with a digital BACnet DDC controller with local
Human Machine Interface (HMI). (Non-BACnet
22 controls are only acceptable if a gateway to
BACnet is presently available for the connection.
1 The operator shall be able to change setpoints,
set schedules of operation, and make other such
adjustments via local HMI. Provide the following;
a. DDC controller with I/O as specified.
b. HMI operator display device.
c. Space temperature sensor with setpoint and

occupancy override.
d. Space and outside air CO2 sensors.
e. Tamper-proof thermostat guard for room

temperature and CO2 sensor.
f. Heating coil averaging discharge air

temperature sensor completely covering the
area of the active coil.
g. Replace the pneumatic outside air damper

actuator and spill exhaust damper actuator
with modulating, spring-return, normally-
closed electric actuators. Replace the
recirculation damper actuator with spring
return normally open electric actuator.
h. Replace the steam heating coil valve

actuator(s) with modulating, spring-return,
normally-open electronic actuator(s).
Typically there are two or more steam control
valves on each unit.

49
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
I. Add status of supply fan and return fan from

current sensing switches.
j. Replace existing freezestat. Wire into both

the supply fan/return fan safety circuits and
DDC alarm input.
k. Wire all devices as required for complete

operating system.
l. Outside air intake and exhaust flow sensors
m. Replace existing manual start/stop switch of

each motor starter with new VFD drive with
manual bypass and circuit breaker for each
fan. VFDs shall be used for air balancing
since system is to remain a constant volume
system.
C. Sequence of Operation:
1. Fan Start/Stop:
a. The H&V unit is automatically started and

stopped by the DDC system through the new H-
O-A switch (in the Automatic mode) according
to the occupancy schedule in the DDC
controller. Upon proof of supply fan status
the return fan shall be started and the
outside air, recirculation and exhaust
dampers shall be controlled.
b. During unoccupied operation if the occupancy

override button is depressed the system shall
26
temporarily enter into the occupied mode for
an adjustable time period.
2. Fan Off Mode:
a. When the supply fan is off all associated

exhaust fans are off. The outside air damper
and spill exhaust damper shall close.
3. Safety Devices:
a. Freeze Protection Lockout: The freeze

supply fan and return fan motor starter to

50
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
shutdown the supply fan and all associated

exhaust fans upon reaching its setpoint 39°F.
At the same time an alarm signal is sent to
the DDC controller and an alarm is displayed
on the operator display device. Manual reset
of the freeze protection device is required
to return to normal operation.
4. Occupied Mode:
a. Fan On:
1. The supply fan is commanded ON. The

exhaust fans associated with the
respective area are commanded ON.
2. The outside air damper, exhaust damper,

recirculation damper are modulated
depending on the differential of CO2 ppm
between the outside air CO2 and space
CO2 levels according to the following
reset schedule: Refer to Article 3.27
controlled ventilation is to be disabled
when the Special Ventilation modes are
enabled.

Differential (D) shall be defined to be
the space CO2 concentration minus the
outside air CO2 concentration in parts
per million (ppm).

51
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
0 -
0 < D < = 100 -
100 < D < = 200 -
200 < D < = 300 -
300 < D < = 400 -
400 < D < = 500 -
500 < D < = 600 -
… -
D > = the maximum full occupancy -
concentration minus the outside
concentration
Note that the exhaust air flow setpoint

shall be nominally 10% less than the
outside air flow setpoint for positive
pressurization purposes
b. Space Temperature Control:
1. On a rise in space temperature above the

occupied setpoint of the controller the
steam coil valve shall be throttled
back. The outside air and exhaust
dampers shall not be closed past the
position required by the CO2 controller.
2. On a drop in space temperature below the

occupied setpoint of the controller, the
heating control valves shall be
modulated open in sequence, with the
smallest valve opening first. On a rise
in space temperature over the space
heating setpoint, the reverse of the
sequence described above occurs.
3. The heating coil low limit discharge air

controller shall always override the
control signal to the heating coil
valves to maintain its low limit
setpoint temperature of 55°F.

52
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

are enabled.
a. The supply fan is intermittently commanded ON

26 (along with the electrically interlocked
return fan) to maintain its night setback
temperature of 55°F with the outside air and
exhaust dampers closed and heating coil valve
opened to provide an 85°F discharge air
temperature. Once the space temperature
rises above the night setback setpoint by 5°F
the supply fan (and electrically interlocked
return fan) shall be commanded OFF.
b. The heating control valve(s) shall always be

subject to control of the low limit discharge
temperature controller.

and as shown on the Control Drawings.
70
27 3.5 SEMI-CUSTOM ROOFTOP CONSTANT-VOLUME HVAC UNIT WITH DX-

COOLING, GAS-FIRED HEATING AND DDC CONTROLS PER SECTION
15854
[ref. 1598512e Standard Control Drawing and Point List]

3
A. General System Overview:
1. Special circumstance areas are served by a single

semi-custom constant-volume rooftop unit (RTU)
with supply and return fans; outside air,
recirculation and exhaust dampers; self-contained
DX-cooling; and modulating gas-fired duct furnace
heating. The fans are operated through their
respective variable frequency drives operating in
constant volume. VFDs are only utilized to aid in
the balancing procedure. The rooftop unit shall
operate in either of three modes; System-OFF,
Occupied, and Unoccupied in the Winter and Summer
mode.
2. Return fan capacity shall be sized for nominal

full supply fan capacity when separate exhaust

53
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
fans are not provided. In the case where separate

exhaust fans are provided, the return fan shall
run at its reduced capacity in the occupied mode
and shall be adjusted by the return fan variable
frequency drive. Separate exhaust fans shall be
energized. In the occupied mode, return fans shall
return the recirculation flow plus any local spill
exhaust flow. Economizer mode shall be achieved by
leaving the separate exhaust fans on. For the
unoccupied cycles, the supply fan capacity shall
decrease to the nominal return fan capacity as
adjusted by the supply fan variable frequency
drive to be able to run in a full recirculation
mode.
B. Safety Controls:
1. The unit and its components are subject to other

OEM safety devices. Refer to semi-custom unit
specification sections.
2. Supply Duct Overpressure Control: If the static

pressure in the supply duct exceeds the positive
static pressure switch setpoint for any reason,
4 the supply fan shall stop and RTU shall remain in
the System-OFF Mode until the safety pressure
switch is manually reset. After the alarm is
cleared, the RTU shall resume its normal operation
according to the appropriate mode. A change-of-
state alarm shall be generated at the SOC. Note
that this fan safety shall be hardwired to shut
the fan off in all modes of operation.
3. Return Duct Suction Pressure Control: If the

static pressure in the return duct exceeds the
negative static pressure switch setpoint the
return fan shall stop and RTU shall remain in the
System-OFF Mode until the safety pressure switch
is manually reset. After the alarm is cleared, the
RTU shall resume its normal operation according to
the appropriate mode. A change-of-state alarm
shall be generated at the SOC. Note that this fan
safety shall be hardwired to shut the fan off in
all modes of fan-control operation.
4. Safety Emergency Heating Mode: A furnace control

Hand-Off-Auto toggle selector switch shall be

54
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
utilized as follows. In the “Auto” position, the

furnace shall be controlled in the automatic modes
as defined herein. In the “Off” position, the
furnace shall be disabled. In the “Hand”
position, the units’ DDC furnace operating
controls shall be overridden and the furnace
started and ramped up to the full heat output
capacity. In all modes, the furnace operation
shall be subject to all safety devices including
but not limited to the manufacturer's high
temperature cut-out safety and a unit airflow
proving switch.
5. Per Section MC 307.2.3, for curb mounted units

(not applicable for dunnage mounted units) where
the primary drain pan is not provided with
equipment served prior to overflow of the
auxiliary pan.
C. Fire Alarm Shut Down: This sequence of operation shall

be in force at all times and under all modes of
operation.
1. The Fire Alarm contractor shall furnish and the

mechanical contractor shall install the smoke
detector(s) to shut down the system upon sensing
smoke. Furthermore, the following shall be
provided through Div. 16.
2. During a fire alarm condition, the Fire Alarm

Control Panel (FACP) shall shut down the supply
and electrically interlocked return fan and the
system shall operate and remain in the System-OFF
Mode until the alarm condition is cleared. When
the unit fans are shut down by a fire alarm
condition, all fire/smoke and smoke dampers shall
close as commanded by the FACP. After the fire
alarm shutdown is cleared, all smoke and
fire/smoke dampers shall be commanded open by the
FACP.
3. Smoke Isolation Dampers: For systems supplying

15,000 cfm or more, smoke isolation dampers shall
be provided for both the supply and return ducts.
55
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
The smoke dampers shall be commanded open against

their normally-closed, spring-returned actuators
during all non-emergency operation. Per Section
MC 606.4.3 fans or fan systems which have been
automatically shut down on activation of an
automatic fire detecting device or fire alarm
system shall be arranged and equipped so that they
do not automatically restart when either the
system is reset. The manual means of restarting
the fans or fan system shall function
independently from the manual resetting of either
the automatic fire detecting device or fire alarm
system.
4. Fire alarm system activation initiated by manual

45 pull station shall not shut down the unit supply
and return fans and shall not close the associated
smoke and/or fire/smoke dampers if in the testing
mode.
5. Per Section MC 606.4.2, fans on systems that

recirculate air less than or equal to 2,000 cfm or
exhaust fans associated with 100 percent outside
air systems, shall not be shut down upon manual or
automatic activation of the fire alarm system.
6. Exhaust systems that do not recirculate air shall

not be provided with smoke dampers and shall not
be shutdown by the fire alarm system. Fire dampers
shall be provided as required at penetrations of
fire rated construction.
7. The Mechanical Contractor shall provide duct Smoke

Dampers (SD) and Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers
(FSD) with actuators and proof-of-open end-
switches. The FACP shall monitor all associated
end-switches for proof-of-open on an individual or
zone basis. The FACP shall indicate via a FACP
mounted LED that a damper or zone of dampers has
not proven open. Fire/smoke dampers associated
with the post-fire smoke purge system and smoke
control systems shall be monitored on an
individual basis by the FACP.
D. Operating Modes. The operating modes of the RTU shall

be automatically determined by the combined actions of

56
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
the DDC Scheduler, the local unit mounted HAND-OFF-AUTO

H-O-A switch; control and safety devices and the Fire
Alarm System.
1. Mode Selection and Fan Operation:
a. The operator shall be able to manually select

the operating mode through an H-O-A switch
mounted in the RTU and wired into the digital
controller. In the automatic-position, the
RTU is indexed automatically by the DDC
Scheduler between the various modes of
operation described herein. In the HAND
position the RTU shall remain in the Occupied
Mode. In the OFF position the RTU shall
remain off. Note that the H-O-A switch is not
the same as the manufacturer’s service switch
which shall shutdown the RTU.
b. When the H-O-A switch is placed into either

the “HAND” or the “OFF” position an advisory
is generated at the SOC.
c. Return air fan (RF) shall be electrically

interlocked with the supply fan (SF) of the
RTU.
d. Summer/Winter Mode Selection: The rooftop

unit shall be manually indexed to operate in
either the Summer Mode or Winter Mode.
1) If the Summer Mode has been manually

enabled and if the outside temperature
is greater than or equal to 55°F but
less than 65°F and the outside air
enthalpy is less than the return
enthalpy, the unit shall be indexed to
the Summer Economizer Cooling Mode. If
the Summer Mode has been manually
enthalpy is greater than the return
enthalpy, the rooftop unit shall be
indexed to Summer Mechanical Cooling
Mode.

57
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
42) The system shall have the ability to do

a manual Summer/Winter changeover by
selection at the School Operating
Console (SOC). A network variable input
shall be able to be sent to the Rooftop
Unit controller.
e. Pre-Occupied Morning Purge or Unoccupied
Nighttime Purge Cycles and/or Pre-Occupied
Morning Pulldown: Unoccupied nighttime purge
and pre-occupied morning purge or pre-
occupied morning pulldown space cooling shall
be required as sensed by the combination
space temperature and humidity sensor before
the system is indexed from the unoccupied
mode and pre-occpied mode to the occupied
mode.
1. Pre-Occupied Morning or Unoccupied
Nighttime Purge Cycles:
The DDC Controller shall calculate space
enthalpy from the combination of the
12
space temperature and space relative
humidity sensor readings to the
broadcast value of the calculated
outside air enthalpy. If the outside
air enthalpy is less than the inside
enthalpy and if the outside air
temperature equals or exceeds 68°F, a
pre-occupied morning/ unoccupied
nighttime purge cycle shall be initiated
for a (15) minute duration.
During the pre-occupied morning or
unoccupied nighttime purge cycles, 100%
outside air shall be introduced into the
building to purge the building air
before occupancy. The outside air and
exhaust air dampers are to be indexed to
their fully open positions and the
recirculation air damper to the fully
closed position. The energy wheel shall
remain off.
The central air conditioner supply fan
shall be indexed to run with DX-cooling
locked out until the pre-occupied
morning or unoccupied nighttime purge

58
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
cycles are terminated. The exhaust fan

shall be commanded on. The pre-occupied
cycles shall be terminated after a 15-
minute cycle. The pre-occupied morning
purge cycle if initiated, shall be
followed by a pre-occupied morning pull-
down cycle. After the 15 minute purge
cycle for all purge modes, the supply
fan and return fan shall be commanded
off and the outside air damper and
exhaust damper shall be closed. The
system shall once again determine the
relative enthalpies of the outside air
versus the space air and repeat the all
purge cycles if required. The unoccupied
nighttime purge cycle shall be
terminated when the scheduler schedules
the unit into the pre-occupied morning
modes (morning purge or morning pull
down).
f. Pre-Occupied Morning Pull-down Cycle:
1. After the pre-occupied morning purge
cycle the RTU shall be commanded to the
12 System-OFF mode or if the selected
representative space enthalpy is less
than the outside air enthalpy, the pre-
occupied morning purge cycle shall be
locked out and the unit ventilators
shall be used in a morning pre-occupied
pull-down mode to bring the space
temperature to 78°F. Cycle start time
shall be based on the difference between
the space temperature and the 78ºF
setpoint and shall also be based on the
outside air temperature for optimum
start controls.
2) Once the morning pre-occupied pull-down
cycle is terminated by the system being
indexed into Occupied Mode, the unit
shall be indexed to occupied economizer
cooling or occupied mechanical cooling.
g. Fan Acceleration/De-acceleration: When the
supply fan and return fans are started, the

59
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
fans shall be slowly accelerated up to the

required speed according to the ramp
adjustments in the VFDs. The ramp-up time
shall be set to (30) seconds. When the fans
are de-energized they shall be de-energized
immediately without de-acceleration.
E. Sequence of Operation:
1. System-OFF:
a. When the RTU is OFF, the outside air and exhaust

dampers shall be closed,the recirculation air
damper shall be open, the fans shall be OFF, and
all heating and cooling shall be de-energized.
2. Unoccupied Cycle: Refer to Article 3.27 whereby

ventilation is to be provided 24 hours per day/7 days
per week and demand controlled ventilation is to be
enabled.
a. The unit remains in the System-OFF condition until

such time that the space temperature either rises
above the night setup temperature setpoint (NSU)
or drops below an emergency low temperature
setpoint.
b. The outside air intake and exhaust dampers shall

be fully closed and the recirculation air damper
shall be open at all times during the Unoccupied
Mode.
c. Emergency/Standby Heating: The hot water base-

board radiators maintain the night setback
temperature (NSB) setpoint, 55°F (adjustable). On
28 a failure of the radiators and on a further fall
in space temperature, the RTU heating unit shall
cycle as a standby heater.
1) The RTU fans are cycled ON to maintain the

emergency space temperature of 50°F. On a
drop in space temperature below the emergency
setpoint the RTU fans are energized and the
burner is energized.
2) The heater is subject to a discharge high-

temperature limit (HTL) controller set to

60
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
85°F (adjustable). If the supply air

temperature exceeds the HTL setpoint it shall
take control of the heater reducing the
heating capacity of the heat to maintain its
maximum allowable setpoint.
3) On a rise in space temperature above the NSB

by a differential of 5°F the fans shall be
commanded OFF, with the outside air damper
closed, and heating and cooling de-energized.
d. Unoccupied Cooling: Refer to Article 3.27 whereby

are enabled.
1) The mechanical cooling sequence shall only be

enabled if the relative enthalpy conditions
and outside air temperature conditions do not
enable the unoccupied nighttime purge
sequence. The RTU is cycled to maintain the
unoccupied space night set-up (NSU) of 85°F.
On a rise in space temperature above the NSU
the fans are energized, the DX-cooling
compressors are controlled in stages and
sequenced to provide the desired return air
temperature. Failure of the DX-cooling
compressors to run after being commanded to
run shall be alarmed at the SOC/HMI.
2) On a drop in space temperature below the NSU

by a differential of 5°F the DX-cooling
compressors are cycled OFF and the fans are
de-energized.
3. Occupied Cycle:
a. The supply fan and interlocked return fans are

commanded ON and run continuously subject to all
safeties.
b. The outside air intake damper is opened to the

minimum outside air intake position. The exhaust
damper is opened to the minimum exhaust
ventilation position. The recirculation damper is
opened to the positon as set by the balancer to
allow for the full supply fan flow rate.

61
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
c. Occupied Heating:
1) The gas-fired heater is cycled to maintain a

minimum return duct temperature of 70°F and a
maximum return duct temperature of 72°F. On a
drop in return duct temperature below the
minimum return duct temperature, the fan
motor of the gas burner shall be energized
and the burner ignition sequence shall begin.
The heater is subject to a discharge high-
temperature limit controller set to 85°F
(adjustable). If the supply air temperature
exceeds the HTL setpoint it shall take
control of the heater reducing the heating
capacity of the heat to maintain its maximum
allowable setpoint.
2) On a rise in return duct temperature above

72.0°F the gas-fired heater shall be
modulated to OFF.
d. Occupied Cooling:
1) Mechanical DX cooling shall be

controlled in stages and sequenced so as to
maintain a maximum return duct temperature
condition with a cooling setpoint of 78°F.
Failure of the DX-cooling compressors to run
after being commanded to run shall be alarmed
at the SOC/ HMI. On a drop in return duct
temperature to 76.0°F, the compressors shall
be sequentially staged off. If the Summer
mode has been manually enabled and if the
outside temperature is greater than or equal
to 55°F but less than 65°F when the
calculated global outside air enthalpy is
less than the controller’s calculated return
air enthalpy, the rooftop unit shall be
indexed to the Economizer Mode. On a rise in
return duct temperature above 78.0°F, the
outside air and exhaust dampers shall be
modulated past their minimum position and
recirculation air damper shall be modulated
towards closed to provide required cooling.
On a drop in return duct temperature to
76.0°F, the outside air, recirculation air
and exhaust dampers shall be indexed back to

62
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
the original occupied air flow settings. On a

rise in return duct temperature above 78.0°F
for a time delay of 30 minutes (adjustable),
the Economizer Cooling Mode shall be deemed
inadequate to meet the maximum acceptable
conditions at which time the unit shall be
commanded to the occupied Mechanical Cooling
Mode and the outside air, exhaust air and
recirculated air dampers shall be indexed
back to the occupied air flow settings.
4. Communication
a. Upon loss of communication with the network, the

rooftop unit DDC Controller shall operate in the
last manually selected seasonal occupied mode
(before the loss of communication).
1 b. I/O Points: Provide the I/O points as specified.
3.6A CUSTOM ROOFTOP VAV FOR NON-ASSEMBLY SPACES AND CORRIDORS

20 (VARIABLE VOLUME UNIT WITH ECONOMIZER, GAS-HEATING, DX-
COOLING, HOT-GAS REHEAT, ENERGY RECOVERY WHEEL AND DDC
CONTROLS, COUPLED IN COOLING WITH TERMINAL VAV BOXES) per
Section 15853
[ref. 1598512a Standard Control Drawing and Point List]

31
A. General System Overview
1. Mechanical System Summary: The VAV boxes are

provided with cooling air supplied by custom
rooftop units (RTU) with supply and exhaust fans
2
(with variable frequency drives operating in
variable-speed mode), outside air, recirculation
and exhaust dampers, self-contained DX-cooling
stages, modulated hot-gas reheat, and modulating
gas-fired duct furnace heating. The rooftop unit
shall operate in various modes; System-OFF, Pre-
Occupied Morning Warm-Up, Pre-Occupied Morning or
Unoccupied Nighttime Purge, Pre-Occupied Morning
Pull-down, Unoccupied Mode or Occupied Mode. The
hard-wired room temperature and humidity sensors
shall be designated as the representative room
condition for the RTU during room-condition based
control modes. These sensors shall be located in a
space which has either a northern exposure or

63
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
which is most representative of the areas served

by the RTU.
2. Safety Devices. Safeties shall be in force at all

times and all modes of operation, including all
operating modes of the VFDs including VFD bypass
operation.
a. Supply Duct Overpressure Control: If the

static pressure in the supply duct exceeds
the positive static pressure switch setpoint
4 for any reason, the supply fan shall stop and
RTU shall remain in the System-OFF Mode until
the safety pressure switch is manually reset.
After the alarm is cleared, the RTU shall
resume its normal operation according to the
appropriate mode. A change-of-state alarm
shall be generated at the SOC. Note that this
fan safety shall be hardwired to shut the fan
off in all modes of operation.
b. Exhaust Duct Suction Pressure Control: If the

static pressure in the exhaust duct exceeds
the negative static pressure switch setpoint,
the exhaust fan shall stop and RTU shall
remain in the System-OFF Mode until the
safety pressure switch is manually reset.
off in all modes of fan-control operation.
c. Clogged Filter Alarm: There shall be

installed an indicating, differential
pressure gauge across the filters which shall
indicate the combined pressure drop across
the filters and which includes a pair of
alarm contacts. A clogged filter alarm shall
be generated at the SOC/HMI when the pressure
drop exceeds the combined pressure drops as
recommended by the filter manufacturer for
replacement.
d. Safety Emergency Heating Mode: A furnace
control Hand-Off-Auto toggle selector switch
shall be utilized as follows. In the “Auto”

64
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
position, the furnace shall be controlled as

defined herein. In the “Off” position, the
started and modulated to maintain a manually
set discharge temperature. The temperature
shall be maintained by an electronic PI
modulating controller sensing furnace
discharge temperature. Setpoint shall be
adjustable up to 130°F. In all modes, the
furnace operation shall be subject to all
safety devices including but not limited to a
high temperature cut-out safety set at 145°F
and a unit airflow proving switch.
e. Per Section MC 307.2.3, for curb mounted

units (not applicable for dunnage mounted
units) where the primary drain pan is not
provided with auxiliary drain line or an
auxiliary drain pan is not provided with an
auxiliary drain line and where an auxiliary
drain pan is provided with a condensate water
level detection device in the auxiliary drain
pan, a hard-wired water-level detection
device located in the auxiliary pan or
primary pan shall shut off the equipment
served prior to overflow of the auxiliary
pan.
f. Freeze Protection Lockout: The freeze
exhaust fans upon reaching its setpoint. Unit
shall be sent to System Off Mode. OEM limit
control freezestat with serpentine element
located on the inlet of the cooling coil
shall stop all fans to prevent cold air being
distributed to the building thus avoiding
potential building pipe freeze-ups. Set at
39˚F (adjustable). Freezestat shall reset
automatically unless any trip exceeds 30
seconds as measured by the integral timer.
Trips exceeding 30 seconds shall require
manual reset. At the same time an alarm
signal is sent to the DDC controller and an

65
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
alarm is displayed on the local operator

display device.
3. Fire Alarm Shut Down: This sequence of operation

shall be in force at all times and under all modes
of operation.
a. The Fire Alarm contractor shall furnish and

the mechanical contractor shall install the
smoke detector(s) to shut down the system
upon sensing smoke. Furthermore, the
following shall be provided through Div. 16.
b. During a fire alarm condition, the Fire Alarm

Control Panel (FACP) shall shut down the
supply and exhaust fan and the system shall
operate and remain in the System-OFF Mode
until the alarm condition is cleared. When
condition, all fire/smoke and smoke dampers
shall close as commanded by the FACP. After
the fire alarm shutdown is cleared, all smoke
and fire/smoke dampers shall be commanded
open by the FACP.
c. Smoke Isolation Dampers: For systems

supplying 15,000 cfm or more, smoke isolation
dampers shall be provided for both the supply
and return ducts. The smoke dampers shall be
commanded open against their normally-closed,
spring-returned actuators during all non-
emergency operation. Per Section MC 606.4.3,
fans or fan systems which have been
system shall be arranged and equipped so that
they do not automatically restart when either
the automatic fire detecting device or fire
alarm system is reset. The manual means of
restarting the fans or fan system shall
function independently from the manual
resetting of either the automatic fire
detecting device or fire alarm system.
d. Fire alarm system activation initiated by

manual pull station shall not shut down the
45 unit supply and exhaust fans and shall not

66
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
close the associated smoke and/or fire/smoke

dampers if in the testing mode.
e. Per Section MC 606.4.2, fans on systems that

recirculate air less than or equal to 2,000
cfm or exhaust fans, shall not be shut down
upon manual or automatic activation of the
fire alarm system.
f. Fire dampers shall be provided as required at

penetrations of fire rated construction.
g. The Mechanical Contractor shall provide duct

Smoke Dampers (SD) and Combination Fire/Smoke
Dampers (FSD) with actuators and proof-of-
open end-switches. The FACP shall monitor all
associated end-switches for proof-of-open on
an individual or zone basis. The FACP shall
indicate via a FACP mounted LED that a damper
or zone of dampers has not proven open.
Fire/smoke dampers associated with the post-
fire smoke purge system and smoke control
systems shall be monitored on an individual
basis by the FACP.
B. Operating Modes: The operating modes of the RTU shall

switch; control and safety devices and the Fire Alarm
System.

(labeled HAND-OFF-AUTO) mounted in the RTU
and wired into the digital controller. In the
automatic-position the RTU is indexed
automatically by the DDC Scheduler between
the various modes of operation described
herein. In the HAND position the RTU shall
remain in the Occupied Mode. In the OFF
position the RTU shall remain off. Note that
the H-O-A switch is not the same as the
manufacturer’s service switch which shall
shutdown the RTU.

67
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

c. Exhaust air fan (EF) shall be started and

stopped by the DDC scheduler.


Mode.

Unit controller.
e. Fan Acceleration/De-acceleration: When the

supply fan and exhaust fans are started, the
f. Supply and Exhaust Fan Control:
1) The supply fan shall be started and

stopped as described in these sequences.

68
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
2) During the heating and cooling occupied

cycles, the supply fan VFD speed shall
remain under the control of the duct
static pressure controller to maintain
its setpoint. The final setpoint setting
shall be determined by the Testing &
Balancing Contractor and shall be
subject to critical zone reset. During
the occupied cycles, the outside air
damper shall be placed under the control
of the outside air intake air flow
measuring station to provide the
cumulative instantaneous minimum code
required ventilation air. Refer to
Article 3.27 whereby ventilation is to
be provided 24 hours per day/7 days per
week and demand controlled ventilation
is to be disabled when the Special
Ventilation modes are enabled.
3) The exhaust fan VFD speed shall be

placed under control of the controller
to maintain a fixed exhaust rate as
measured by the exhaust air flow
monitoring station. Exhaust fan shall
maintain proper pressurization with
respect to the outside air flow across
the entire supply fan modulating range.
The final setting shall be determined
and set by the Test & Air Balancing
Contractor. The exhaust flowrate at the
central unit shall be between 85% to 90%
of the cumulative instantaneous outside
air intake rate. For pre-occupied
morning warm up, pre-occupied morning
pull down and unoccupied cycles, the
exhaust fan shall be disabled and the
supply fan shall run in a full
recirculation mode.
4) Upon proof of supply fan operation, in

all modes of fan operation, the control
sequence shall proceed according to the
appropriate Mode. If the supply fan does
not prove ON, a SOC/HMI alarm shall be
issued.

69
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
5) In both summer and winter modes, the

minimum reduction of air flow is as set
by contract documents and as determined
by the balancer. In both the critical
zone reset and standby mode logic, the
minimum air flow shall be limited by the
greater of the following values:
limitation of outside air flow measuring
device accuracy, minimum supply fan
stable flow, minimum exhaust fan stable
flow (normally runs at 85-90% of supply
flow), heating system minimum stable
flow rate or cooling system minimum
stable flow rate.
g. Supply Duct Static Pressure Setpoint Control:
During the cooling cycle, the supply fan VFD
shall slowly ramp up to the initial setpoint
of 1.2” WC total design fan static pressure
as sensed by the supply duct static pressure
sensor. Static pressure setpoint shall be
reset upwards or downwards from the initial
1.2” WC setpoint based on the zone requiring
the most pressure; i.e. the setpoint is reset
until one zone damper is nearly wide open
(greater than 85% open and less than 95%
open). During the cooling cycle, each VAV
RTU controller shall be networked with all
associated VAV terminal units to obtain VAV
box damper positions and to broadcast the
vacant during occupied hours or occupied
during occupied hours minimum flow setpoints
so the central unit controller can tally up
and compute the required cumulative
instantaneous minimum outside air flow
required at the central unit outside air
intake port. The static pressure setpoint
shall be reset based on zone airflow
requests, derived from damper positions or
other indicator of need for static pressure
and shall meet the airflow and space
temperature requirements. When all VAV Box
zone dampers are throttling closed - below
85% open, the VAV supply fan duct static
pressure setpoint shall be incrementally
adjusted by 0.10” WC steps at a frequency of
10 minutes until the supply fan VFD has

70
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
reached its lowest operating speed limit

(based on being 5% above fan stall speed and
to avoid excessive motor temperature, set by
balancer) until the most Critical VAV Box
Zone (CZ) is above 85% open. When the CZ is
greater than 95% open and cooling request
(space temperature) is not satisfied, the
reverse shall occur. If the measured duct
static pressure is less than the duct static
pressure setpoint, the supply fan speed shall
be increased. If the measured duct static
pressure is greater than the duct static
be decreased. Per Section 6.5.3.2.3 of
excessively driving the reset logic and
generate an alarm to the system operator to
allow for operator removal of zone(s) from
the reset algorithm.
2. System-OFF Mode:
a. The rooftop unit supply and exhaust fans

shall be OFF; all associated remote exhaust
fans shall be OFF; the rooftop unit dampers
shall be commanded to their respective fail-
safe positions as follows: outside air and
exhaust air dampers closed, recirculation air
damper open; DX-cooling, hot-gas reheat
valves and gas-fired heating shall be de-
energized. The energy wheel shall not
rotate.

are enabled.
a. Emergency/Standby Winter Mode: The energy

wheel shall not rotate. The rooftop unit
shall be cycled intermittently to maintain an
emergency night set-back temperature (NSB)
setpoint of 50°F. Normal unoccupied NSB shall
be 55°F and shall be maintained by the
perimeter fin tube radiation.

71
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
1) When the space temperature falls below

the emergency NSB setpoint, the supply
fan shall be started under static
pressure setpoint control; the unit
exhaust fan and all associated remote
exhaust fans shall remain OFF; the
dampers shall be in the full-return
position as follows: the recirculation
damper open and the outside air and
exhaust dampers closed.
2) Upon proof of air flow, the gas heater

shall be energized and the gas valve
shall be modulated to maintain a
discharge temperature of 85°F
(adjustable) until the space temperature
rises above the emergency NSB setpoint
plus its differential of 5°F, after
which the gas heater shall de-energize
and the gas valve shall close. The
supply fan shall be de-energized and the
RTU shall cycle OFF. During the
emergency heating mode, the VAV boxes
shall be commanded to their minimum
occupied ventilation position.
b. Unoccupied Summer Cooling Mode: The
mechanical cooling sequence shall only be
sequence. The energy wheel shall not rotate.
The rooftop unit shall be cycled to maintain
a space temperature (for the representative
room) high-limit (HHL) setpoint as described
below.
1) When the space temperature rises above

the HHL setpoint of 85ºF, the supply fan
shall be started under static pressure
setpoint control; the dampers shall be
in the full-return position as follows:
the recirculation damper fully opened
and the outside air and exhaust dampers
closed. During the unoccupied cooling
mode, the VAV boxes shall be commanded
to their minimum occupied ventilation
position.
72
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
2) Upon proof of air flow, DX-cooling shall

be controlled in stages and sequenced to
maintain a DX coil discharge temperature
of 55°F.
3) After the space temperature (for the

representative room) falls below the HHL
setpoint, less a differential of 2ºF;
DX-cooling shall be de-energized. The
RTU shall cycle OFF.
4. Pre-Occupied Morning Warm-up: The energy wheel
shall not rotate. Pre-occupancy morning warm-up
mode shall be required as sensed by the space
temperature sensor before the system is indexed
from the unoccupied to the occupied mode. Cycle
a. When the nominal space temperature is below
the occupied setpoint (72ºF -2ºF) then the
12
warm-up sequence shall be initiated.
Otherwise, the RTU shall remain off until the
beginning of the Occupied Mode.
b. Warm-up Mode: The supply fan shall be started
under static pressure setpoint control; the
unit exhaust fan and all associated remote
exhaust fans shall remain OFF; the dampers
shall be in the full-return position as
follows: the recirculation damper open and
the outside air and exhaust dampers closed.
During the warmup mode, the VAV boxes shall
be commanded to their minimum occupied
ventilation positions.
c. Upon proof of air flow, the gas heater shall
be energized and the gas valve shall be
modulated to maintain a discharge temperature
of 85°F until the return duct temperature
rises above the occupied setpoint, after
which the gas heater shall de-energize and
the gas valve shall close and the fans shall

73
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
de-energize. Should the space temperature

drop below (72ºF -2ºF) again during the
warmup cycle time period, the cycle shall
repeat. Once the Warm-up Mode cycle is
terminated, the unit shall be indexed to
occupied mode. The warm up mode shall be
terminated when the scheduler places the unit
in the scheduled occupied mode, not when the
return duct temperature rises above the
occupied setpoint.
and/or Pre-Occupied Morning Pull-down: Pre-
12 occupancy space cooling shall be required as
sensed by the combination space temperature and
humidity sensor in the representative space before
the system is indexed from the unoccupied mode or
pre-occupied mode to the occupied mode.
Additionally during the unoccupied night time
period, the unit shall be able to start and purge
the spaces for a 15 minute period if the outside
air enthalpy is less than the representative space
or exceeds 68°F and then return to System Off
mode. The relative enthalpies will be rechecked
in the System Off Mode and the Unoccupied
Nighttime purge cycle shall be repeated for a 15
minute period if the outside air enthalpy is less
than the representative space enthalpy.
Unoccupied Nighttime purge cycle shall be
terminated when the system is scheduled to the
pre-occupied morning purge or pull down cycle.
a. Pre-Occupied Morning or Unoccupied Nighttime
Purge Cycles:
1) The DDC Controller shall calculate the
representative space enthalpy from the
12
combination of the space temperature and
space relative humidity sensor readings
and compare to the broadcast value of
the calculated outside air enthalpy. If
the outside air enthalpy is less than
the inside enthalpy and if the outside
air temperature equals or exceeds 68°F,
a pre-occupied morning or unoccupied
nighttime purge cycles shall be
initiated for a (15) minute duration.

74
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
2) During the pre-occupied morning or

unoccupied nighttime purge cycles, 100%
before occupancy. The energy wheel shall
not rotate. The outside air and
their fully open position; and the
closed position. During the pre-
occupied morning or unoccupied nighttime
purge modes, the VAV boxes shall be
commanded to their minimum full occupied
ventilation position.
3) The central air conditioner supply fan
shall be indexed to static pressure
setpoint control with DX-cooling locked
out until the pre-occupied morning or
unoccupied nighttime purge cycles are
terminated. The exhaust fan VFD shall
be modulated to maintain proper
pressurization (nominally 85% to 90% of
the outside air instantaneous flow). The
pre-occupied morning or unoccupied
nighttime purge cycles shall be
terminated after a 15-minute cycle. The
pre-occupied morning purge cycle, if
initiated, shall be followed by a pre-
occupied pull-down cycle. The unit
shall not index into a pre-occupied
morning pulldown mode after unoccupied
nighttime purge operation.
b. Pre-Occupied Morning Pull-down Cycle:
1) The energy wheel shall not rotate and
the exhaust fan shall be OFF. After the
pre-occupied morning purge cycle or if
the space temperature is greater than
the space temperature setpoint of 78ºF
plus 0 minus 2ºF nominal adjustable, the
Pre-Occupied Morning Purge cycle shall
be locked out and mechanical
refrigeration shall be used in a pre-
occupied pull-down mode to bring the
return air temperature to 78ºF plus 0
minus 2ºF. Cycle start time shall be

75
12
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
based on the difference between the

current temperature and the occupied
temperature setpoint for optimum start
controls. Additionally, per Section
6.4.3.3.3 of ASHRAE 90.1-2016, the
control algorithm shall also be a
function of the outdoor temperature and
the amount of time prior to scheduled
occupancy.
2) During the pre-occupied pull-down cycle,
the outside and exhaust air dampers
shall be closed with the recirculation
damper fully opened. The RTU unit supply
fan shall be indexed to static pressure
setpoint control. During the pre-
occupied pull-down mode, the VAV boxes
occupied ventilation positions. The
compressors shall be controlled in
stages and sequenced to provide up to
their full capacity while the DDC
controller limits the discharge air
temperature to be no less than 55˚F.
Failure of the DX-cooling compressors to
run after being commanded to run shall
be alarmed at the SOC/HMI. The reheat
valves shall be modulated as needed. The
pull down cycle shall continue until the
return air temperature is less than or
equal to 78°F plus 0 minus 2°F at which
time the DX cooling compressors shall
modulate off and the fans shall de-
energize. Should the space temperature
rise again during the pull down cycle
time period, the cycle shall repeat.
The pre-occupied pull down cycle shall
be terminated when the scheduler places
the unit in the scheduled occupied mode,
not when the return air temperature is
at or below 78˚F plus 0 minus 2˚F.
3) Once the pre-occupied pull-down cycle is
terminated by the system being indexed
into Occupied Mode, the unit shall be
indexed to occupied economizer cooling
or occupied mechanical cooling.

76
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
6. Occupied Mode: In both the occupied heating mode

and occupied cooling mode except economizer
cooling mode, the energy wheel shall be run at
full speed. When the rooftop DDC controller is
indexed to the occupied mode, the following
occurs.
a. During the occupied heating and cooling modes

as the speed of the supply fan modulates to
maintain the supply duct static pressure
setpoint, the outside airflow sensor shall
monitor the cumulative instantaneous outside
air flow and send the flow signal to the
controller which shall adjust the position of
the outside air damper to maintain the
required instantaneous ventilation rate over
the entire throttling range. The exhaust
flow air flow monitoring station shall
monitor the exhaust airflow and send the flow
signal to the controller which shall adjust
the speed of the exhaust fan by modulating
the exhaust fan VFD. Proper pressurization
of exhaust flow as compared to outside air
intake flow shall be maintained over the
entire throttling range. Exhaust flow rate
shall be 85% to 90% of the cumulative
instantaneous outside air intake flow.
b. The maximum and minimum (5% above fan stall

speed or maximum motor temperature) final
setting shall be determined by the Test & Air
Balancing Contractor.
c. If the fans do not prove ON, an alarm shall

be issued to the SOC/HMI.
d. Per Section MC 403.7, variable air volume

systems other than those designed for 100%
outdoor air, shall be provided with controls
to regulate the flow of outdoor air. Such
control systems shall be designed to maintain
the minimum cumulative instantaneous required
flow of outdoor air over the entire range of
supply air operating rates. As the total
supply flow varies (based on maintaining
static pressure setpoint) and as the
cumulative instantaneous central unit outside

77
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
air flow varies based on which spaces are

vacant or occupied during occupied hours, the
85 recirculation flow shall vary. The
instantaneous recirculation flow at any time
shall equal the instantaneous total supply
flow minus the cumulative instantaneous
outside air intake flow. The recirculation
damper shall be modulated to maintain the
instantaneous required recirculation flow.
e. When indexed to the occupied heating mode,

the energy wheel shall be commanded to its
full speed. The compressors shall be de-
energized and the furnace shall be modulated
to provide a nominal 65°F (adjustable)
discharge air temperature. The non assembly
spaces fin tube radiation units shall be
modulated to provide a nominal 72°F
(adjustable) space temperature in each of the
spaces. On a drop in discharge temperature
below the setpoint, the fan motor of the gas
burner shall be energized and the burner
ignition sequence shall begin. On a rise in
discharge temperature above the discharge
temperature setpoint by a differential of
2.0˚F, the gas fired heater shall be
commanded off.
f. Frost Protection: A frost control setpoint

shall be defined as follows: exhaust path
energy wheel exhaust temperature conditions
of 35˚F (adjustable). Whenever the energy
wheel exhaust leaving air temperature is less
than the exhaust air frost control
temperature setpoint, the wheel speed shall
be modulated as required to maintain the
exhaust leaving air temperature above the
exhaust air temperature for frost control
setpoint.
g. During occupied Economizer Cooling Mode, the

unit shall attempt to maintain a maximum
supply duct dry-bulb temperature of 55˚F as
sensed by the supply duct temperature sensor.
For the summer Economizer Cooling Mode, the
outside air temperature shall be greater than
or equal to 55˚F but less than 65˚F and the

78
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
outside enthalpy shall be less than the

return air enthalpy, so when the unit
attempts to hold a 55˚F discharge
temperature, it shall open the outside air
and exhaust dampers fully and close the
recirculation damper. The energy wheel shall
not rotate. The actual supplied air
temperature to the spaces shall be greater
than or equal to 55˚F but less than 65˚F.
On a rise in return duct temperature above

78.0°F for a time delay of 30 minutes
(adjustable), the Economizer Cooling Mode
shall be deemed inadequate to meet the
maximum acceptable conditions at which time
the unit shall be commanded to the occupied
Mechanical Cooling Mode and the outside air,
exhaust air and recirculated air dampers
shall be indexed back to the occupied air
flow settings. The energy wheel shall rotate
at full speed in occupied Mechanical Cooling
mode.
Summer occupied period return air relative

humidity is controlled with indirect
dehumidification by keeping the discharge off
the DX cooling coils at no greater than 55˚F
which should always keep the space within the
comfort zone as defined in ASHRAE 55-2010.
The outside air damper shall be set to its
cumulative instantaneous minimum ventilation
position during the occupied mechanical
cooling cycle. The exhaust air fan VFD shall
be modulated to exhaust 85% to 90% of the
cumulative instantaneous outside air intake
flow. Mechanical DX cooling units shall be
controlled in stages and sequenced to
maintain a maximum 55˚F coil discharge
temperature. The hot gas reheat valves shall
be modulated to increase the unit discharge
temperature to maintain the return air reset
schedule when the return air is less than
76˚F. On a drop in return duct temperature
below 75ºF after the hot gas reheat valves
are all fully opened, the compressors shall
be sequentially staged to reset the coil
discharge temperature as required to maintain

79
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
the duct return air temperature between 76°F

and 78°F. Mechanical cooling and indirect
dehumidification shall be re-enabled to allow
staged and controlled compressor
energizations to maintain a maximum 55˚F
cooling coil discharge temperature and hot
gas reheat modulation subject to return air
temperature reset schedule when the return
air exceeds 78ºF.
7. Return Air Reset of Supply Air Temperature:

a. After the warm-up mode is completed, the
supply air temperature of the RTU shall be
controlled to maintain a minimum supply air
temperature setpoint (reset from return air
temperature) of 60˚F to 65˚F (adjustable).
b. After the pre-occupied morning purge and pre-
occupied morning pull down modes are
completed; the supply air temperature of the
RTU shall be controlled to maintain a coil
discharge air temperature setpoint of 55˚F
but reset using hot gas reheat based on
return air temperature.
8. Communication:

rooftop unit DDC controller shall operate in the
3.6B CUSTOM ROOFTOP VAV FOR NON-ASSEMBLY SPACES AND CORRIDORS

20 (VARIABLE VOLUME UNIT WITH ECONOMIZER, HOT WATER HEATING,
DX-COOLING, HOT-GAS REHEAT,ENERGY RECOVERY WHEEL AND DDC
68 CONTROLS, COUPLED IN COOLING WITH TERMINAL VAV BOXES) per
Section 15853
[ref. 1598512g Standard Control Drawing and Point List]

31
1. Mechanical System Summary: The VAV boxes are

provided with cooling air supplied by custom
rooftop units (RTU) with supply and exhaust fans
(with variable frequency drives operating in
variable-speed mode), outside air, recirculation
and exhaust dampers, self-contained DX-cooling

80
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
stages, modulated hot-gas reheat, and modulating

hot water heating. The rooftop unit shall operate
in various modes; System-OFF, Pre-Occupied Morning
Warm-Up, Pre-Occupied Morning Purge, Unoccupied
Nighttime Purge, Pre-Occupied Morning Pull-down,
2 Unoccupied Mode or Occupied Mode. The hard-wired
room temperature and humidity sensors shall be
designated as the representative room condition
for the RTU during room-condition based control
modes. These sensors shall be located in a space
which has either a northern exposure or which is
most representative of the areas served by the
RTU. The air handling unit controller shall be
polled on 10 minute intervals to provide the hot
water valve position to be used for primary hot
water pump differential pressure reset logic.
minute intervals.

operating modes of the VFDs including VFD bypass
operation.
4 a. Supply Duct Overpressure Control: If the

for any reason, the supply fan shall stop and
shall be generated at the SOC. Note that
this fan safety shall be hardwired to shut
b. Exhaust Duct Suction Pressure Control: If the

static pressure in the exhaust duct exceeds
the negative static pressure switch setpoint,
the exhaust fan shall stop and RTU shall
shall be generated at the SOC. Note that

81
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

the fan off in all modes of fan-control
operation.

alarm contacts. A clogged filter alarm shall
be generated at the SOC/HMI when the pressure
replacement.
d. Per Section MC 307.2.3, for curb mounted

pan.
e. Freeze Protection Lockout: The freeze

located on the inlet of the cooling coil
shall stop all fans to prevent cold air being
distributed to the building thus avoiding
potential building pipe freeze-ups. Set at
39˚F (adjustable). Freezestat shall reset
automatically unless any trip exceeds 30
seconds as measured by the integral timer.

82
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
alarm is displayed on the local operator

display device.

of operation.


operate and remain in the System-OFF Mode
until the alarm condition is cleared. When
condition, all fire/smoke and smoke dampers
shall close as commanded by the FACP. After
the fire alarm shutdown is cleared, all smoke
and fire/smoke dampers shall be commanded
open by the FACP.


45 unit supply and exhaust fans and shall not

83
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______


cfm or exhaust fans associated with 100
percent outside air systems, shall not be
shut down upon manual or automatic activation
of the fire alarm system.


basis by the FACP.
B. Operating Modes. The operating modes of the RTU shall

System.


84
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

shutdown the RTU.

c. Exhaust air fan (EF) shall be started and

stopped by the DDC scheduler.

unit shall be manually indexed to operate
in either the Summer Mode or Winter Mode.

Mode.

Unit controller.


85
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______



morning warm up, pre-occupied morning
pull down and unoccupied cycles, the
exhaust fan shall be disabled and the
supply fan shall run in a full
recirculation mode.


86
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
not prove ON, an alarm shall be issued

to the SOC/HMI.
During the occupied cycles, the supply fan
VFD shall slowly ramp up to the initial
setpoint of 1.2” WC total design fan static
pressure as sensed by the supply duct static
pressure sensor. In the cooling mode, static
pressure setpoint shall be reset upwards or
downwards from the initial 1.2” WC setpoint
based on the zone requiring the most
pressure; i.e. the setpoint is reset until
one zone damper is nearly wide open (greater
than 85% open and less than 95% open). During
all occupied cycles, each VAV RTU controller
shall be networked with all associated VAV
terminal units to obtain VAV box damper
positions and to broadcast the vacant during
occupied hours or occupied during occupied
hours minimum flow setpoints so the central
unit controller can tally up and compute the
required cumulative instantaneous minimum
outside air flow required at the central unit
outside air intake port. In cooling, the
static pressure setpoint shall be reset based
on zone airflow requests, derived from damper
positions or other indicator of need for
static pressure and shall meet the airflow
and space temperature requirements. In
cooling, when all VAV Box zone dampers are
throttling closed - below 85% open, the VAV
supply fan duct static pressure setpoint
shall be incrementally adjusted by 0.10” WC
steps at a frequency of 10 minutes until the
supply fan VFD has reached its lowest
operating speed limit (based on being 5%
above fan stall speed and to avoid excessive
motor temperature, set by balancer) until the
most Critical VAV Box Zone (CZ) is above 85%
open. In cooling, when the CZ is greater than
95% open and cooling request (space
temperature) is not satisfied, the reverse
shall occur. If the measured duct static
pressure is less than the duct static
be increased. If the measured duct static

87
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

be decreased. Per Section 6.5.3.2.3 of
the reset algorithm. Critical Zone Reset
Logic is not performed in Winter Mode as all
boxes are sent to minimum flow position in
occupied mode.
2. System-OFF Mode:

shall be OFF; all associated remote exhaust
fans shall be OFF; the rooftop unit dampers
shall be commanded to their respective fail-
safe positions as follows: outside air and
exhaust air dampers closed, recirculation air
damper open; DX-cooling, hot-gas reheat
valves and hot water heating shall be de-
energized. The energy wheel shall not rotate.

are enabled.
a. The unit shall be in the SYSTEM OFF mode.

Normal unoccupied Night Set Back (NSB) shall
be 55°F and shall be maintained by the
perimeter fin tube radiation.

sequence. The energy wheel shall not rotate.
The rooftop unit shall be cycled to maintain
a space temperature (for the representative
room) high-limit (HHL) setpoint as described
below.

88
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

closed. The energy wheel shall not
rotate. During the unoccupied cooling
mode, the VAV boxes shall be commanded
to their minimum occupied ventilation
position.
of 55°F.

setpoint, less a differential of 2ºF;
4. Pre-Occupied Morning Warm-up: The energy wheel
shall not rotate. Pre-occupancy morning warm-up
mode shall be required as sensed by the space
a. When the nominal space temperature is below
the occupied setpoint (72ºF -2ºF) then the
12
b. Warm-up Mode: The supply fan shall be started
under static pressure setpoint control; the
unit exhaust fan and all associated remote
exhaust fans shall remain OFF; the dampers
shall be in the full-return position as

89
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
follows: the recirculation damper open and

the outside air and exhaust dampers closed.
During the warmup mode, the VAV boxes shall
be commanded to their minimum
c. Upon proof of air flow, the hot water coil
valve shall be modulated to maintain a
discharge temperature of 85°F until the
occupied setpoint, after which the hot water
coil valve shall close and the fans shall de-
energize. Should the space temperature drop
below (72ºF -2ºF) again during the warmup
cycle time period, the cycle shall repeat.
Once the Warm-up Mode cycle is terminated,
the unit shall be indexed to occupied mode.
The warm up mode shall be terminated when the
scheduler places the unit in the scheduled
occupied mode, not when the return duct
temperature rises above the occupied
setpoint.
humidity sensor in the representative space before
the system is indexed from the unoccupied to the
occupied mode.
Purge Cycles:
12
and compare to the broadcast value of
a Pre-Occupied Morning or Unoccupied
Nighttime Purge cycle shall be initiated
2) During the Pre-Occupied Morning or
Unoccupied Nighttime purge cycles, 100%
90
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

their fully open position and the
closed position.The energy wheel shall
not rotate. During the Pre-Occupied
Morning or Unoccupied Nighttime purge
modes, the VAV boxes shall be commanded
to their full minimum occupied
out until the Pre-Occupied Morning or
Unoccupied Nighttime purge cycles are
terminated. The exhaust fan VFD shall
be modulated to maintain proper
pressurization (nominally 85% to 90% of
the outside air instantaneous flow). The
pre-occupied Morning or Unoccupied
Nighttime Purge cycles shall be
pre-occupied morning purge cycle, if
occupied pull-down cycle.
After the 15 minute Unoccupied Nightime
Purge cycle, the system shall be
returned to the System-Off mode. The
relative enthalpies will be rechecked in
the System Off Mode and the Unoccupied
Nighttime purge cycle shall be repeated
for a 15 minute period if the outside
air enthalpy is less than the
representative space enthalpy and if the
outside air temperature equals or
exceeds 68°F. Unoccupied Nighttime purge
cycle shall be terminated when the
system is scheduled to the pre-occupied
morning purge/pull down cycle.
1) The energy wheel shall not rotate and
the exhaust fan shall be OFF. After the
12 purge cycle or if the space temperature
91
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
is greater than the space temperature

setpoint of 78ºF plus 0 minus 2ºF
nominal adjustable, the Morning Purge
cycle shall be locked out and mechanical
refrigeration shall be used in a pre-
occupied pull-down mode to bring the
return air temperature to 78ºF plus 0
minus 2ºF. Cycle start time shall be
current temperature and the occupied
6.4.3.3.3 of ASHRAE 90.1-2016, the
function of the outdoor temperature and
the amount of time prior to scheduled
occupancy.
2) During the pre-occupied pull-down cycle,
the outside and exhaust air dampers
shall be closed with the recirculation
damper fully opened. The RTU unit supply
fan shall be indexed to static pressure
setpoint control. During the pre-
occupied pull-down mode, the VAV boxes
occupied ventilation position. The
their full capacity. Failure of the DX-
cooling compressors to run after being
commanded to run shall be alarmed at the
SOC/HMI. The reheat valves shall be
modulated as needed. The pull down cycle
shall continue until the return air
temperature is less than or equal to
78°F plus 0 minus 2°F at which time the
DX cooling compressors shall modulate
off and the fans shall de-energize.
Should the space temperature rise again
during the pull down cycle time period,
the cycle shall repeat. The pre-occupied
pull down cycle shall be terminated when
the scheduler places the unit in the
scheduled occupied mode, not when the
return air temperature is at or below
78˚F plus 0 minus 2˚F.

92
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

6. Occupied Mode: In both the occupied heating mode
and occupied cooling mode, the energy wheel shall
be run at full speed. When the rooftop DDC
controller is indexed to the occupied mode, the
following occurs.
a. The maximum and minimum (5% above fan stall

speed or maximum motor temperature) final
setting shall be determined by the Test & Air
Balancing Contractor.
b. If the fans do not prove ON, an alarm shall

be issued to the SOC/HMI.
c. Per Section MC 403.7, variable air volume

systems other than those designed for 100%
outdoor air, shall be provided with controls
to regulate the flow of outdoor air. Such
control systems shall be designed to maintain
the minimum cumulative instantaneous required
flow of outdoor air over the entire range of
supply air operating rates. As the total
supply flow varies (based on maintaining
static pressure setpoint) and as the
cumulative instantaneous central unit outside
air flow varies based on which spaces are
vacant or occupied during occupied hours, the
recirculation flow shall vary. The
instantaneous recirculation flow at any time
shall equal the instantaneous total supply
flow minus the cumulative instantaneous
outside air intake flow. The recirculation
damper shall be modulated to maintain the
instantaneous required recirculation flow.
d. Frost Protection: A frost control setpoint


93
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

setpoint.
e. When indexed to the occupied heating mode,

the energy wheel shall be commanded to its
full speed. The compressors shall be de-
energized and the hot water valve shall be
modulated to provide a nominal 65°F
(adjustable) discharge air temperature. The
non assembly spaces fin tube radiation units
shall be modulated to provide a nominal 72°F
(adjustable) space temperature in each of the
spaces. On a drop in discharge temperature
below the setpoint, the hot water coil valve
shall open. On a rise in discharge
temperature above the discharge temperature
setpoint by a differential of 2.0˚F, the hot
water coil valve shall be modulated closed.
f. During occupied Economizer Cooling Mode, the

unit shall attempt to maintain a maximum
supply duct dry-bulb temperature of 55˚F as
sensed by the supply duct temperature sensor.
The energy wheel shall not rotate. For the
summer Economizer Cooling Mode, the outside
air temperature shall be greater than or
equal to 55˚F but less than 65˚F and the
outside enthalpy shall be less than the
return enthalpy, so when the unit attempts to
hold a 55˚F discharge temperature, it shall
open the outside air and exhaust dampers
fully and close the recirculation damper.
The actual supplied air temperature to the
spaces shall be greater than or equal to 55˚F
but less than 65˚F.

Mechanical Cooling Mode and the outside air,
recirculated air and exhaust dampers shall be
indexed back to the occupied air flow

94
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
settings. The energy wheel shall rotate at

full speed in occupied Mechanical Cooling
mode.
Summer occupied period return air relative

humidity is controlled with indirect
dehumidification by keeping the discharge off
the DX cooling coils at a maximum of 55˚F
which should always keep the space within the
Mechanical DX cooling units shall be
controlled in stages and sequenced to
maintain a maximum 55˚F coil discharge
temperature. The hot gas reheat valves shall
be modulated to increase the unit discharge
temperature to maintain the return air reset
schedule when the return air is less than
76˚F. On a drop in return duct temperature
below 75ºF, after hot gas reheat valves have
fully opened, the compressors shall be
sequentially staged to reset the coil
discharge temperature as required to maintain
the duct return air temperature between 76°F
and 78°F. Mechanical cooling and indirect
cooling coil discharge temperature and hot
gas reheat modulation subject to return air
temperature reset schedule when the return
air exceeds 78ºF.

a. After the warm-up mode is completed, the
supply air temperature of the RTU shall be
controlled to maintain a minimum supply air
temperature setpoint (reset from return air
temperature) of 60˚F to 65˚F (adjustable).
b. After all pre-purge and pull down modes are
completed; the supply air temperature of the
RTU shall be controlled to maintain a coil
but reset using hot gas reheat based on
return air temperature.
8. Communication:

95
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

63 3.7A CUSTOM ROOFTOP CAV (CONSTANT VOLUME UNIT WITH DCV-

ECONOMIZER, GAS-HEATING, DX-COOLING, DEHUMIDIFICATION WITH
20 HOT-GAS REHEAT AND DDC CONTROLS) (RETURN FAN SIZED NOMINALLY
THE SAME AS SUPPLY FAN, NO SEPARATE EXHAUST FANS) per
Section 15854
[ref. 1598512b Standard Control Drawing and Point List]

3
1. Mechanical System Summary: The Public Assembly
7
areas are served by custom rooftop units (RTU)
with supply and return fans (with variable
frequency drives operating in constant-speed
mode), outside air, recirculation and exhaust
dampers, self-contained DX-cooling stages,
modulating gas-fired duct furnace heating and
modulated hot-gas reheat for use during
dehumidifying. The rooftop unit shall operate in
various modes; System-OFF, Pre-Occupied Morning
Warm-Up, Pre-Occupied Morning Purge, Unoccupied
Nighttime Purge, Pre-Occupied Pull-down,
Unoccupied or Occupied Mode.
2. Safety Devices: Safeties shall be in force at all
operating modes of VFD.
b. Return Duct Suction Pressure Control: If the
static pressure in the return duct exceeds
the negative static pressure switch setpoint

96
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
the return fan shall stop and RTU shall

contacts. A clogged filter alarm shall be
generated at the SOC/HMI when the pressure
replacement.

97
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

pan.
of operation.
supply and electrically interlocked return
fan and the system shall operate and remain
in the System-OFF Mode until the alarm
condition is cleared. When the unit fans are
shut down by a fire alarm condition, all
fire/smoke and smoke dampers shall close as
commanded by the FACP. After the fire alarm
shutdown is cleared, all smoke and fire/smoke
dampers shall be commanded open by the FACP.
unit supply and return fans and shall not
45
98
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______


basis by the FACP.
and as shown on the Control Contract Drawings.
the DDC Scheduler, the Room Sensor Bypass Pushbutton,
the local unit mounted HAND-OFF-AUTO switch; control
and safety devices and the Fire Alarm System.
AUTO-position the RTU is indexed
position the RTU shall off. Note that the H-
O-A switch is not the same as the
shutdown the RTU.

99
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

RTU.
unit shall be manually indexed to operate
in either the Summer Mode or Winter Mode.
Mode.
Unit controller.
are de-energized, they shall be de-energized

100
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
2. System-OFF Mode:
a. The rooftop unit supply and return fans shall

be OFF; all associated exhaust fans shall be
OFF; the rooftop unit dampers shall be
commanded to their respective fail-safe
positions as follows: outside air and exhaust
air dampers closed, recirculation air damper
open; DX-cooling, hot-gas reheat valves, and
gas-fired heating shall be de-energized.

are enabled.
a. Bypass Unoccupied Mode. During the unoccupied

mode an authorized occupant shall be able to
manually enter into the Bypass Mode by
depressing the bypass button on the space
sensor. Depressing the button shall
temporarily place the rooftop unit into the
Occupied Mode for (120) minutes (adjustable).
After this time has elapsed the unit shall
automatically return to the appropriate mode
of operation.
b. Unoccupied Winter Mode: The rooftop unit

shall be cycled intermittently to maintain a
night set-back temperature (NSB) setpoint of
55°F.

the NSB setpoint the supply fan and
return fan (sized nominally with the
same capacity of the supply fan) shall
be started; all associated exhaust fans
shall remain OFF; the dampers shall be
the recirculation damper open and the
outside air and exhaust dampers closed.
2) Upon proof of air flow, the gas heater

shall be energized and the gas valve
shall be modulated to maintain a
discharge temperature of 85°F
(adjustable) until the space temperature
101
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
rises above the NSB setpoint plus its

differential of 2°F, after which the gas
heater shall de-energize and the gas
valve shall close. The supply and return
fans shall be de-energized and the RTU
fans shall stop and return to the
Unoccupied Mode.
c. Unoccupied Summer Dehumidification/Cooling

84 Mode: The mechanical dehumidification/cooling
sequence shall only be enabled if the
relative enthalpy conditions and outside air
temperature conditions do not enable the
unoccupied nighttime purge sequence. The
rooftop unit shall be cycled to maintain a
space dewpoint (projects with Chilled Beam or
DIU in Classrooms) or temperature (projects
with VAV boxes in classrooms) high-limit
(HHL) setpoint as follows.
1) For projects with Classrooms with

chilled beams and/or displacement
induction units, when the space dewpoint
rises above the HHL setpoint of 71ºF
(85°F @ 65% RH) plus 0 minus 2ºF nominal
adjustable or 85°F space temperature for
projects with Classrooms with VAV Boxes,
then the supply fan and return fan shall
be started; the dampers shall be in the
full-return position as follows: the
recirculation damper fully open and the

be staged and controlled to maintain a
DX coil cooling coil discharge
temperature of 55°F. Failure of the DX-
SOC/HMI.
3) After space dewpoint falls below the HHL

setpoint of 71ºF plus 0 minus 2ºF or the
space temperature falls below 85 - 2ºF
for classrooms with VAV Boxes; DX-
cooling shall be de-energized and the
hot-gas reheat valves shall close. The

102
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
supply and return fans shall be de-

energized and the RTU shall remain to
the Unoccupied Mode until scheduled into
the pre-occupied morning modes.
4. Pre-Occupied Morning Warm-up: Pre-occupancy
morning warm-up mode shall be required as sensed
by the space temperature sensor before the system
is indexed from the unoccupied to the occupied
mode. Cycle start time shall be based on the
a. When the space temperature is below the
occupied setpoint of nominal 72˚F, then the
Otherwise the RTU shall remain off until the
b. Warm-up Mode: The supply fan and return fan
shall be started; all associated exhaust fans
shall remain OFF; the dampers shall be in the
recirculation damper open and the outside air
and exhaust dampers closed.

of 85°F (adjustable) until the return duct
temperature rises to the occupied setpoint,
after which the gas heater shall de-energize
and the gas valve shall close and the fans
shall de-energize. Should the space
temperature drop below (72ºF -2ºF) again
during the warmup cycle time period, the
cycle shall repeat. Once the Warm-up Mode
cycle is terminated, the unit shall be
indexed to occupied mode. The warm up mode
shall be terminated when the scheduler places
the unit in the scheduled occupied mode, not
when the return duct temperature rises above
the occupied setpoint.

103
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

humidity sensor before the system is indexed from
the unoccupied to the occupied mode.
Purge Cycles:
1) The DDC Controller shall compare the
calculated space enthalpy determined
from the combination of the space
temperature and space relative humidity
sensor readings to the broadcast value
of the calculated outside air enthalpy.
If the outside air enthalpy is less than
a pre-occupancy Morning or Unoccupied
Nighttime purge cycles shall be
2) During the Pre-occupied Morning or
Unoccupied Nighttime purge cycles, 100%
closed position.
3) The RTU supply and return fans shall be
indexed to occupied CFM with DX-cooling
locked out until the Pre-Occupied
Morning or Unoccupied Nighttime purge
cycles are terminated. The pre-occupied
Morning or unoccupied Nighttime purge
cycles shall be terminated after a 15-
purge cycle, if initiated, shall be
followed by a pre-occupied pull-down
cycle.

104
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

air enthalpy is less than the space
enthalpy. Unoccupied Nighttime purge
84 b. Pre-Occupancy Morning Pull-down Cycle:
1) After the pre-occupied morning purge
cycle, or if the space dewpoint is
greater than the space dewpoint setpoint
of 57.5ºF plus 0 minus 2ºF nominal
adjustable for projects with Classroom
with chilled beam and/or displacement
induction units or 78ºF minus 2ºF for
projects with VAV boxes in Classrooms,
the Pre-Occupied Morning Purge cycle
shall be locked-out and mechanical
cooling shall be used in a pre-occupancy
pull-down mode to bring the return air
dewpoint down to or less than 57.5ºF
plus 0 minus 2ºF (78ºF plus 0 minus 2ºF
for projects with VAV boxes in
classrooms) nominal adjustable. Failure
of the DX-cooling compressors to run
after being commanded to run shall be
alarmed at the SOC/HMI. Cycle start time
the current dewpoint and the occupied
dewpoint setpoint for optimum start
6.4.3.3.3 of ASHRAE 90.1-2016, the
function of the outdoor temperature when
Classrooms are equipped with VAV boxes
(or dew point when Classrooms are
equipped with displacement induction
units or chilled beams) and the amount
2) During the pre-occupancy pull-down
cycle, the outside and exhaust air
dampers shall be closed with the
recirculation damper fully opened. The
RTU unit supply and return fans shall be

105
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
indexed to provide their occupied CFM.

The compressors shall be controlled in
temperature to be no less than 2˚F less
than the calculated return duct
dewpoint. The reheat valves shall be
modulated as required. The pull down
cycle shall continue until the return
air dewpoint (for Classrooms with
displacement induction units or chilled
beam umits) or return air temperature
(for Classrooms with VAV boxes) is at or
below pre-occupied morning pulldown
setpoint at which time the DX cooling
compressors shall modulate off and the
fans shall de-energize. Should the space
temperature (or dewpoint) rise again
the cycle shall repeat. The pre-
occupied cycle shall be terminated when
the scheduler places the unit in the
scheduled occupied mode.
3) Once the pre-occupancy pull-down cycle
is terminated, the unit shall be indexed
to occupied economizer cooling or
occupied mechanical cooling. The pull
down mode shall be terminated when the
scheduler places the unit in the
6. Occupied Mode: When the rooftop DDC controller is
indexed to the occupied mode, the rooftop unit
supply and return fans shall be started via their
respective variable frequency drives (VFD) as
follows.
a. The supply fan VFD speed shall be commanded

22 to its fixed speed as determined and set by
the Test & Air Balance Contractor.
b. The return fan VFD speed shall be commanded

to its fixed speed setting as determined and
set by the Test & Air Balance Contractor.

106
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
c. Upon proof of supply fan operation, the

control sequence shall proceed as follows. If
the fans do not prove ON, an alarm shall be
issued to the SOC/HMI.
d. Occupied return temperature setpoint control

shall be provided for all constant air volume
roof top units. Setpoint shall be adjusted
from the SOC.
7. Winter Occupied Mode: The outside air,

recirculation and exhaust dampers are controlled
in sequence with the modulated gas heater to
maintain the desired occupied return air
a. CO2 Demand-Controlled Ventilation: Refer to

disabled when the Special Ventilation mode is
enabled.
1) The outside air, recirculation and

exhaust dampers shall be modulated to
22 maintain the following minimum outside
air flow rate setpoint reset schedule,
where Differential CO2 = Indoor CO2 –
Outside CO2.
47 2) On a loss of communication with the
broadcast CO2 sensor, the controller
shall default to the greatest minimum OA
flow setpoint per the below table.

0 -
0 < D < = 100 -
100 < D < = 200 -
200 < D < = 300 -
300 < D < = 400 -
400 < D < = 500 -
500 < D < = 600 -
… -
D > = the maximum full -

107
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
occupancy
concentration
minus the
outside
concentration
Note that the exhaust air flow setpoint

shall be nominally 10% less than the
outside air flow setpoint for positive
pressurization purposes
3) The volume of ventilation air shall at

all occupied times be controlled to
maintain an outside air flow rate in
accordance with the above table. On a
rise in CO2 differential the outside
airflow setpoint shall be increased
towards its upper setting. On a fall in
CO2 differential, the outside airflow
setpoint shall be adjusted towards the
lower airflow setting.
b. Winter Temperature Control Sequence:
1) On rise in return air temperature above
72°F, the furnace shall be commanded
off. The outside air and exhaust dampers
shall be set to their instantaneous
minimum positions and recirculation
damper shall be modulated to provide the
total flow.
2) On drop in return air temperature below
the minimum return duct temperature of
70°F, the fan motor of the gas burner
shall be energized and the burner
ignition sequence shall begin. The
furnace shall be modulated until the
minimum return duct setpoint temperature
by 2.0°F at which point the gas fired
heater shall be commanded off. While
the furnace burner is enabled, it shall
be subject to a discharge high
temperature limit of 85°F (adjustable).
If the supply air temperature exceeds
this high discharge temperature limit,
the heater capacity shall be reduced to

108
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
maintain its maximum allowable discharge

8. Summer Occupied Mode: The outside air,
to maintain the adjustable minimum airflow
setpoint.
a. CO2 Demand-Controlled Ventilation: Refer to
are enabled.
22 maintain their scheduled reset minimum
outside air flow setpoint in accordance
with the above table based on carbon
dioxide differential concentration.
b. Summer Temperature Control Sequence:
1) Occupied economizer cooling or occupied
mechanical cooling/dehumidification
shall maintain a maximum occupied return
duct dry-bulb temperature of 78˚F as
sensed by the return duct temperature
sensor. The outside air dampers shall be
set to their minimum ventilation
position during the occupied mechanical
cooling cycle. When the return air
temperature exceeds 78˚F, mechanical DX
cooling units shall be controlled in
stages and sequenced to maintain a 55˚F
cooling coil discharge temperature and
the hot gas reheat valves shall be
modulated per the return air reset
schedule to maintain the return duct
temperature of 78˚F. Failure of the DX-
SOC/HMI. On a drop in return duct
temperature to 76.0°F, the compressors
shall be sequentially staged off.
Failure of the DX-cooling compressors to
run after being commanded to run shall
be alarmed at the SOC/HMI. Mechanical
cooling shall be re-enabled to allow
109
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
staged and controlled compressor and hot

gas reheat energizations when the return
air exceeds 78ºF.
9. Communication

last manually selected seasonal occupied
mode(before the loss of communication).
63 3.7B CUSTOM ROOFTOP SINGLE ZONE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (SZVAV)WITH

ENTHALPY WHEEL(FOR AUDITORIUMS, GYMATORIUMS AND GYMNASIUMS
20 WITH DCV-ECONOMIZER, GAS-HEATING, DX-COOLING,
DEHUMIDIFICATION AND DDC CONTROLS WITH EXHAUST FANS) PER
SECTION 15854
[ref. 1598512f Standard Control Drawing and Point List]

3
7 A. Safety Devices:
Safeties shall be in force at all times and during all
modes of operation.
1. Supply Duct Overpressure Control: A supply duct

static pressure sensor switch shall be located
downstream of the supply fan. If the static
52
static pressure switch setpoint of ___ for any
reason, the supply fan shall stop and the unit
shall remain in the System-OFF Mode until the
safety pressure switch is manually reset. After
the alarm is cleared, the rooftop unit (RTU) shall
appropriate mode. A change-of-state alarm shall be
generated at the BACnet network and at the School
Operating Console (SOC) and OEM HMI. Note that
this fan safety shall be hardwired to shut the fan
2. Exhaust Duct Suction Pressure Control: An exhaust

duct static pressure sensor switch shall be
located upstream of the exhaust fan. If the static
pressure in the exhaust duct exceeds the negative
static pressure switch setpoint of ___ the exhaust
fan shall stop and the unit shall remain in the

110
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

RTU shall resume its normal operation according to
the appropriate mode. A change-of-state alarm
shall be generated at the BACnet network and at
the School Operating Console (SOC) and OEM HMI.
Note that this fan safety shall be hardwired to
shut the fan off in all modes of fan-control
operation.
3. Filter Condition: Dial type filter pressure gauges

shall indicate each and every filter pressure
drop. Additionally, filter differential pressure
transducers wired to the OEM controller for each
and every filter set shall indicate each and every
filter set pressure drop. The analog pressure
drops for each filter set shall be able to be
passed out to the network. Clogged filter alarms
shall be generated at the School Operating Console
(SOC) and OEM HMI when the pressure drops exceed
the maximum allowed pressure drops as recommended
by the filter manufacturers. For BMS Projects,
the Temperature Controls Contractor shall set up
the logic to have these analog filter alarms
annunciated at the School Operating Console (SOC)
of the BMS.

of operation. The Fire Alarm contractor shall
furnish and the RTU manufacturer shall install the
smoke detectors to shut down the system upon
sensing smoke. Furthermore, the following shall be
provided through Div. 16 Electrical:
5. During a fire alarm condition, the Div. 16 Fire

Alarm Control Panel (FACP) shall shut down the
operate and remain in the System-OFF Mode until
the alarm condition is cleared. When the unit fans
are shut down by a fire alarm condition, all
53 6. Smoke Isolation Dampers: For systems supplying


111
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
be provided in both the supply and return paths.

The smoke dampers shall be commanded open (by the
fire alarm system) against their normally-closed,
spring-returned actuators during all non-emergency
operation. Per Section MC 606.4.3, fans or fan
systems which have been automatically shut down on
activation of an automatic fire detecting device
or fire alarm system shall be arranged and
equipped so that they do not automatically restart
when either the automatic fire detecting device or
fire alarm system is reset. The manual means of
restarting the fans or fan system shall function
system.

pull station shall not shut down the unit supply
and exhaust fans and shall not close the
associated smoke and/or fire/smoke dampers.

53 9. The RTU OEM shall provide duct smoke dampers (SD)

with actuators and proof-of-open end-switches for
units of 15,000 CFM and greater capacity. The FACP
shall monitor all associated end-switches for
proof-of-open on an individual or zone basis. The
FACP shall indicate via a FACP mounted LED that a
damper or zone of dampers has not proven open.
Fire/smoke dampers associated with the post-fire
smoke purge system and smoke control systems shall
be monitored on an individual basis by the FACP.

the DDC Scheduler which shall schedule the Occupied and
Unoccupied time periods, the local RTU mounted HAND-
OFF-AUTO (HOA) switch; control and safety devices and
the Fire Alarm System. During times of supply and
exhaust fan operation, the supply pre-filter and supply
post filter bank differential pressure transducer
signals as well as the return filter bank differential

112
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
pressure transducer signal shall indicate the analog

pressure drops which shall be sent to the BACnet
network and SOC/HMI to allow remote monitoring of the
filter pressure drops. For all modes, the energy wheel
rotational speed shall be controlled by its variable
frequency drive (VFD).

mounted in the RTU and wired into the OEM
digital controller. In the “AUTO” position
the RTU is indexed automatically by the DDC
operation described herein. In the “HAND”
Mode. In the “OFF” position the RTU shall
remain in the System-OFF Mode. Note that the
H-O-A switch is not the same as the
manufacturer’s service disconnect switch

is generated at the School Operating Console
(SOC) and OEM HMI.
c. Exhaust air fan shall run concurrently with

the supply fan during the occupied heating
and occupied cooling modes. The exhaust fan
shall be de-energized when the unit
recirculates air during the unoccupied
cooling and pull down modes. Refer to Article
d. Summer/Winter Mode Selection: The RTU shall
be manually indexed to operate in either the
Summer Mode or Winter Mode. When the Summer
mode has been manually enabled, outside
enthalpy conditions are used to determine if
the RTU shall go into the economizer mode or
the mechanical cooling mode. The outside
enthalpy is calculated by the controller from
the outside air temperature and outside air

113
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
relative humidity. A global outside enthalpy

may be passed as a network point if each
controller of each RTU does not calculate its
own outside enthalpy value based on its own
hard wired inputs or network variable inputs
for outside air temperature and outside air
relative humidity.

the outside temperature is greater than
or equal to 55°F but less than 65°F and
the outside air enthalpy is greater than
the return enthalpy, and the unit has
been manually selected to be in the
cooling mode, the rooftop unit shall be
Mode.
2) Economizer Cooling Mode: The demand

controlled ventilation mode where the
60 amount of outside air taken in depends
on the relative carbon dioxide
concentration between the space and the
outside air, is suspended during the
economizer mode. Refer to Article 3.27
enabled. In the Economizer Cooling
Mode, the energy wheel shall be stopped.
The compressors and furnace shall be de-
energized during the economizer cooling
mode. The supply fan shall be energized
and shall be controlled based on the
return air temperature. The discharge
air temperature shall be whatever the
outside air temperature is during the
economizer mode (i.e. greater than or
equal to 55°F but less than 65°F). If
the return air temperature rises above

114
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
78°F, the supply fan shall be modulated

to provide its maximum flow. If the
return air temperature drops below 76°F,
the supply fan shall modulate to its
occupied minimum flow. The outside air
damper shall be fully open. The two
position exhaust damper shall remain be
fully open. The recirculation damper
shall be fully closed. The exhaust flow
rate shall be controlled by the exhaust
air flow monitoring station which shall
modulate the exhaust fan VFD to maintain
the exhaust flow rate at 10% less than
the outside intake rate to maintain
space positive pressurization. If the
unit has been manually enabled in the
Summer mode and if the outside air
enthalpy or if the return air
temperature exceeds the setpoint of 78°F
for a time delay of 30 minutes
(adjustable) while in the economizer
mode, the RTU shall be indexed to
Mechanical Cooling Mode.
3) Fan Acceleration/De-acceleration: When

the supply and exhaust fans are started,
the fans shall be slowly accelerated up
to their required speed according to the
ramp adjustments in the variable
frequency drives. The ramp-up time shall
be set to (30) seconds. When the fans
are de-energized, they shall be de-
energized immediately without de-
acceleration.

shall be able to be sent to the Air
Handling Unit controller.
5) Occupied return temperature setpoint

control shall be provided for all
variable volume RTUs and shall be
adjusted from the SOC.

115
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
2. System-OFF Mode:
The RTU supply and exhaust fans shall be OFF; the

wheel rotation shall be stopped; the RTU dampers
shall be commanded to their respective fail-safe
positions: outside air and exhaust air dampers
shall be closed, and recirculation air damper
shall be open. The compressors shall be de-
energized in the unoccupied heating mode and warm
up mode. The furnace shall be de-energized during
the economizer cycle and mechanical cooling mode.
The DX Compressors and the gas furnace is
denergized.

are enabled.

temporarily place the RTU into the Occupied
Mode for (120) minutes (adjustable). After
this time has elapsed the unit shall
of operation.
b. Unoccupied Winter Mode:
1) The unit shall be in the System-OFF Mode

during the unoccupied winter mode and
the terminal heating system in the
spaces shall maintain a 55°F
temperature.
84 c. Unoccupied Summer Mode:
1) The mechanical dehumidification sequence

shall only be enabled if the relative
enthalpy conditions and outside air
unoccupied nighttime purge sequence.
Outside air intake damper and exhaust
air damper shall fully close and the

116
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
recirculation damper shall fully open.

The exhaust fan shall remain off
considering the orientation of the
exhaust port does not aid in the
unoccupied recirculation mode. Furnace
shall be de-energized. The supply fan
may start if the space conditions
warrant. The flow station installed in
the supply path shall send an analog
control signal to the unit controller.
The airflow control signal shall be used
to control the speed of the supply fan
to its maximum flow setpoint. The energy
wheel shall remain off during the
unoccupied period since the energy wheel
is bypassed in the recirculation mode by
the recirculation dampers. The RTU shall
be cycled to maintain space high-limit
setpoint as follows.
2) When the space dewpoint rises above 71°F

(nominal, adjustable) for projects with
Classrooms using chilled beams or
displacement induction units, the supply
fan shall be started. 71°F dewpoint is
associated with a nominal adjustable
setup setpoint of 85°F dry bulb and 65%
relative humidity. The space temperature
and relative humidity may vary during
the unoccupied summer dehumidification
mode providing the setup 71°F plus 0
minus 2°F dewpoint is maintained. When
the space temperature rises above 85°F
(nominal, adjustable) for projects with
Classrooms using VAV boxes, the supply
fan shall be started.
3) Upon proof of air flow, DX cooling shall

be controlled by maintaining the cooling
coil discharge temperature setpoint
(nominally 55°F plus 0 minus 2 ºF,
adjustable).
4) After the space dewpoint falls to 69°F

for a period of time not less than (30)
minutes for projects with Classrooms
using chilled beam or displacement

117
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
induction units, the compressors shall

be de-energized. The supply fan shall
then be de-energized. After the space
temperature falls to 83°F for a period
of time not less than (30) minutes for
projects with Classrooms using VAV
boxes, the compressors shall be de-
energized. The supply fan shall then be
de-energized. Unoccupied cycle shall be
terminated when the scheduler places the
unit in the pre-occupied morning purge
or pull down mode.
4. Pre-Occupied Morning Warm-up:

d. Pre-occupancy morning warm-up mode shall be
required as sensed by the space temperature
sensor before the system is indexed from the
unoccupied to the occupied mode. The unit
shall be in the System-OFF Mode during the
Pre-Occupied Morning Warm-up mode and the
terminal heating system in the spaces shall
bring the space temperatures up to 72°F.
and/or Pre-Occupied Morning Pull-down: Unoccupied
nighttime purge or pre-occupied morning purge or
pre-occupied morning pulldown space cooling shall
be required as sensed by both the space
temperature and space relative humidity sensor
before the system is indexed from the unoccupied
mode and pre-occupied mode to the occupied mode.
Purge Cycles:
from both the space temperature and
to the value of the calculated outside
air enthalpy. If the outside air
enthalpy is less than the space enthalpy
and if the outside air temperature
equals or exceeds 68°F, a pre-occupied
cycle shall be initiated for a (15)
minute duration.

118
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
2) During the pre-occupancy morning or

unoccupied nighttime purge cycle, 100%
exhaust air dampers shall be indexed to
recirculation air damper shall be fully
closed. The energy wheel shall remain
off during the pre-occupied morning and
unoccupied nighttime purge cycles. The
furnace and the compressors shall be de-
energized.
3) The RTU supply fan shall be indexed to
60 its full flow value and exhaust fan
shall be modulated to have 10% less
exhaust flow to maintain proper positive
pressurization. Mechanical cooling shall
be locked out (by disabling the
compressors) until the pre-occupied
cycles are terminated. The pre-occupied
morning or unoccupied nighttime Purge
cycles shall be terminated after a 15
purge cycle, if initiated, shall be
followed by a pre-occupancy pull-down
cycle.
After the 15 minute unoccupied nightime
purge cycle or pre-occupied morning
purge cycle , the system shall be
the System Off Mode and all purge
cycles shall be repeated for a 15 minute
period if the outside air enthalpy is
less than the space enthalpy and if the
exceeds 68°F. Unoccupied nighttime
purge cycle shall be terminated when the
84 b. Pre-Occupied Morning Pull-down Cycle:
119
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

of 57.5°F plus 0 minus 2ºF (nominal,
adjustable) for projects with Classrooms
with chilled beams or displacement
induction units or 78ºF minus 2ºF for
the pre-occupied morning purge cycle
shall be locked-out and mechanical
cooling shall be used in a pre-occupied
morning pull-down mode to bring the
return air dewpoint temperature down
from its unoccupied range of 69 to 71˚F
dewpoint to its occupied setpoint of
57.5°F (plus 0 minus 2)˚F dewpoint for
projects with Classrooms with chilled
beams or displacement induction units or
78ºF minus 2ºF for projects with VAV
boxes in Classrooms. Cycle start time
the current setpoint and the occupied
Additionally, the control algorithm
shall also be a function of the outdoor
conditions (dewpoint or temperature as
applicable) and the amount of time prior
to scheduled occupancy. The furnace
shall be de-energized. 57.5˚F dewpoint
is associated with the occupied space
conditions of 78˚F dry bulb and 50%
relative humidity.
2) During the pre-occupied morning pull-
down cycle, the outside and exhaust air
dampers shall be fully closed and the
recirculation damper shall be fully
opened. The energy wheel shall remain
off during the pre-occupied morning
pull-down cycle since the energy wheel
is bypassed during the recirculation
pull-down cycle by the recirculation
dampers. The RTU supply fan shall be
indexed to provide its full CFM. The
exhaust fan shall remain off considering
the orientation of the exhaust port does
not aid in the recirculation mode. The
RTU compressors shall be staged to
provide the cooling coil discharge

120
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
temperature setpoint (55°F plus 0 minus

2°F nominal, adjustable). The pull down
air dewpoint is at or below 57.5˚F plus
0 minus 2˚F (78˚F plus 0 minus 2˚F for
projects with classrooms utilizing VAV
boxes), at which time the DX cooling
compressors shall modulate off and the
fans shall de-energize. Should the space
temperature rise again during the pull
down cycle time period, the cycle shall
repeat. The pre-occupied morning pull
down cycle shall be terminated when the
6. Occupied Cooling Mode:
a. Once the pre-occupied morning pull-down cycle
is satisfied, the unit shall be indexed to
occupied economizer cooling mode or occupied
mechanical cooling mode to maintain the
required return air temperature setpoint
(78°F plus 0 minus 2ºF nominal adjustable).
A single zone variable air volume system
shall be employed. During the occupied
mechanical cooling period, return air
relative humidity shall be controlled by
indirect dehumidification by maintaining the
discharge temperature off the DX cooling coil
at 55˚F maximum prior to fan speed increase
while in the constant volume mode at lower
loads and also maintaining 55˚F maximum
discharge cooling coil temperature when the
fan speed is increased while in the variable
volume mode at higher loads. In the variable
volume mode, variable capacity shall be
provided by adjusting the fan speed above the
instantaneous minimum ventilation rate when
responding to return air temperature. In the
constant volume mode after the flow has been
reduced to the instantaneous minimum
ventilation rate, variable capacity shall be
provided by on/off sequential compressor
cycling when the return air temperature drops
to 75 ºF. These measures should always keep
the space within the comfort zone as defined

121
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
in ASHRAE 55-2010. In the constant volume

mode, when the return air temperature exceeds
the return air temperature setpoint (78ºF
adj.), the compressors shall be staged to
provide a 55˚F maximum discharge cooling coil
temperature while the supply fan is still at
the minimum instantaneous ventilation flow
determined by the difference of the space CO2
concentration compared to the outside CO2
concentration as shown in the below TABLE A.
If the return air temperature doesn’t reach
return air temperature cut-out (setpoint
minus 2ºF), the unit shall transition to the
variable volume mode and the supply fan shall
be modulated to increase speed as required to
max speed (set by balancer). As the return
air temperature setpoint is met, the reverse
shall occur where the fan is first slowed to
min speed instantaneous ventilation flow and
then the compressors shall be staged off as
required when the cut-out control point of
75ºF is reached. If the return air
temperature rises above 78°F again, the
compressors shall be staged on (the total
flow shall be at the instantaneous
ventilation flow at this point) followed by
the supply fan modulated to provide its
maximum flow if necessary to meet the return
air setpoint. If the return air temperature
drops below 76°F again, the supply fan shall
be modulated to its instantaneous minimum
flow and the compressors shall be staged off
as required when the cut-out control point of
75ºF is reached. The outside air damper shall
be modulated by the outside air flow
monitoring station signal to maintain the
minimum outside ventilation air as determined
from the below TABLE A. The two position
exhaust damper shall remain be fully open.
The recirculation damper shall be modulated
to make up the difference between the total
required flow and the instantaneous outside
air flow. The exhaust flow rate shall be
controlled by the exhaust air flow monitoring
station which shall modulate the exhaust fan
VFD to maintain the exhaust flow rate at 10%

122
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
less than the outside intake rate to maintain

space positive pressurization.
During the mechanical cooling cycle and

economizer cooling cycle, the furnace shall
be de-energized. The energy wheel shall be
set to run at its full RPM during the
occupied mechanical cooling cycle. The energy
wheel rotation shall be stopped during the
economizer cooling mode. During the
economizer cooling cycle, the cooling
economizer mode shall take priority over the
demand controlled ventilation mode.
If in the Economizer Mode, on a rise in

return duct temperature above 78.0°F for a
time delay of 30 minutes (adjustable), the
outside air and exhaust dampers shall be
modulated past their minimum position and
recirculation air damper shall be modulated
towards closed to provide required cooling.
On a drop in return duct temperature to
76.0°F, the outside air, recirculation air
and exhaust dampers shall be indexed back to
the original occupied air flow settings.
b. Demand Controlled Ventilation: Refer to
are enabled.
The outside air damper and exhaust fan VFD
shall be modulated to provide their outside
air and exhaust flow setpoints per the below
reset schedule based on the carbon dioxide
differential. The recirculation damper shall
be adjusted to provide the required total
supply flow as determined by the return air
temperature. The exhaust flow rate shall be
space positive pressurization.

123
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
Outside Air Flow Setpoint Reset Schedule

47

TABLE A
0 -
0 < D < = 100 -
100 < D < = 200 -
200 < D < = 300 -
300 < D < = 400 -
400 < D < = 500 -
500 < D < = 600 -
… -
occupancy
concentration
minus the outside
concentration
Note that the exhaust air flow setpoint shall

purposes.
7. Winter Occupied Heating Control Sequence:
a. The unit shall be fully decoupled during the

winter heating mode. The terminal equipment
in the spaces shall provide the required
85 space heating to 72˚F plus 0 minus 2˚F. The
unit’s compressors shall be de-energized. The
furnace shall be modulated to provide a
discharge air temperature of 65˚F plus 0
minus 2˚F. The exhaust air damper shall be
fully opened. The required instantaneous
outside airflow rate shall be determined from
the above TABLE A by demand controlled
ventilation. Refer to Article 3.27 whereby

124
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

Special Ventilation modes are enabled. The
supply fan flow shall be modulated to the
minimum safe flow as noted on the schedules
that maintains fan stability and maintains
the required minimum flow across the furnace.
The supply flow sensor shall measure the
supply flow and shall signal the supply fan
VFD as required to meet the minimum safe
supply flow setpoint. After the required
outside airflow rate setpoint is determined
from the above TABLE A, the outside airflow
monitoring station shall signal the outside
air damper to modulate as required to meet
the instantaneous outside airflow rate
setpoint and the recirculation damper shall
be modulated such that the instantaneous
outside air flow from Table A plus the
recirculation air flow equals the minimum
safe supply fan flow. The exhaust flow rate
shall be modulated by the exhaust air flow
monitoring station signal and exhaust fan VFD
to be 10% less than the instantaneous outside
air intake flow rate.
b. Frost Protection: A frost control setpoint
setpoint.
C. Loss of Communication
1. Upon loss of communication with the network, the

unit DDC controller shall operate in the last
manually selected seasonal occupied mode (before
the loss of communication) with the exception of
the case of a loss of communication with the
network during the unoccupied winter mode or pre-
occupied morning warm up mode where the unit shall
remain in the System-Off Mode.

125
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
D. Fan Alarming:
1. If the fans do not prove ON as indicated by the
flow sensors, an alarm shall be issued to the
SOC/HMI.
3.8 CUSTOM ROOFTOP CAV FOR CORRIDORS (CONSTANT VOLUME UNIT WITH
ECONOMIZER, GAS-HEATING, DX-COOLING, DEHUMIDIFICATION WITH
20 HOT-GAS REHEAT AND DDC CONTROLS; WITHOUT DEMAND CONTROLLED
VENTILATION) WITH SEPARATE EXHAUST FANS (EX. TOILET EXHAUST
31 FANS) per Section 15854
[ref. 1598512b Standard Control Drawing and Point List]

67
1. Mechanical System Summary: The Corridors are

served by custom rooftop units (RTU) with supply
and return fans (with variable frequency drives
operating in an adjustable constant-speed mode),
outside air, recirculation and exhaust dampers,
self-contained DX-cooling stages, modulating gas-
fired duct furnace heating and modulated hot-gas
reheat for use during dehumidifying. The rooftop
unit shall operate in various modes; System-OFF,
Pre-Occupied Morning Warm-Up, Pre-Occupied Morning
Purge, Unoccupied Nighttime Purge, Pre-Occupied
Morning Pull-down, Unoccupied or Occupied Mode.
2. Safety Devices: Safeties shall be in force at all



126
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
b. Return Duct Suction Pressure Control: If the

resue its normal operation according to the

contacts. A clogged filter alarm shall be
replacement.

127
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

device located in the auxiliary pan shall
shut off the equipment served prior to
overflow of the auxiliary pan.

of operation.




128
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______


45 close the associated smoke and/or fire/smoke



basis by the FACP.

System (Div. 16).

AUTO-position the RTU is indexed

129
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

herein. Upon a BACnet Network communication
failure, the rooftop unit shall default to
the seasonal Occupied Mode. In the HAND
Mode. In the OFF position the RTU shall
remain off. Note that the H-O-A switch is not
the same as the manufacturer’s service switch


RTU.

1) If the unit has been manually indexed to

the Summer mode and if the outside
temperature is greater than or equal to
55°F but less than 65°F and the outside
air enthalpy is less than the return
the unit has been manually indexed to
the Summer mode and if the outside
air enthalpy is greater than the return
Mode.

Unit controller.

130
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

2. System-OFF Mode:

be OFF; all associated exhaust fans shall be
OFF; the rooftop unit dampers shall be
open; DX-cooling, hot-gas reheat valves, and
gas-fired heating shall be de-energized.

are enabled.
a. Unoccupied Winter Mode: The rooftop unit

55°F.
b. When the space temperature falls below the

NSB setpoint the supply fan and return fan
and exhaust dampers closed. Return fan
capacity shall be adjusted to nominally equal
the supply fan capacity by return fan
variable frequency drive to run in a full
recirculation mode.

of 85°F (adjustable). When the space
temperature rises above the NSB setpoint plus
its differential of 2°F, the gas heater shall
de-energize and the gas valve shall close.
The supply and return fans shall be de-
131
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
energized and the RTU shall return to the

Unoccupied Mode.
84 4. Unoccupied Summer Dehumidification/Cooling Mode:

The mechanical dehumidification/cooling sequence
shall only be enabled if the relative enthalpy
conditions and outside air temperature conditions
do not enable the unoccupied nighttime purge
sequence. The rooftop unit shall be cycled to
maintain a space dewpoint (for projects with
Chilled Beams or DIU in Classrooms) or temperature
(for projects with VAV boxes in Classrooms) high-
limit (HHL) setpoint as follows.
a. For projects with Classrooms with chilled

beams or displacement induction units, when
the space dewpoint rises above the HHL
setpoint of 71ºF plus 0 minus 2ºF nominal
adjustable (85°F space temperature for
Classrooms with VAV boxes), then the supply
fan and return fan shall be started; the
dampers shall be in the full-return position
as follows: the recirculation damper fully
opened and the outside air and exhaust
dampers closed. Return fan capacity shall be
adjusted to nominally equal the supply fan
capacity by return fan variable frequency
drive to run in a full recirculation mode.
b. Upon proof of air flow, DX-cooling stages

shall be energized and controlled to maintain
a cooling coil discharge temperature of 55°F.
at the SOC/HMI. The hot-gas modulating reheat
valves shall be de-energized.
c. After the space dewpoint falls below the HHL

setpoint of 71ºF plus 0 minus 2ºF for
projects with chilled beams or DIUs in the
Classrooms or the space temperature falls
below 85 - 2ºF for classrooms with VAV Boxes;
DX-cooling shall be de-energized and the hot-

132
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
gas reheat valves shall close. The supply and

return fans shall be de-energized and the RTU
shall return to the Unoccupied Mode.
5. Pre-Occupied Morning Warm-up: The Corridor
temperature sensor shall control the RTU in the
unoccupied mode. Pre-occupied morning warm-up
shall be required as sensed by the space
setpoint for optimum start controls. Additionally,
per Section 6.4.3.3.3 of ASHRAE 90.1-2016, the
control algorithm shall also be a function of the
outdoor temperature and the amount of time prior
to scheduled occupancy.
a. When the space temperature is below the
occupied setpoint of nominal (72ºF-2ºF), the
and exhaust dampers closed. Return fan
capacity shall be adjusted to nominally equal
the supply fan occupied capacity by return
fan variable frequency drive to run in a full
recirculation mode.

of 85°F (adjustable) until the return duct
temperature rises to the occupied setpoint,
after which the gas heater shall de-energize
and the gas valve shall close and the fans
shall de-energize. Should the space

133
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

occupancy space cooling shall be required as
humidity sensor before the system is indexed from
Purge Cycles:
from the combination of the space
temperature and space relative humidity
sensor readings to the broadcast value
of the calculated outside air enthalpy.
If the outside air enthalpy is less than
a pre-occupied Morning or Unoccupied
2) During the pre-occupied Morning or
Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycles, 100%
closed position.
indexed to full CFM with DX-cooling
locked out until the Pre-Occupied
Morning or Unoccupied Nighttime Purge
cycles are terminated. The Pre-
Occupancied Morningor Unoccupied
Nighttime Purge cycles shall be
pre-occupancy morning purge cycle, if
occupancy pull-down cycle. During the

134
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
Pre-Occupancy Morning Purge Cycle, the

return fan capacity shall be adjusted to
nominally equal the supply fan occupied
capacity by the return fan variable
frequency drive.
temperature equals or exceeds 68°F.
Unoccupied Nighttime purge cycle shall
be terminated when the system is
scheduled to the pre-occupied morning
purge/pull down cycle.
84
of 57.5ºF plus 0 minus 2ºF nominal
adjustable for projects with Classrooms
utilizing chilled beams or displacement
induction units, the Pre-Occupied
Morning Purge cycle shall be locked-out
and mechanical cooling shall be used in
a pre-occupancy pull-down mode to bring
the return air dewpoint down to or less
than 57.5ºF plus 0 minus 2ºF. For
projects with Classrooms utilizing VAV
boxes, pre-occupied morning pulldown
setpoint shall be to bring return temp
down to 78ºF if the space temp exceeds
78ºF when purge mode ends. Cycle start
time shall be based on the difference
between the current dewpoint and the
occupied dewpoint setpoint for optimum
start controls. Additionally, the
function of the outdoor conditions
(dewpoint or temperature as applicable)

135
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
and the amount of time prior to

indexed to provide their occupied CFM.
Return fan capacity shall be adjusted to
nominally equal the supply fan capacity
by return fan variable frequency drive
to run in a full recirculation mode. The
temperature to be no less than 2˚F less
than the calculated return duct
dewpoint. Failure of the DX-cooling
compressors to run after being commanded
to run shall be alarmed at the SOC/HMI.
The pull down cycle shall continue until
the return air dewpoint is at or below
57.5˚F plus 0 minus 2˚F for projects
with Classrooms using chilled beams or
displacement induction units (or return
air is below 78ºF on projects with VAV
boxes in classrooms) at which time the
DX cooling compressors shall modulate
off and the fans shall de-energize.
Should the space conditions rise above
the respected pre-occupied morning
pulldown setpoints again during the pull
down cycle time period, the cycle shall
repeat. The pre-occupancy pull down
3) Once the pre-occupancy pull-down cycle
is terminated by being scheduled into
the occupied mode, the unit shall be
indexed to the occupied mode, the rooftop unit

136
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
supply and return fans shall be started via their

respective variable frequency drives (VFD) as
follows.
a. The supply fan VFD speed shall be commanded

to its fixed speed as determined and set by
the Test & Air Balance Contractor.
b. The return fan VFD speed shall be commanded

to its fixed speed setting as determined and
set by the Test & Air Balance Contractor. The
return fan shall run at reduced capacity (as
adjusted by its variable frequency drive) to
return the recirculation flow plus any local
spill exhaust flow. Separate exhaust fans
shall be energized.

control sequence shall proceed as follows in
either the Winter or Summer Mode. If the fans
do not prove ON, an alarm shall be issued to
the SOC/HMI.
d. Occupied return temperature setpoint control

roof top units and shall be adjusted from the
SOC.
8. Winter Occupied Mode: The outside air,

in sequence with the modulated gas heater to
maintain the desired occupied return air

137
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
a. Controlled Ventilation:

maintain the required minimum outside
air flow rate setpoint considering the
ASHRAE 62.1 requirements, DOB Code
requirements and the ventilation rate
required in order to satisfy the
ventilation requirements of the adjacent
spaces (ex. Toilets, electrical closets,
etc.).
2) The outside air flow shall be monitored

and trended on projects utilizing a SOC
to verify that the minimum outside
ventilation air flow as sensed by the
outside air flow station (AFMS) is being
delivered at all occupied times.
b. Winter Temperature Control Sequence:
1) On rise in return air temperature above
72°F the furnace shall be commanded off.
The outside air and exhaust dampers
shall maintain their positions
associated with providing the minimum
code ventilation air and the
recirculation damper shall be modulated
to provide the total flow.
2) On drop in return air temperature below
the minimum return duct temperature of
70°F, the fan motor of the gas burner
shall be energized and the burner
ignition sequence shall begin. The
furnace shall be modulated until the
return duct temperature rises to 72°F
duct temperature at which point the gas
fired heater shall be commanded off.
While the furnace burner is enabled, it
shall be subject to a discharge high
temperature limit of 85°F (adjustable).
If the supply air temperature exceeds
this high discharge temperature limit,
the heater capacity shall be reduced to
maintain its maximum allowable discharge

138
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
9. Summer Occupied Mode: The outside air flow shall

be monitored and trended on projects utilizing a
SOC to verify that the minimum outside ventilation
air flow as sensed by the outside air flow station
(AFMS), is being delivered at all occupied times.
a. Occupied Cooling:
Occupied economizer cooling or occupied

mechanical cooling shall maintain a maximum
occupied return duct dry-bulb temperature of
78˚F. The outside air and exhaust dampers
shall be set to their minimum ventilation
position during the occupied Mechanical
Cooling. In Mechanical Cooling mode,
compressors shall be controlled in stages and
sequenced to maintain a maximum 55˚F cooling
coil discharge temperature and the hot gas
reheat valves shall be modulated per the
return air reset schedule to maintain the
return duct temperature of 78 plus 0 -2˚F.
at the SOC/HMI. On a drop in return duct
temperature to 76.0˚F, the compressors shall
be sequentially staged off. Mechanical
cooling shall be re-enabled to allow staged
and controlled compressor and hot gas reheat
return temperature. If the Summer mode has
been manually enabled, the DDC Controller
shall compare the controller’s calculated
return air enthalpy to the calculated global
outside air enthalpy to determine if
Economizer Cooling Mode or Mechanical Cooling
Mode shall be initiated. If the outside
temperature is greater than or equal to 55°F
but less than 65°F when the calculated global
outside air enthalpy is less than the
controller’s calculated return air enthalpy,
the rooftop unit shall be indexed to the
Economizer Cooling Mode. On a rise in return
duct temperature to 78°F, the outside air and
exhaust dampers shall be modulated past their
minimum position and the recirculation air
damper shall be modulated towards closed to
provide required cooling. On a drop in return

139
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
duct temperature to 76.0°F, the outside air,

recirculation air and exhaust dampers shall
be indexed back to the original occupied air
flow settings. On a rise in return duct
temperature above 78.0°F for a 30-minute time
delay (adjustable), the Economizer Cooling
Mode shall be deemed inadequate to meet the
9. Communication
a. Upon loss of communication with the network,

the rooftop unit DDC controller shall operate
in the last manually selected seasonal
occupied mode (before the loss of
communication).
15 3.9 CUSTOM ROOFTOP UNIT FOR THE COMBINED CAFETERIA/KITCHEN

(CONSTANT VOLUME UNIT WITH ECONOMIZER, GAS-HEATING, DX-
74 COOLING, DEHUMIDIFICATION WITH HOT-GAS REHEAT & DDC CONTROLS
per Section 15854 – to be used only on retrofit projects
75 where constant volume systems are installed or on histroric
building that are not constrained by the NYC ECC. For new
schools refer to SZVAV sequence of operation
1. The combined Cafeteria/Kitchen area is served by a

single constant-volume rooftop unit (RTU) with
supply and return fans, outside air, recirculation
and exhaust dampers, self-contained DX-cooling,
hot-gas reheat and modulating gas-fired duct
furnace heating. The fans are operated through
their respective variable frequency drives.
Variable frequency drives are provided to
facilitate the balancing process and to provide
adjustable constant speed operation. During
occupied modes air is returned to the RTU solely
from the Cafeteria area while air from the Kitchen
is vented outside through various exhaust fans
serving the Kitchen area. Makeup air for the

140
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
exhaust fans is supplied by the rooftop unit via

supply air diffusers and a transfer grille in the
wall above the ceiling between the Cafeteria
Servery and Kitchen.

a. Supply Duct Overpressure Safety: If the

4 static pressure in the supply duct exceeds
shall be generated at the SOC/HMI. Note that
operation.
b. Return Duct Suction Pressure Safety: If the

operation.

installed a differential pressure transmitter
across the filters which shall indicate the
combined pressure drop across the filters. A
clogged filter alarm shall be generated at
the SOC/HMI when the pressure drop exceeds
the setpoint. The setpoint is the combined
pressure drops as recommended by the filter
manufacturer for replacement.

141
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

pan.

of operation.



142
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______


emergency operation. Per Section MC 606.4.3





143
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

basis by the FACP.
B. Operating Modes:
1. The rooftop unit shall operate in either of four

modes; System-OFF, Unoccupied, Occupied-Cooking
and Occupied-Non-Cooking. The operating modes of
the RTU shall be automatically determined by the
combined actions of the DDC Scheduler, Room Sensor
Bypass Pushbutton, Control and Safety Devices, the
Dietician’s Manual Key Switch; and the Fire Alarm
System (Div. 16). The status and indexing of the
general exhaust fans and the hood exhaust fan
shall also determine and control the position of
the unit outside air, return air and spill air
dampers to ensure proper pressurization.

automatic-position, the RTU is indexed
remain in the Occupied-Non-Cooking Mode
unless overridden by the Dietician’s key
switch (as provided in Section 11400 and
Division 16 On-Off switch). In the OFF
shutdown the RTU.

is generated at the SOC/HMI.

144
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
c. Return air fan (RF) shall be started and

stopped as described herein.
d. Fan Acceleration/De-acceleration: When the

e. Occupied return temperature setpoint control

roof top units and shall be adjusted from the
SOC/HMI.
f. Summer/Winter Mode Selection: The rooftop

1) If the unit has been manually enabled to

be in the Summer Mode and if the outside
the unit has been manually enabled to be
in the Summer Mode and if the outside
Mode.

Unit controller.
3. System-OFF Mode:

be OFF, the rooftop unit dampers shall be

145
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

open; DX cooling, hot-gas reheat, and gas-
fired heating shall be de-energized. The
Kitchen Hood and General Exhaust fans shall
be OFF; the Can Wash Room EF shall be OFF.

are enabled.
a. Unoccupied Bypass Mode. During the unoccupied

manually bypass the Unoccupied Mode by
temporarily place the rooftop unit into the
Occupied Non-Cooking Mode for (120) minutes
(adjustable). After this time has elapsed the
unit shall automatically return to the
appropriate mode of operation. If during this
temporary time the Kitchen Hood exhaust fan
is manually started by the dietician’s key
switch located adjacent to the hood, then the
rooftop unit shall operate in the Occupied
Cooking Mode until the Kitchen Hood exhaust
fan is turned OFF by the manual dietician’s
key switch.
b. Winter Unoccupied Mode. The rooftop unit

55°F. When either space temperature (Kitchen
or Cafeteria) falls below the NSB setpoint;
the supply fan shall be started at its
occupied speed, the equally sized return fan
shall be started and shall operate at the
same nominal capacity as the supply fan and
the dampers shall be in the full-return
position as follows: the outside air and
exhaust dampers closed with opened
recirculation damper. Upon proof of air flow,
the gas heater shall be energized and shall
modulate the gas valve to maintain a

146
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
discharge temperature of 85°F. When the space

temperature rises above the NSB setpoint plus
a 2.0˚F differential, the gas heater shall be
de-energized, the gas valve shall close, and
the rooftop unit shall be de-energized.
1) All unoccupied modes (winter or summer):

The Kitchen General Exhaust Fan shall be
intermittently cycled to maintain a
setpoint of 87°F as sensed by the
kitchen temperature sensor. When the
Kitchen temperature rises above the
setpoint the fan starts. When the
temperature falls below the setpoint,
less a 2°F differential the fan stops.
84 c. Summer Unoccupied Mode. The mechanical

dehumidification/cooling sequence shall only
be enabled if the relative enthalpy
conditions and outside air temperature
conditions do not enable the unoccupied
nighttime purge sequence. The rooftop unit
Cafeteria space dewpoint high-limit (HHL)
setpoint for projects where Classrooms
utilize chilled beams or displacement
induction units and a Cafeteria space set-up
temperature (NSU) setpoint for projects that
utilize VAV boxes in Classrooms.
1) Night setup Temperature Control (for

projects that utilize VAV boxes in the
Classrooms): The rooftop unit shall be
cycled intermittently to maintain a
Cafeteria space set-up temperature (NSU)
setpoint of 85°F. When the Cafeteria
temperature rises above the NSU setpoint;
the supply fan shall be started at its
occupied speed, the equally sized return
fan shall be started and shall operate at
the same nominal capacity as the supply
fan and the dampers shall be in the full-
return position as follows: the outside
air and exhaust dampers closed with
recirculation damper opened. Upon proof
of air flow, DX cooling shall be
energized to provide a maximum of 55°F DX

147
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
coil discharge temperature and shall

continue until the Cafeteria space
temperature drops below the NSU setpoint
minus a 2°F temperature differential, at
which time the DX cooling shall be de-
energized, and the rooftop unit shall be
de-energized and return to System Off
Mode. Failure of the DX-cooling
84 2) Dehumidification Cycle (for projects

that use chilled beams or displacement
induction units in the Classrooms): When
the Cafeteria space dewpoint rises above
the HHL setpoint of 71°F; the supply fan
shall be started at its occupied speed,
the return fan shall be started and
shall operate at the same nominal
capacity as the supply fan and the
dampers shall be in the full-return
position as follows: the outside air and
exhaust dampers closed with opened
recirculation damper. Upon proof of air
flow, the DX cooling shall be energized
and shall be controlled to maintain a
maximum cooling coil discharge
temperature of 55°F. Failure of the DX-
SOC/HMI. The hot-gas modulating reheat
valves shall be energized and shall be
modulated to maintain a unit discharge
temperature 2ºF above the space dew
point until the space dewpoint falls
below the HHL setpoint less its
differential of 2°F, at which time the
DX cooling shall be de-energized and the
hot-gas reheat valves shall close. The
supply and return fans shall be de-
energized.
5. Pre-Occupied Morning Warm-up: Pre-occupied morning
warm-up mode shall be required as sensed by the
Cafeteria space temperature sensor before the
system is indexed from the unoccupied to the
occupied mode. Cycle start time shall be based on

148
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

the occupied temperature setpoint for optimum
start controls. Additionally, per Section
a. When the Cafeteria space temperature is below
the occupied setpoint of nominal (72ºF-2ºF),
then the warm-up sequence shall be initiated.
Otherwise the RTU shall remain off until the
and exhaust dampers closed.

of 85°F (adjustable) until the Cafeteria
return duct temperature rises to the occupied
setpoint, after which the gas heater shall
de-energize and the gas valve shall close and
the fans shall de-energize. Should the space
sensed by the Cafeteria combination space
temperature and humidity sensor before the system
mode.
Purge Cycles:
149
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

calculated Cafeteria space enthalpy
determined from the combination of the
space temperature and space relative
humidity sensor readings to the
broadcast value of the calculated
Pre-Occupied Morning/ Unoccupied
2) During the pre-occupancy Morning or
closed position.
indexed to full CFM rating of the larger
of the two fans with DX-cooling locked
Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycle is
terminated. The pre-occupied/
Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycles shall
be terminated after a 15-minute cycle.
The pre-occupancy morning purge cycle,
if initiated, shall be followed by a
pre-occupancy pull-down cycle.

150
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

of 57.5ºF l for projects with
Classrooms utilizing chilled beams or
displacement induction units, the Pre-
Occupied Morning Purge cycle shall be
locked-out and mechanical cooling shall
be used in a pre-occupancy pull-down
mode to bring the return air dewpoint
down to 57.5ºF minus 2ºF. For projects
with Classrooms utilizing VAV boxes,
pre-occupied morning pulldown cycle
shall be to bring return temp down to
76ºF if the space temp exceeds 78ºF when
pre-occupied morning purge mode ends.
Cycle start time shall be based on the
difference between the current dewpoint
(or temperature when the Classrooms are
equipped with VAV boxes) and the
occupied dewpoint (or temperature when
the Classrooms are equipped with VAV
boxes) setpoint for optimum start
controls. Additionally, the control
algorithm shall also be a function of
the outdoor conditions (dewpoint or
temperature as applicable) and the
amount of time prior to scheduled
occupancy.
indexed to provide the full CFM rating
of the larger of the two fans. The
compressors shall be staged and
controlled to provide up to their full
capacity while the DDC controller limits
the discharge air temperature to be no
less than 2˚F less than the calculated
Cafeteria return duct dewpoint. The pull

151
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
down cycle shall continue until the

return air dewpoint is at 57.5˚F minus
2˚F (or return air is below 76ºF on
projects with VAV boxes in Classrooms)
at which time the DX cooling compressors
shall modulate off and the fans shall
de-energize. Should the space conditions
rise above the respected pre-occupied
morning pulldown cut-in setpoints(57.5°F
dewpoint, 78°F as applicable) again
the cycle shall repeat. Failure of the
DX-cooling compressors to run after
being commanded to run shall be alarmed
at the SOC/HMI. The pre-occupied pull
terminated by being scheduled into the
Occupied mode, the unit shall be indexed
to occupied Economizer Cooling Mode or
occupied Mechanical Cooling Mode.
7. Occupied Cooking Mode:
a. This Mode of operation is defined as being

whenever the Kitchen Hood EF is proven ON.
The Kitchen Hood exhaust fan shall be
manually controlled via a local Dietician’s
key switch (as provided in Section 11400 On-
Off switch) located near the kitchen hood
wired to the exhaust fan’s motor starter.
Note that this manual mode overrides all
other modes and, if the switch is left ON,
shall continue in this mode until the switch
is turned OFF.
b. When the Dietician’s switch is ON, and upon

proof that the Kitchen Hood exhaust fan is
running via software or current switches, the
rooftop unit supply and return fans shall
start. Furthermore, upon proof of Kitchen
Hood exhaust fan operation, the Main gas
solenoids of the Kitchen equipment are
energized OPEN and the Kitchen equipment is

152
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
enabled via an electrical hardwired

interlock.
c. Upon proof that the Kitchen exhaust fan is

ON, the following shall occur.
1) The supply fan VFD speed shall be

commanded to its fixed occupied speed
setting and the return fan VFD speed
shall be commanded to its fixed occupied
cooking speed setting as determined and
set by the Test & Air Balance
Contractor. Return fan speed shall be
adjusted by the return fan variable
frequency drive to return the Cafeteria
recirculation flow.
21 d. The outside air and recirculation air dampers

shall at all occupied times be controlled to
maintain the minimum airflow setpoint.
e. Winter Mode: The DDC controller shall

modulate the gas heater to maintain the space
occupied setpoints.
1) On a rise in Cafeteria return air

temperature to 72°F the furnace shall be
modulated off.
3) On drop in space temperature below the
minimum return duct temperature of 70°F,
the fan motor of the gas burner shall be
energized and the burner ignition
sequence shall begin. The furnace shall
be modulated until the return duct
temperature rises to 72.0°F at which
point the gas fired heater shall be
commanded off. While the furnace burner
is enabled, it shall be subject to a
discharge high temperature limit of 85°F
(adjustable). If the supply air
temperature exceeds this high discharge
temperature limit, the heater capacity
shall be reduced to maintain its maximum
allowable discharge temperature
setpoint.

153
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
f. Summer Cooling Mode:
1) Occupied Economizer Cooling Mode or

occupied Mechanical Cooling Mode shall
maintain a maximum occupied return duct
dry-bulb temperature of 78˚F based on
return duct temperature control.
Mechanical cooling occupied period
return air relative humidity is
indirectly controlled by
dehumidification by maintaining the
discharge off the DX cooling coils at
55˚F maximum and reheating as required
by hot gas reheat to maintain a return
air temperature of 78˚F. Mechanical DX
cooling stages and the hot gas reheat
valves shall be controlled in stages and
sequenced to maintain a maximum cooling
coil discharge temperature of 55˚F and
the hot gas reheat valves shall be
modulated via reset schedule to maintain
a maximum occupied Cafeteria return duct
dry bulb temperature of 78˚F as sensed
by the Cafeteria return duct temperature
sensor. Failure of the DX-cooling
On a drop in return duct temperature
below 76˚F, the compressors shall be
sequentially staged off. Mechanical
cooling and indirect dehumidification
shall be re-enabled to allow staged and
controlled compressor to maintain
cooling coil maximum discharge
temperature of 55˚F and hot gas reheat
modulation to maintain a maximum 78˚F
return temperature via the reset
schedule when the return air exceeds
78ºF. The DDC Controller shall compare
the Cafeteria return duct calculated
enthalpy to the calculated global
outside air enthalpy to determine if
Economizer Cooling Mode or Mechanical
Cooling Mode shall be initiated. If the
outside temperature is greater than or
equal to 55°F but less than 65°F when
the calculated global outside air

154
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
enthalpy is less than the controller’s

calculated return air enthalpy, the
rooftop unit shall be indexed to the
Economizer Cooling Mode. In Economizer
Cooling Mode, on a rise in return duct
temperature above 78°F, the outside air
and exhaust dampers shall be modulated
past their minimum position with
mechanical cooling disabled and the
recirculation air damper shall be
modulated towards closed to provide
required cooling. On a drop in return
duct temperature to 76.0°F, the outside
air, recirculated air and exhaust
dampers shall be indexed back to the
original occupied air flow settings. On
a rise in return duct temperature above
78.0°F for a 30-minute time delay
(adjustable), the Economizer Cooling
Mode shall be deemed inadequate to meet
the maximum acceptable conditions at
which time the unit shall be commanded
to the occupied Mechanical Cooling Mode.
8. Occupied Non-Cooking Mode:
1 a. The rooftop unit shall automatically be

started and stopped by the network via a
network schedule or HMI for the Occupied
Mode. The schedule shall be adjustable at the
SOC/HMI. This Mode is defined as the occupied
mode during which the Kitchen Hood exhaust
fan is OFF via a Dietician’s key switch (as
provided in Section 11400 On-Off switch)
located near the kitchen hood. When the
rooftop unit supply fan has been proven ON,
and when the Hood exhaust fan is OFF, the
General Kitchen exhaust fan shall be
commanded ON.
b. With the Dietician’s switch OFF, the main gas

solenoids of the Kitchen equipment shall be
de-energized, closing through an electrically
hardwired interlock to the Kitchen Hood
exhaust fan.

155
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
c. The rooftop unit supply fan shall be started

by the DDC controller via its respective
variable frequency drive (VFD).

setting. The return fan VFD speed shall
be commanded to its fixed occupied non
cooking speed setting (as determined by
the air balancer). Return fan speed
shall be adjusted by the return fan
variable frequency drive to return the
Cafeteria recirculation flow plus any
local spill exhaust flow.
2) Upon proof of supply fan operation the

control sequence shall proceed as
defined in paragraph B.7 above of this
Article.
21 3) The outside air damper shall be

controlled during the Occupied Modes to
provide the minimum airflow rate in the
non-economizer modes.
9. Communication
communication).
3.10 CUSTOM ROOFTOP VAV FOR DECOUPLED CLASSROOMS (VARIABLE VOLUME

UNIT WITH 100% OAI, ENERGY WHEEL, GAS-HEATING, DX-COOLING,
20 DEHUMIDIFICATION WITH HOT-GAS REHEAT & DDC/OEM CONTROLS)per
Section 15853
Reference paragraph Dual-Temperature Unit Ventilator Control

per Section 15857 above.
1. Mechanical System Summary: The decoupled

classrooms are supplied with ventilation air
156
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
provided by custom rooftop units (RTU) with supply

and exhaust fans, outside and exhaust air shutoff
dampers, recirculation dampers, energy wheel
(ERW), self-contained DX-cooling with modulated
hot-gas reheat, and modulating gas-fired duct
furnace heating. The rooftop unit shall operate in
various modes; System-OFF, Occupied Mode with
sequenced Heating/Cooling with/without ERW, and
Unoccupied Mode. The hard-wired, dedicated room
temperature and humidity sensor shall be
2 for the RTU during unoccupied cooling room-
condition based control modes. These sensors shall
be located in a space which has either a northern
exposure or which is most representative of the
areas served by the RTU. TCC shall coordinate with
the OEM to include all alarms and status points
furnished by the OEM.

operating modes of the VFDs.

shall be generated at the SOC OR POT. Note
that this fan safety shall be hardwired to
shut the fan off in all modes of operation.
b. Return/Exhaust Duct Suction Pressure Control:

If the static pressure in the return/exhaust
duct exceeds the negative static pressure
switch setpoint, the return/exhaust fan shall
stop and RTU shall remain in the System-OFF
Mode until the safety pressure switch is
manually reset. After the alarm is cleared,
the RTU shall resume its normal operation
according to the appropriate mode. A change-
of-state alarm shall be generated at the SOC.
Note that this fan safety shall be hardwired

157
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
to shut the fan off in all modes of fan-

control operation.
c. Clogged Filter Alarms: There shall be

pressure transducer across both outside air
and return air filter banks which shall
the filters. A clogged filter alarm shall be
replacement for each bank of filters.
d. Energy Wheel (ERW): The OEM shall incorporate

the alarms from the wheel controller into the
DDC controller BACnet network for alarming
at the SOC/HMI (i.e. wheel rotation stopped,
common alarm, broken/failed belt failure,
etc.).
e. Safety Emergency Heating Mode: A furnace

f. Per Section MC 307.2.3, for curb mounted


158
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

pan.

of operation.


supply fan and the return/exhaust fan shall
continue to operate when in the 100% outside
air mode. Supply fan shall remain in the
System-OFF Mode until the alarm condition is
cleared. When the supply fan is shut down by
a fire alarm condition, all fire/smoke and
smoke dampers shall close as commanded by the
FACP. After the fire alarm shutdown is
cleared, all smoke and fire/smoke dampers
shall be commanded open by the FACP.

dampers shall be provided for the supply
duct. The smoke damper shall be commanded
open against its normally-closed, spring-
returned actuator during all non-emergency
operation. Per Section MC 606.4.3, fans or
fan systems which have been automatically
shut down on activation of an automatic fire
detecting device or fire alarm system shall
be arranged and equipped so that they do not
automatically restart when either the
system is reset. The manual means of

159
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______


unit supply and exhaust fans and shall not
damper if in the testing mode.
e. Fans that are 100 percent outside air, less

than 2,000 cfm shall not be shut down upon
manual or automatic activation of the fire
alarm system.


Smoke Damper (SD) and Combination Fire/Smoke
basis by the FACP.
B. Operating Modes. The operating modes of the RTU shall

the DDC Scheduler/HMI, the local unit mounted HAND-OFF-
AUTO switch; and the Fire Alarm System (Div. 16).

(labeled HAND-OFF-AUTO) mounted in the RTU and
wired into the digital controller. In the
automatically by the DDC Scheduler/HMI between

160
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

shutdown the RTU.
b. When the H-O-A switch is placed into

either the “HAND” or the “OFF” position an
advisory is generated at the SOC.
c. Exhaust air fan (EF) shall be commanded to

start by the DDC Scheduler/HMI.

e. Summer/Winter Mode Selection: The rooftop


the Summer Mode and if the outside
Mode.

Unit controller.

161
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

2) The supply fan VFD speed shall be placed

under control of the duct static
pressure controller to maintain its
setpoint.

placed under control of the DDC
controller as follows: As the supply fan
speed varies in response to maintaining
the duct static pressure setpoint as the
VAV boxes open and close, the outside
air flow monitoring station shall
measure the cumulative instantaneous
outside air flow. The exhaust flow
setpoint shall be set to 85 to 90% of
the current cumulative instantaneous
outside air flow to maintain proper
pressurization. The exhaust fan VFD
speed shall be adjusted until the
measured exhaust airflow as measured by
the exhaust air flow monitoring station
is 85 to 90% of the cumulative
instantaneous outside airflow.

issued.
VFD shall slowly ramp up to a setpoint
initially 1.2” WC of the total design fan
static pressure as sensed by the supply duct
static pressure sensor. Static pressure
setpoint shall then be reset upwards or
downwards from the initial 1.2” WC setpoint
based on the critical zone requiring the most
pressure; i.e. the setpoint is reset until
the critical zone damper is nearly wide open
(greater than 85% open and less than 95%

162
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
open). Each VAV RTU controller shall be

networked with all associated VAV terminal
units to obtain VAV box damper positions and
to broadcast the vacant during occupied hours
or occupied during occupied hours minimum
flow setpoints so the central unit controller
can tally up and compute the required
cumulative instantaneous minimum outside air
flow required at the central unit outside air
intake port. The static pressure setpoint
shall be reset based on zone airflow
requests, derived from damper positions or
other indicator of need for static pressure
and shall meet the airflow and space
temperature requirements. When all VAV Box
zone dampers are throttling closed - below
85% open, the VAV supply fan duct static
pressure setpoint shall be incrementally
adjusted by 0.10” WC steps at a frequency of
10 minutes until the supply fan VFD has
reached its lowest operating speed limit
(based on being 5% above fan stall speed and
to avoid excessive motor temperature, set by
balancer) until the most Critical VAV Box
Zone (CZ) is above 85% open. When the CZ is
greater than 95% open and cooling request
(space temperature) is not satisfied, the
reverse shall occur. If the measured duct
static pressure is less than the duct static
pressure setpoint, the fan speed shall be
increased. If the measured duct static
pressure setpoint, the fan speed shall be
decreased. Per Section 6.5.3.2.3 of ASHRAE
90.1-2016, controls shall be able to
2. System-OFF Mode:

shall be OFF; the rooftop unit dampers shall
be commanded to their respective fail-safe

163
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

open; DX-cooling, hot-gas reheat valves and
gas-fired heating shall be de-energized and
energy wheel is stopped.

are enabled.
a. Winter Mode: The rooftop unit shall be in the

System-OFF mode and the perimeter system unit
ventilators shall maintain the spaces at
55°F.

sequence. The rooftop unit shall be cycled to
maintain a space temperature (for the
representative room) high-limit (HHL)
setpoint as described below.

in the full-recirculation position as
follows: the recirculation damper fully
opened and the outside air and exhaust
dampers closed. The energy wheel shall
remain off. During the unoccupied
cooling mode, the VAV boxes shall be
commanded to their minimum occupied

of 55°F. Failure of the DX-cooling

164
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
setpoint, less a differential of 2ºF,

4. Pre-Occupied Morning Warm-up: The RTU shall be in
the System-OFF mode and the perimeter system unit
ventilators shall bring the spaces to 72°F.

Cycles: Pre-occupancy space cooling shall be
12 required as sensed by the combination
representative space temperature and humidity
unoccupied to the occupied mode.
Purge Cycles:
12
to the broadcast value of the calculated
pre-occupied Morning or Unoccupied
2) During the pre-occupied Morning or
closed position. The energy wheel shall
remain off. During the pre-occupied
modes, the VAV boxes shall be commanded
to their full occupied minimum

165
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycle is
terminated. The exhaust fan shall be
commanded on and shall be under
pressurization control as described in
the above Supply and Exhaust Fan control
subparagraph of this article. The Pre-
Occupied Morning or Unoccupied Nighttime
Purge cycles shall be terminated after a
15-minute cycle. The pre-occupied
morning purge cycle, if initiated, shall
be followed by a pre-occupied pull-down
cycle.
exceeds 68°F. Unoccupied Nighttime purge
cycle the RTU shall be commanded to the
12 System-OFF mode or if the selected
representative space enthalpy is less
than the outside air enthalpy, the Pre-
locked out and the unit ventilators
shall be used in a pre-occupied pull-
down mode to bring each space
temperature to 78°F. Cycle start time
each space temperature and the 78ºF
setpoint and shall also be based on the

166
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
outside air temperature for optimum

start controls.
indexed to the occupied mode, the following
occurs.
a. The supply fan shall be started and the

supply fan VFD speed shall be placed under
control of the duct static pressure
controller to maintain its setpoint.
b. The exhaust fan VFD speed shall be placed

22 under control of the DDC controller to
maintain pressurization control as described
in the above Supply and Exhaust Fan control
subparagraph of this article.

control sequence shall operate in the
occupied mode. Pre-Occupied Morning Warm-up,
Pre-Occupied Morning and Unoccupied Nighttime
Purge, and Pre-Occupied Morning Pull Down
shall not be active when in the occupied
mode. If the fans do not prove ON, an alarm
shall be issued to the SOC/HMI.
d. In Winter Mode during occupied heating, the

gas fired heater is cycled to maintain a
minimum discharge setpoint temperature of
nominal 60˚F to 65˚F (adjustable). The energy
wheel is energized and operating at full RPM.
The energy wheel Frost Protection sequence is
activated. On a drop in discharge temperature
below the setpoint, the fan motor of the gas
85 burner shall be energized and the burner
ignition sequence shall begin. On a rise in
discharge temperature above the discharge
temperature setpoint by a differential of
2.0˚F, the gas fired heater shall be
commanded off. The unit operates in a 100%
outside air mode with outside air and exhaust

167
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
air dampers fully opened and recirculation

damper fully closed.
e. Frost Protection: A frost control setpoint
setpoint.
f. In Summer Mode, during occupied Economizer
Cooling Mode when the DX compressors are
commanded off and the energy wheel rotation
is stopped, the unit shall attempt to
maintain a maximum supply duct dry-bulb
temperature of 55˚F as sensed by the supply
duct temperature sensor. For the Economizer
Cooling Mode, the outside air temperature
shall be greater than or equal to 55˚F but
less than 65˚F. The actual supplied air
temperature to the spaces shall be greater
than or equal to 55˚F but less than 65˚F.

78.0°F for a 30-minute time delay
In the occupied mechanical cooling mode, the

exhaust air relative humidity is indirectly
controlled with dehumidification by
maintaining the discharge off the DX cooling
coils at 55˚F maximum which should always
keep the space within the comfort zone as
defined in ASHRAE 55-2010. The unit operates
in a 100% outside air mode with outside air
and exhaust air dampers fully open and
recirculation dampers fully closed. The
energy wheel shall be energized and operating
at full RPM. Mechanical DX cooling units

168
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
shall be controlled in stages and sequenced

to maintain a maximum 55˚F cooling coil
discharge temperature and the hot gas reheat
valves shall be modulated per the reset
schedule to maintain an exhaust air
temperature setpoint between 76°F and 78˚F.
at the SOC/HMI. On a drop in exhaust duct
temperature below 75ºF (should the hot gas
reheat coil fail to bring up the decoupled
air from 55ºF coil discharge air temperature
to a discharge air temperature that avoids
overcooling even though the Classroom unit
ventilator chilled water valves are closed)
the compressors shall be sequentially staged
to reset the coil discharge temperature as
required to maintain the duct exhaust air
temperature between 76°F and 78°F.
Mechanical cooling and indirect
energizations to maintain a maximum
temperature of the calculated space dewpoint
temperature minus 3°F cooling coil discharge
temperature (and hot gas reheat valves
modulation to return air temperature reset
schedule) when the return air exceeds 78ºF.

a. After the warm-up mode is completed in Winter
Mode, the supply air temperature of the RTU
shall be controlled to maintain a minimum
supply air temperature setpoint (reset from
return air temperature) of 60˚F to 65˚F
(adjustable).
b. After the pre-occupied morning purge and pull
down modes are completed in Summer Mode; the
coil discharge air temperature of the RTU
shall be controlled to maintain a coil
minimum, while the unit discharge air
temperature is reset upwards with hot gas
reheat as required to avoid over-cooling
return air temperatures less than 76°F.

169
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
8. Communication:
communication).
3.11 AIR HANDLING UNITS SAFETY CONTROL SEQUENCES
A. Safety Controls for All Air Handling Units:

1. Provide low-limit control to prevent mixed
discharge air from falling below 55˚F for the
winter economizer mode.
2. OEM limit control freezestat with serpentine
element located on the inlet of the chilled water
cooling coil shall stop all fans to prevent
cooling coil freeze-ups and to prevent cold air
being distributed to the building thus avoiding
potential building pipe freeze-ups. Unit shall be
sent to System Off Mode. Set at 39˚F (adjustable).
Freezestat shall reset automatically unless any
trip exceeds 30 seconds as measured by the
integral timer. Trips exceeding 30 seconds shall
require manual reset.
37 3. Steam Pre-Heat Coil Face and Bypass Dampers: Steam
coils shall have full flow of steam through coil
to steam trap controlled through a normally open
two position isolation valve. The isolation valve
shall be fully open any time there is face flow
across the coil. When the bypass damper is fully
opened and the face damper is fully closed, the
isolation valve shall be closed. As traps relieve
condensate, full steam shall re-enter the coil for
freeze protection.
4. Additional safety devices such as static pressure
switches, smoke detectors, smoke dampers, fire
dampers, etc. are addressed in other related
sections.

170
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
3.12 VARIABLE VOLUME AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH ENERGY WHEEL, HEAT
18 WHEEL, HOT WATER AND CHILLED WATER COILS, DDC CONTROLS
PER SECTION 15852 (COUPLED IN COOLING WITH TERMINAL VAV
BOXES FOR NON-ASSEMBLY SPACES AND CORRIDORS)
50 3 [ref. 1598508b Standard Control Drawing and Point List]
1. Mechanical System Summary: The classrooms are

supplied with air provided by central VAV units
with supply and exhaust fans, outside and exhaust
air dampers, recirculation dampers, energy wheels,
1 chilled water coils with heat wheels, and with hot
water coils for heating. The unit shall operate in
various modes; System-OFF, Occupied Mode with
sequenced heating/cooling with/without ERW, and
Unoccupied Mode. The hard-wired, dedicated room
temperature and humidity sensor shall be
for the unit during unoccupied room-condition
2 based control modes. These sensors shall be
located in a space which has either a northern
exposure or which is most representative of the
areas served by the unit. Corridors shall not
employ demand controlled ventilation with the
Corridor VAV boxes since the central unit provides
makeup air for the floor toilet exhaust fans. TCC
shall coordinate with the OEM to include all
alarms and status points furnished by the OEM.

operating modes of the VFDs.
a. Supply Duct Overpressure Control: If the

AHU shall remain in the System-OFF Mode until
After the alarm is cleared, the AHU shall

171
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
b. Return/Exhaust Duct Suction Pressure Control:

If the static pressure in the exhaust duct
exceeds the negative static pressure switch
setpoint, the exhaust fan shall stop and unit
After the alarm is cleared, the unit shall
operation.
c. Clogged Filter Alarms: There shall be

pressure transducer across both outside air
and return air filter banks which shall
the filters. A clogged filter alarm shall be
replacement for each bank of filters.
d. Energy Wheel (ERW): The OEM shall incorporate

the alarms from the wheel controller into the
DDC controller BACnet network for alarming
at the SOC/HMI (i.e. wheel rotation stopped,
common alarm, broken/failed belt failure,
etc.).

pan.

172
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
f. Freeze Protection Lockout: The freeze

located on the inlet of the chilled water
cooling coil freeze-ups and to prevent cold
air being distributed to the building thus
avoiding potential building pipe freeze-ups.
Set at 39˚F (adjustable). Freezestat shall
reset automatically unless any trip exceeds
30 seconds as measured by the integral timer.
alarm is displayed on the SOC/HMI.

of operation.


supply fan and the exhaust fan. Supply fan
and exhaust Fan shall remain in the System-
OFF Mode until the alarm condition is
cleared. When the supply fan and exhaust fans

dampers shall be provided for the supply
duct. The smoke damper shall be commanded
open against its normally-closed, spring-

173
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
returned actuator during all non-emergency

operation. Per Section MC 606.4.3, fans or
fan systems which have been automatically
shut down on activation of an automatic fire
detecting device or fire alarm system shall
be arranged and equipped so that they do not
automatically restart when either the
system is reset. The manual means of

unit supply and exhaust fans and shall not
damper if in the testing mode.
e. Fans that are 100 percent outside air, less

than 2,000 cfm shall not be shut down upon
manual or automatic activation of the fire
alarm system.


Smoke Damper (SD) and Combination Fire/Smoke
basis by the FACP.
B. Operating Modes. The operating modes of the unit shall

switch; and the Fire Alarm System (Div. 16).

174
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

(labeled HAND-OFF-AUTO) mounted in the unit
automatic-position the unit is indexed
herein. In the HAND position the unit shall
position the unit shall remain off. Note that
shutdown the unit.
b. When the H-O-A switch is placed into

either the “HAND” or the “OFF” position an
advisory is generated at the SOC/HMI.
c. Unit’s fans shall be commanded to start by

the DDC Scheduler.

e. Summer/Winter Mode Selection: The unit shall

Summer Mode or Winter Mode.
1) If the unit has been manually enabled in

the unit has been manually enabled in
175
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

Mode.
2) Economizer Mode: If the return air

exceeds 78°F for a time delay of 30
minutes (adjustable), the unit shall be
Mode

shall be able to be sent to the Unit
controller.



176
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

morning pull down and unoccupied cycles,
the exhaust fan shall be disabled and
the supply fan shall run in a full
recirculation mode.

issued.
VFD shall slowly ramp up to the initial
setpoint of 1.2” WC total design fan static
pressure as sensed by the supply duct static
pressure sensor. In cooling, static pressure
setpoint shall be reset upwards or downwards
from the initial 1.2” WC setpoint based on
the zone requiring the most pressure; i.e.
the setpoint is reset until one zone damper
is nearly wide open (greater than 85% open
and less than 95% open). During all occupied
cycles, each unit controller shall be
networked with all associated VAV terminal
units to obtain VAV box damper positions and
to broadcast the vacant standby or occupied
minimum flow setpoints on ten-minute polling
intervals so the central unit controller can
tally up and compute the required cumulative
instantaneous minimum outside air flow
required at the central unit outside air
intake port. In cooling, the static
pressure setpoint shall be reset based on
zone airflow requests derived from VAV box
damper positions or other indicator of need
for static pressure and shall meet the
airflow and space temperature requirements.

177
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
In cooling, when all VAV box zone dampers are

throttling closed - below 85% open, the VAV
supply fan duct static pressure setpoint
shall be incrementally adjusted by 0.10” WC
steps at a frequency of 10 minutes until the
supply fan VFD has reached its lowest
operating speed limit (based on being 5%
above stall speed and to avoid excessive
motor temperature, set by balancer or
limiting system characteristics such as
minimum heating or cooling system flows,
instrument flow measuring minimum stable
flow, etc.) until the most Critical VAV Box
Zone (CZ) is above 85% open. In cooling,
when the CZ is greater than 95% open and
cooling requests (space temperatures) are not
satisfied, the reverse shall occur. If the
measured duct static pressure is less than
the duct static pressure setpoint, the fan
speed shall be increased. If the measured
duct static pressure is greater than the duct
static pressure setpoint, the fan speed shall
be decreased. Per Section 6.5.3.2.3 of ASHRAE
90.1-2016, controls shall be able to
the reset algorithm. Critical Zone Reset
Logic is not performed in Winter Mode as all
boxes are sent to minimum flow position in
occupied mode.
2. System-OFF Mode:
a. The unit supply and exhaust fans shall be

OFF; the unit dampers shall be commanded to
their respective fail-safe positions as
follows: outside air and exhaust air dampers
closed, recirculation air damper open;
cooling and hot water valves closed; energy
wheel and heat wheel rotation is stopped.

178
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

are enabled.
a. Winter Mode: The unit shall be in the System-

OFF mode and the perimeter system shall
maintain the spaces at 55°F.

sequence. The unit shall be cycled to
maintain a cooling mode night set up space
temperature (for the representative room)
high-limit (HHL) setpoint as described below.
On all projects where the chiller is shut
down during the unoccupied Summer Mode
period, the DDC controller shall send an
Occupied Command over the network to the
chilled water system to become enabled during
the active Unoccupied Cooling Mode when the
north facing room space temperature rises
above the HHL setpoint of 85°F.
1) When the north facing room space

temperature rises above the HHL setpoint
of 85°F, then the supply fan shall be
started under static pressure setpoint
control; the dampers shall be in the
full-recirculation position as follows:
closed. The energy wheel, heat wheel and
exhaust fan shall remain off. During
the unoccupied cooling mode, the VAV
boxes shall be commanded to their
minimum occupied ventilation position.
2) Upon proof of air flow, cooling valve

shall be modulated to maintain a cooling
coil discharge temperature of 55°F.

179
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

setpoint, less a differential of 2°F,
cooling valve shall be modulated closed.
The supply fan shall be de-energized and
the unit shall cycle OFF. Should the
space temperature rise again during the
unoccupied cooling mode time period, the
cycle shall repeat.
4. Pre-Occupied Morning Warm-up: The unit shall be in
the System-OFF mode and the perimeter system shall
bring the spaces to 72°F.
5. Pre-Occupied Morning or Unoccupied Nighttime
Purge: Pre-occupancy space cooling shall be
12 required as sensed by the combination space
temperature and humidity sensor before the system
mode.
Purge Cycles:
12
to the broadcast value of the calculated
Pre-Occupied Morningor Unoccupied
closed position. The energy and heat
wheels shall remain off. During the Pre-
Occupied Morningor Unoccupied Nighttime
Purge modes, the VAV boxes shall be

180
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
commanded to their minimum fully

3) The central unit supply fan shall be
indexed to static pressure setpoint
control with mechanical cooling locked
Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycles are
terminated. The exhaust fan shall be
commanded on and shall be under
pressurization control as described in
the above Supply and Exhaust Fan control
subparagraph of this article. The Pre-
be followed by a pre-occupied pull-down
cycle.
exceeds 68°F. Unoccupied Nighttime
purge cycle shall be terminated when the
system is scheduled to the Pre-Occupied
Morning Purge/Pull-down cycle.
cycle (or if the space temperature
exceeds the space temperature setpoint
of 78°F plus 0 minus 2°F nominal
adjustable), a pre-occupied pull down
cycle shall be initiated where the
outside air and exhaust air dampers are
fully closed and the recirculation
damper is fully opened. Exhaust fan
shall be off. During the pre-occupied
pull down mode, the VAV boxes shall be
commanded to their minimum full occupied
181
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
ventilation positions. Cycle start time

12 the current return air temperature and
occupied temperature setpoint for
optimum start controls. Additionally,
per Section 6.4.3.3.3 of ASHRAE 90.1-
2016, the control algorithm shall also
be a function of the outdoor temperature
scheduled occupancy. During the pull
down cycle, the unit chilled water valve
shall modulate to provide a maximum
cooling coil discharge temperature of
55°F. The pull down cycle shall continue
until the return air temperature is less
than or equal to 78°F plus 0 minus 2°F
at which time the chilled water valve
shall close and the supply fan shall de-
energize. Should the space temperature
rise again during the pull down cycle
time period, the cycle shall repeat. The
pull down cycle shall terminate when the
unit is indexed into Occupied Mode.
6. Occupied Mode: When the unit is indexed to the
occupied mode, the following occurs.
a. The supply fan shall be started and the

supply fan VFD speed shall be placed under
control of the duct static pressure
controller to maintain its setpoint.
b. The exhaust fan VFD speed shall be placed

22 under control of the DDC controller to
maintain pressurization control as described
in the above Supply and Exhaust Fan control
subparagraph of this article.

control sequence shall operate in the
occupied mode. Pre-Occupied Morning Warm-up,
Pre-Occupied Morning Purge, Unoccupied

182
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
Nighttime Purge and Pre-Occupied Morning Pull

Down shall not be active when in the occupied
mode. If the fans do not prove ON, an alarm
shall be issued to the SOC/HMI.
d. When indexed to occupied heating mode, the

recirculation damper shall be modulated to
provide the supply fan flow to meet the
static pressure setpoint when the outside air
flow rate is reduced due to the cumulative
outside air value being lowered from the
occupancy flow rate due to rooms in standby
flow condition. The outside air damper shall
be fully opened and the supply fan speed
shall be modulated to provide the static
pressure setpoint. The outside air flow
monitoring station shall measure the outside
85 air flow and provide the flow signal to the
controller which in turn shall modulate the
outside air modulating damper. The exhaust
damper shall open and the exhaust air flow
monitoring station shall provide the required
flow signal (supply air flow less 10%) to the
controller which in turn shall adjust the
exhaust fan VFD to provide the required
exhaust flow and maintain proper
pressurization. The energy wheel shall be
commanded to its full speed. The chilled
water valve shall be closed and the hot water
valve shall be modulated to provide a nominal
65°F (adjustable) discharge air temperature.
The heat wheel shall not rotate. The
perimeter system units shall be modulated to
provide a nominal 72°F (adjustable) space
temperature in each of the spaces.
setpoint.

183
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
f. During occupied Economizer Cooling Mode the

mechanical cooling valve is closed and the
energy and heat wheel rotation is stopped.
For the Economizer Cooling Mode, the outside
air temperature shall be greater than or
equal to 55˚F but less than 65˚F. The actual
supplied air temperature to the spaces shall
be greater than or equal to 55˚F but less
than 65˚F. The unit operates in a 100%
outside air mode with outside air and exhaust
air dampers fully open and recirculation
dampers fully closed. The exhaust air fan
VFD shall be modulated to exhaust 85% to 90%
of the cumulative instantaneous outside air
intake flow. If in economizer cooling and
the outside air damper has been modulated to
the occupied flow settings and the discharge
air temperature drops below 55°F, then the
heat wheel speed shall be modulated to
attempt to keep the discharge air temperature
at 55°F.

Mechanical Cooling Mode where the energy
wheel is rotated to full speed and heat wheel
speed allowed to modulate and the outside air
and recirculated air dampers are indexed back
to occupied air flow settings.
During the mechanical cooling occupied period

return air relative humidity is indirectly
controlled for dehumidification by
maintaining the discharge air off the chilled
water cooling coils at 55˚F maximum which
should always keep the space within the
The outside air dampers shall be modulated to
provide the cumulative instantaneous minimum
ventilation flow as measured by the outside
air flow meter. The exhaust damper shall be
fully open and the exhaust fan speed shall be
modulated to provide the proper

184
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
pressurization with the exhaust flow equaling

85% to 90% of the cumulative instantaneous
outside air flow. The energy wheel shall be
energized and operating at full RPM.
Mechanical chilled water valve shall be
modulated to maintain a maximum 55˚F cooling
coil discharge temperature and the heat wheel
speed shall be modulated to maintain the
discharge temperature setpoint per the reset
schedule to maintain a return air temperature
setpoint between 76°F and 78˚F. If return air
temp drops below 75˚F, with the heat wheel at
full speed, the chilled water valve shall be
modulated to provide the required cooling
coil discharge air temperature to maintain a
return air temperature setpoint between 76°F
and 78˚F. The heat wheel speed shall remain
at full speed. The chilled water coil
discharge temperature shall return to 55˚F
when the return air temperature rises to
78°F.

a. After the warm-up mode is completed in winter
mode, the supply air temperature of the unit
shall be controlled to maintain a minimum
supply air temperature setpoint (reset from
return air temperature) of 60˚F to 65˚F
(adjustable).
b. After the pre-occupied morning purge and pre-
occupied morning pull down modes are
completed in the summer mode; the coil air
temperature of the unit shall be controlled
to maintain a coil air temperature setpoint
of 55˚F but supply air discharge temperature
shall be reset from return air temperature by
modulation of the heat wheel.
8. Communication:
the unit DDC controller shall operate in the

185
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
1 3.13A CONSTANT VOLUME AIR HANDLING UNITS WITH ENERGY WHEEL, HEAT
WHEEL, HOT WATER AND CHILLED WATER COILS AND DDC CONTROLS
18 65 – COUPLED - PROVIDING ALL SPACE COOLING AND ALL SPACE
HEATING per Section 15852 and 15934
7 3 [ref. 1598508a,f Standard Control Drawing and Point List]

A. Safety Devices:
51 37 Safeties shall be in force at all times and during all
modes of operation.

52
the alarm is cleared, the air handling unit shall

air handling unit shall resume its normal
operation according to the appropriate mode. A
change-of-state alarm shall be generated at the
BACnet network and at the School Operating Console
(SOC) and OEM HMI. Note that this fan safety shall
be hardwired to shut the fan off in all modes of
fan-control operation.


186
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
and every filter shall indicate each and every

filter pressure drop. The analog pressure drops
for each filter bank shall be able to be passed
out to the network. Clogged filter alarms shall be
generated at the School Operating Console (SOC)
and OEM HMI when the pressure drops exceed the
maximum allowed pressure drops as recommended by
the filter manufacturers. For CIP Projects, the
OEM shall have these analog filter alarms
annunciated at the Human Machine Interface (HMI).

furnish and the air handling unit manufacturer
shall install the smoke detectors to shut down the
system upon sensing smoke. Furthermore, the
following shall be provided through Div. 16
Electrical:



187
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

system.


air systems shall not be shut down upon manual or
53 9. The air handling unit OEM shall provide duct smoke

dampers (SD) with actuators and proof-of-open end-
switches for units of 15,000 CFM and greater
capacity. The FACP shall monitor all associated
10. Freeze Protection Lockout: The freeze protection

device shall be wired into the supply fan and
spill exhaust fan motor VFD to shutdown the supply
fan all associated exhaust fans upon reaching its
setpoint. Unit shall be sent to System Off Mode.
OEM limit control freezestat with serpentine
potential building pipe freeze-ups. Set at 39˚F
(adjustable). Freezestat shall reset automatically
unless any trip exceeds 30 seconds as measured by
the integral timer. Trips exceeding 30 seconds
shall require manual reset. At the same time an
alarm signal is sent to the DDC controller and an
alarm is displayed on the local operator display
device.
11. 30% propylene glycol shall be provided in the hot

water and chilled water systems.

188
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
B. Operating Modes: The operating modes of the air

handling unit shall be automatically determined by the
combined actions of the DDC Scheduler which shall
schedule the Occupied and Unoccupied time periods, the
local air handling unit mounted HAND-OFF-AUTO (HOA)
System. During times of supply and exhaust fan
operation, the supply pre-filter and supply post filter
bank differential pressure transducer signals as well
as the return filter bank differential pressure
transducer signal shall indicate the analog pressure
drops which shall be sent to the SOC/HMI to allow
monitoring of the filter pressure drops. For all modes,
the energy wheel rotational speed shall be controlled
by its variable frequency drive (VFD).

mounted in the air handling unit and wired
into the OEM digital controller. In the
“AUTO” position the air handling unit is
indexed automatically by the DDC Scheduler or
HMI between the various modes of operation
described herein. In the “HAND” position the
air handling unit shall remain in the
Occupied Mode. In the “OFF” position the air
handling unit shall remain in the System-OFF
Mode. Note that the H-O-A switch is not the
same as the manufacturer’s service disconnect
switch which shall shutdown the air handling
unit.

(SOC)and OEM HMI.

the supply fan when the unit is recirculating
air during the occupied heating and occupied
cooling modes. The exhaust fan shall be
disabled when the unit recirculates air
during the unoccupied heating, unoccupied
cooling, warm up and pull down modes.

189
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
d. Summer/Winter Mode Selection: The air

handling unit shall be manually indexed to
operate in either the Summer Mode or Winter
Mode. Once manually indexed to the Summer
mode, outside enthalpy conditions are used to
determine if the air handling unit shall go
into the economizer mode or the mechanical
cooling mode. The outside enthalpy is
calculated by the controller from the outside
air temperature and outside air relative
humidity. A global outside enthalpy may be
passed as a network point if each controller
of each air handling unit does not calculate
its own outside enthalpy value based on its
own hard wired inputs or network variable
inputs for outside air temperature and
outside air relative humidity.

Mode.
60 2) Economizer Cooling Mode: In the Occupied

Economizer Cooling Mode, the energy
wheel and heat wheel rotation shall be
stopped. The chilled and hot water
valves shall be closed during the
economizer cooling mode. The supply fan
shall be energized and set to deliver
its full flow as determined from its
setpoint and the outside air damper
shall modulate as required towards fully
open. The two position exhaust damper
shall remain open. The exhaust air fan
VFD shall be modulated to exhaust 85% to

190
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
90% of the cumulative instantaneous

outside air intake flow. The
recirculation damper shall modulate as
required towards fully closed. On a drop
in return duct temperature to 76.0°F,
the outside air, recirculation air and
exhaust dampers shall be indexed back to
the original occupied air flow settings.
If in economizer cooling and the outside
air damper has been modulated to the
occupied flow settings and the return
air temperature drops below 75°F, then
the heat wheel speed shall be modulated
to attempt to keep the return air
temperature between 75°F to 78°F. The
cooling economizer mode shall take
priority over the cooling demand
controlled ventilation mode. Refer to

54 to their required speed setpoints (__
cfm supply fan, ___ cfm exhaust fan)
according to the ramp adjustments in the
variable frequency drives. The ramp-up
time shall be set to (30) seconds. When
the fans are de-energized, they shall be
de-energized immediately without de-
acceleration.


191
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

constant volume air handling units and
shall be adjusted from the SOC.
2. System-OFF Mode:
The air handling unit supply and exhaust fans

shall be OFF; the wheel rotation shall be stopped;
the air handling unit dampers shall be commanded
to their respective fail-safe positions: outside
air and exhaust air dampers shall be closed, and
recirculation air damper shall be open. The
chilled water coil 2-way valve shall be closed
during mechanical cooling between load cycles and
closed in the unoccupied heating mode and warm up
mode. The hot water coil 2-way valve shall remain
closed between heating load cycles. 30% propylene
glycol shall be provided in the hot water and
chilled water systems. The hot water coil 2-way
valve shall be closed during the economizer cycle
and mechanical cooling mode.

are enabled.

temporarily place the air handling unit into
the Occupied Mode for (120) minutes
(adjustable). On all projects where the
chiller is shut down during the unoccupied
Summer Mode period, the DDC controller shall
send an Occupied Command over the network to
the chilled water system to become enabled
during the Bypass Unoccupied Mode. After
this time has elapsed the unit shall
of operation and send a network command to
send the chiller back into an unoccupied mode
where it is shut down.

192
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
1) Between load cycles, the air handling unit

shall be in the System-OFF mode.
2) The air handling unit shall be cycled

intermittently to maintain a night space
set-back temperature setpoint of 55°F
plus 0 minus 2°F as sensed by the space
temperature sensor.

53°F (nominal adjustable), the supply
fan shall be started and ramped up to
its setpoint flow; all associated space
exhaust fans and air handling unit
exhaust fan shall remain OFF; the
dampers shall be in the full-
recirculation position as follows: the
recirculation damper open and the
The energy wheel shall be de-energized
since it is bypassed by the
recirculation dampers.
4) When the supply fan is on, the hot water

coil valve shall be modulated to meet
the space unoccupied setpoint (53°F cut-
in, 55°F cut-out, nominal adjustable).
The air handling unit shall maintain a
maximum limit unit discharge temperature
of 95°F plus 0 minus 2°F nominal
adjustable. The hot water coil valve
shall be fully closed (when the fans are
off between load cycles). The heat
wheel capacity shall be disabled by
stopping the rotation of the wheel. The
supply fan shall remain energized until
the space temperature rises to the
setpoint of 55°F (nominal, adjustable),
after which the supply fan shall de-
energize. The hot water coil valve shall
then fully close.
84 c. Unoccupied Summer Dehumidification/Cooling

Mode: The mechanical dehumidification/cooling

193
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

unoccupied nighttime purge sequence.
1) On all projects where the chiller is

shut down during the unoccupied Summer
Mode period, the DDC controller shall
send an Occupied Command over the
network to the chilled water system to
become enabled during the Unoccupied
Summer Dehumidification/Cooling Mode.
Outside air intake damper and exhaust
air damper shall fully close and the
recirculation damper shall fully open.
The exhaust fan shall remain off
unoccupied recirculation mode. Hot water
coil valve shall be closed. The supply
fan may start if the space dewpoint
conditions warrant for projects where
there is chilled beam or displacement
induction units in classrooms or space
temperature conditions for projects with
VAV boxes in classrooms. The flow
station installed in the supply path
shall send an analog control signal to
the unit controller. The airflow control
signal shall be used to control the
speed of the supply fan to its flow
setpoint. The energy wheel shall remain
off during the unoccupied period since
the energy wheel is bypassed in the
recirculation mode by the recirculation
dampers. The air handling unit shall be
cycled to maintain space high-limit
dewpoint as follows.

(nominal, adjustable) for projects
utilizing chilled beam or displacement
induction units in classrooms or space
temperature rises above 85°F for
projects utilizing VAV boxes in
classrooms, the supply fan shall be
started. 71°F dewpoint is associated
with a nominal adjustable setup setpoint

194
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
of 85°F dry bulb and 65% relative

humidity. The space temperature and
relative humidity may vary during the
unoccupied summer dehumidification mode
providing the setup 71°F plus 0 minus
2°F dewpoint is maintained for projects
utilizing chilled beam or displacement
induction units in classrooms.
3) Upon proof of air flow, cooling shall be

controlled by maintaining the cooling
adjustable

for a period of time not less than (30)
minutes for projects utilizing chilled
beam or displacement induction units in
Classrooms or space temperature drops
below 85°F minus 2°F for projects
utilizing VAV boxes in Classrooms, the
chilled water valve shall close and the
heat wheel rotation shall be stopped.
The supply fan shall then be de-
energized. Should the space conditions
rise again during the unoccupied
dehumidification/cooling mode time
period, the cycle shall repeat. The
chiller shall be left enabled on as it
may be required to provide additional
cooling in a second summer
dehumidification/cooling cycle.

195
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

a. Pre-occupied morning warm-up mode shall be
required as sensed by the space temperature
unoccupied to the occupied mode. Cycle start
time shall be based on the difference between
the current temperature and the occupied
controls. Additionally, per Section 6.4.3.3.3
of ASHRAE 90.1-2016, the control algorithm
b. When the space temperature is below 70˚F (the
occupied setpoint of nominal adjustable 72˚F
less a differential of 2˚F) then the warm-up
sequence shall be initiated (otherwise the
air handling unit shall remain in the System-
OFF mode until the beginning of the Occupied
Mode). The supply fan shall be started and
ramped up to its setpoint flow; all
associated space exhaust fans and air
handling unit exhaust fan shall remain OFF;
the dampers shall be in the full-
and exhaust dampers closed. The energy wheel
shall be de-energized since it is bypassed by
the recirculation dampers.
c. When the supply fan is on, the hot water coil
valve shall be throttled to meet the return
duct occupied setpoint (70°F cut-in, 72°F
cut-out, nominal adjustable). The air
handling unit shall maintain a maximum limit
unit discharge temperature of 95°F plus 0
minus 2°F nominal adjustable. The hot water
coil valve shall be fully closed when the
fans are off between load cycles. The heat
wheel capacity shall be disabled by stopping
the wheel rotation. The supply fan shall
remain energized until the space temperature
rises to the setpoint of 72°F (nominal,
adjustable), after which the supply fan shall
de-energize. The hot water coil valve shall
then fully close.

196
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
d. Between load cycles, the air handling unit

shall be in the System-OFF mode. The pre-
occupied morning warm-up cycle shall be
terminated when the system is indexed from
sensed by both the space temperature and space
relative humidity sensor before the system is
indexed from the unoccupied to the occupied mode.
Purge Cycles:
equals or exceeds 68°F, a Pre-Occupied
minute duration.
closed. The energy wheel and heat wheel
shall not rotate. The hot water coil
valve and chilled water coil valve shall
be closed.
3) The air handling unit supply fan and
60 exhaust fan shall be indexed to their
occupied CFM setpoints with mechanical
cooling locked out (by closing the
chilled water valve) until the Pre-
Purge cycles are terminated. The pre-

197
84
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
occupancy Morningor Unoccupied Nighttime

15-minute cycle. The pre-occupancy
be followed by a pre-occupancy pull-down
cycle.
b. Pre-Occupancy Morning Pull-down Cycle:
adjustable) for projects utilizing
chilled beam or displacement induction
units in Classrooms or space temperature
greater than 78°F for projects utilizing
VAV boxes in Classrooms, the Pre-
temperature down from its unoccupied
range of 69 to 71˚F dewpoint (space
temperature of 85˚F for projects
utilizing VAV Boxes in Classrooms) to
its occupied setpoint of 57.5°F (plus 0
minus 2)˚F dewpoint(space temperature of
78˚F for projects utilizing VAV Boxes in
Classrooms). Cycle start time shall be
current conditions and the occupied

198
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

to scheduled occupancy. The hot water
coil valve shall be closed. 57.5˚F
dewpoint is associated with the occupied
space conditions of 78˚F dry bulb and
50% relative humidity.
off during the pre-occupancy pull-down
cycle since the energy wheel is bypassed
during the recirculation pull-down cycle
by the recirculation dampers. The air
handling unit supply fan shall be
indexed to provide its occupied CFM. The
air handling unit chilled water valve
shall be modulated to provide the
cooling coil discharge temperature
setpoint (55°F plus 0 minus 2°F nominal,
adjustable) while the DDC controller
limits the discharge air temperature by
modulating the heat wheel speed to be no
less than 2˚F less than the calculated
return duct dewpoint. The pull down
air dewpoint is at or below 57.5˚F plus
0 minus 2˚F (space temperature of 78˚F
for projects utilizing VAV Boxes in
Classrooms) at which time the chilled
water valve shall modulate closed and
the fans shall de-energize. Should the
space conditions rise again during the
pull down cycle time period, the cycle
shall repeat. The pre-occupied pull

199
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

a. Once the pre-occupancy pull-down cycle is
satisfied, the unit shall be indexed to
mechanical cooling/indirect dehumidification
mode to maintain the required return air
temperature setpoint (78°F plus 0 minus 2ºF
nominal adjustable). When the return air
temperature exceeds 78˚F, the unit shall be
indexed into the Mechanical Cooling Mode. In
Mechanical Cooling mode, mechanical chilled
water cooling valve shall be modulated to
maintain a maximum 55˚F cooling coil
discharge temperature and the heat wheel
speed shall be modulated per the return air
reset schedule to maintain the return duct
temperature of 78˚F. On a drop in return
duct temperature to 76.0°F, the cooling valve
shall be closed. Mechanical cooling shall be
re-enabled to allow chilled water coil
modulation and heat wheel speed modulation to
maintain a maximum 78˚F return temperature
when the return air exceeds 78ºF. If the
cooling coil valve is fully closed and the
return air temperature drops below 75°F, then
the heat wheel speed shall be modulated to
attempt to keep the return air temperature
between 75°F to 78°F.
In the occupied cooling mode the hot water

coil valve shall be closed. The energy wheel
shall be set to run at its full RPM during
the occupied mechanical cooling cycle. When
the Summer mode has been manually enabled,
the DDC Controller shall compare the
controller’s calculated return air enthalpy
to the calculated global outside air enthalpy
to determine if economizer cooling or
mechanical cooling (by the chilled water
valve) shall be initiated. If the outside
temperature is greater than or equal to 55°F
but less than 65°F when the calculated global
controller’s calculated return air enthalpy,
the unit shall be indexed to the Economizer
Cooling Mode and the wheel shall be turned

200
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
off. On a rise in return duct temperature

above the occupied setpoint by a differential
of 2.0°F, the outside air damper and exhaust
fan VFD shall be modulated past their minimum
position and recirculation air damper shall
be modulated towards closed to provide
required cooling. On a drop in return duct
temperature below the occupied setpoint by a
differential of 2.0°F, the outside air and
recirculation air dampers and exhaust fan VFD
shall be indexed back to the original
occupied air flow settings. If in economizer
cooling and the outside air damper has been
modulated to the occupied flow settings and
the return air temperature drops below 75°F,
then the heat wheel speed shall be modulated
to attempt to keep the return air temperature
between 75°F to 78°F. If the return air
temperature exceeds 78°F for a time delay of
30 minutes (adjustable), the air handling
unit shall be indexed to Mechanical Cooling
Mode. The cooling economizer mode shall take
priority over the demand controlled
ventilation mode.
are enabled.
shall be set to provide their outside air and
exhaust flow setpoints per the below reset
schedule based on the carbon dioxide
supply flow as determined by the total supply
flow setpoint.


201
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

0 -
0 < D < = 100 -
100 < D < = 200 -
200 < D < = 300 -
300 < D < = 400 -
400 < D < = 500 -
500 < D < = 600 -
… -
occupancy
concentration
minus the outside
concentration

purposes.

a. The air handling unit controller shall be
polled on 10 minute intervals to provide the
hot water valve position to be used for
primary hot water pump differential pressure
reset logic. Controller network polling is
not limited to 10 minute intervals. The heat
wheel shall not rotate. On rise in return
air temperature above 72°F, the hot water
coil valve shall be closed. The wheel shall
remain on at constant speed during all
occupied heating control sequences. The
modulating dampers and exhaust fan VFD shall
be subject to an adjustable mixed-air low-
limit control set to 55°F.
b. On a drop in return air temperature below
70°F (i.e. 2ºF below the nominal adjustable
space heating setpoint of 72ºF), the energy
wheel RPM shall continue to remain on to
provide the maximum wheel heating ability.
The heating coil valve shall be modulated
until the return air temperature equals the

202
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
nominal adjustable return temperature of

72ºF.
c. Chilled water coil valve shall be closed

during the winter occupied heating control
mode.
d. Demand Controlled Ventilation: Refer to

are enabled.
The supply fan VFD and exhaust fan VFD shall
be set to provide their flow setpoints per
the above TABLE A reset schedule based on the
carbon dioxide differential.

setpoint.
air handling unit DDC controller shall operate in
the last manually selected seasonal occupied mode
D. Occupied Mode Fan Speed:
1. When the air handling unit DDC controller is

indexed to the occupied mode, the unit supply and
exhaust fans shall be started by their respective
variable frequency drives (VFD) as follows.
54 a. The supply fan VFD speed shall be commanded to

its fixed speed setpoint of ___ cfm. This
setpoint may be adjusted and reset by the
Test & Air Balance Contractor.

203
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
54 b. The exhaust fan VFD speed shall be commanded

to its full occupancy speed setpoint of ___
cfm. This setpoint may be adjusted and reset
by the Test & Air Balance Contractor.
c. If the fans do not prove ON as indicated by

the flow sensors, an alarm shall be issued to
the SOC/HMI.
3 3.13B CONSTANT VOLUME AIR HANDLING UNITS WITH ENERGY WHEEL, HEAT
WHEEL, HOT WATER AND CHILLED WATER COILS, DDC CONTROLS,
5 DECOUPLED DEDICATED OUTSIDE AIR UNITS (DOAS) PER SECTION
15933 SERVING CHILLED BEAM UNITS PER SECTION 15932 OR
DISPLACEMENT INDUCTION UNITS PER SECTION 15937 FOR NON-
8
ASSEMBLY SPACES
3 [ref. 1598508e Standard Control Drawing and Point List]
A. Safety Devices:

modes of operation.
64
52 pressure in the supply duct exceeds the positive
the alarm is cleared, the DOAS unit shall resume
its normal operation according to the appropriate
mode. A change-of-state alarm shall be generated
at the BACnet network and at the School Operating
Console (SOC) and OEM HMI. Note that this fan

52 static pressure switch setpoint of ___ the exhaust
DOAS unit shall resume its normal operation

204
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
according to the appropriate mode. A change-of-

state alarm shall be generated at the BACnet
network and at the School Operating Console (SOC)
and OEM HMI. Note that this fan safety shall be
hardwired to shut the fan off in all modes of fan-
control operation.

transducers shall be wired to the OEM controller
for each and every filter or filter bank. The
analog pressure drops for each filter bank shall
be able to be passed out to the network. Clogged
filter alarms shall be generated at the School
Operating Console (SOC) and OEM HMI when the
pressure drops exceed the maximum allowed pressure
drops as recommended by the filter manufacturers.

furnish and the DOAS unit manufacturer shall
install the smoke detectors to shut down the
system. Furthermore, the following shall be
provided through Div. 16 Electrical:

supply fan and exhaust fan and the system shall

53 be provided in the supply and return path. The
smoke dampers shall be commanded open (by the fire
alarm system) against their normally-closed,

205
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

system.


9. The DOAS unit OEM shall provide duct Smoke Dampers

53 (SD) with actuators and proof-of-open end-switches
for units of 15,000 CFM and greater capacity. The
FACP shall monitor all associated end-switches for


206
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

device.
B. Operating Modes: The operating modes of the DOAS unit
shall be automatically determined by the combined
actions of the DDC Scheduler which shall schedule the
Occupied and Unoccupied time periods, the local DOAS
unit mounted HAND-OFF-AUTO (HOA) switch; control and
safety devices and the Fire Alarm System. During times
of supply and exhaust fan operation, the outside air
pre-filter and outside air post filter bank
differential pressure transducer signals as well as the
return filter bank differential pressure transducer
signal shall indicate the analog pressure drops which
shall be sent to the BACnet network to allow remote
monitoring of the filter pressure drops. For all modes,
the energy wheel rotational speed shall be controlled
by its variable frequency drive (VFD).
Below references to “space” conditions are to be

determined from one of the rooms served by the DOAS
unit. A north most facing room is to be selected to
represent the “space” conditions. The selected north
most facing room shall be indicated on the Temperature
Control Contractor (TCC) shop drawings.

mounted in the DOAS unit and wired into the
OEM digital controller. In the “AUTO”
position the DOAS unit is indexed
herein. In the “HAND” position the DOAS unit
shall remain in the Occupied Mode. In the
“OFF” position the DOAS unit shall remain in
the System-OFF Mode. Note that the H-O-A
switch is not the same as the manufacturer’s
service disconnect switch which shall
shutdown the DOAS unit. When the H-O-A switch
is placed into either the “HAND” or the “OFF”
position an advisory is generated at the
School Operating Console (SOC) and OEM HMI.

207
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
b. Exhaust air fan shall run concurrently with

the supply fan when the unit is not
recirculating air. The exhaust fan shall be
disabled when the unit recirculates air
considering the orientation of the exhaust
port that does not aid in the 100%
recirculation mode.
c. Summer/Winter Mode Selection: The DOAS unit
shall be manually indexed to operate in
either the Summer Mode or Winter Mode. If
the Summer mode has been manually selected,
outside enthalpy conditions will be used to
determine if the DOAS unit shall go into the
economizer mode or the mechanical cooling
mode. The outside enthalpy is calculated by
the controller from the outside air
temperature and outside air relative
of each DOAS unit does not calculate its own
outside enthalpy value based on its own hard
wired inputs or network variable inputs for
outside air temperature and outside air
relative humidity.

selected and if the outside temperature
less than 65°F and the calculated
controller’s calculated exhaust air
enthalpy and the calculated outside air
absolute humidity (calculated from the
outside air temperature and relative
humidity measurements) is less than or
equal to 48 grains of water vapor per
pound of dry air (nominal, adjustable),
the DOAS unit shall be indexed to the
Economizer Cooling Mode.
2) Economizer Cooling Mode: In the

and exhaust fan shall be energized and
208
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
set to deliver their full flow as

determined from their setpoints. If the
Summer mode has been manually selected
and if the calculated outside air
absolute humidity exceeds 48 grains of
water vapor per pound of dry air
(nominal, adjustable) or when the
outside air enthalpy is greater than the
return enthalpy, the DOAS unit shall be
indexed to Mechanical Cooling Mode.


54 supply and exhaust fans are started, the fans
shall be slowly accelerated up to their
required speed setpoints (__ cfm supply fan,
___ cfm exhaust fan) according to the ramp
adjustments in the variable frequency drives.
The ramp-up time shall be set to (30)
seconds. When the fans are de-energized, they
shall be de-energized immediately without de-
acceleration.
2. System-OFF Mode:
The DOAS unit supply and exhaust fans shall be

OFF; the energy wheel and heat wheel rotation
shall be stopped; the DOAS unit dampers shall be
commanded to their respective fail-safe positions:
outside air and exhaust air dampers shall be
closed, and recirculation air damper shall be
open. The chilled water coil 2-way valve shall be
closed. The hot water coil 2-way valve shall
remain closed.

are enabled.
a. Unoccupied Winter Mode:

209
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
The DOAS unit shall be in the System-OFF mode

and the perimeter fin tube radiation or
displacement induction unit (DIU) system of
the spaces served by the DOAS unit shall
maintain a night setback space temperature in
each space of 55°F plus 0 minus 2°F.
Unoccupied Summer Dehumidification Mode:
The mechanical dehumidification sequence

unoccupied nighttime purge sequence. Outside
air intake damper and exhaust air damper
shall fully close and the recirculation
damper shall fully open. The exhaust fan
shall remain off considering the orientation
of the exhaust port does not aid in the
recirculation mode. Hot water coil valve
shall be closed. The supply fan may start if
selected north most facing room space
dewpoint conditions warrant. The flow station
installed in the supply path shall send an
analog control signal to the unit controller.
The airflow control signal shall be used to
control the speed of the supply fan to its
flow setpoint. The energy wheel shall remain
off during the unoccupied period. The energy
wheel shall be bypassed in the recirculation
mode. The DOAS unit shall be cycled to
maintain a selected north most facing room
space high-limit dewpoint as follows.
When the north most facing room space

dewpoint rises above 71°F then the supply fan
shall be started. On all projects where the
during the Unoccupied Summer Dehumidification
Mode.
Upon proof of air flow, cooling shall be

controlled by maintaining the cooling coil
discharge temperature setpoint (nominally

210
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
47°F plus 0 minus 2ºF, adjustable). The heat

wheel speed shall be controlled by modulating
the speed to maintain the supply air duct
55°F plus 0 minus 2ºF, adjustable).
After the north most facing room space

dewpoint falls to 69°F for a period of time
not less than (30) minutes, the chilled water
valve shall close and the heat wheel rotation
shall be stopped. The supply fan shall be de-
energized. Should the space temperature rise
again during the unoccupied dehumidification/
cooling mode time period, the cycle shall
repeat. The chiller shall be left enabled on
as it may be required to provide additional
cooling in a second summer dehumidification
cycle.
4. Pre-occupied Morning Warm-up:

a. Pre-occupied morning warm-up mode shall be
required as sensed by the representative
space temperature sensor before the system is
indexed from the unoccupied to the occupied
mode. Cycle start time shall be based on the
difference between the current representative
space temperature and the occupied
controls. Additionally, per Section 6.4.3.3.3
b. When the representative space temperature is
below 70˚F (the occupied setpoint of nominal
adjustable 72˚F less a differential of 2˚F)
then the warm-up sequence shall be initiated
(otherwise the air handling unit shall remain
in the System-OFF mode until the beginning of
the Occupied Mode). The supply fan shall be
started and ramped up to its setpoint flow;
all associated space exhaust fans and air
handling unit exhaust fan shall remain OFF;
the dampers shall be in the full-

211
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
and exhaust dampers closed. The energy wheel

shall be de-energized since it is bypassed by
the recirculation dampers.
c. When the supply fan is on, the hot water coil
valve shall be throttled to provide a
discharge temperature of 85°F (nominal
adjustable). The hot water coil valve shall
be fully closed when the fans are off between
load cycles. The heat wheel capacity shall be
disabled by stopping the heat wheel rotation.
The supply fan shall remain energized until
the recirculated return temperature rises to
the setpoint of 72°F (nominal, adjustable),
after which the supply fan shall de-energize,
the hot water coil valve shall fully close
and the system shall return to System Off
mode until the start of the Occupied Period
unless the space temperature drops below 70°F
thus repeating the warmup cycle.
sensed by both the north most facing room space
temperature and north most facing room space
indexed from the unoccupied to the occupied mode
for the following conditions.
Purge Cycles:
The DDC Controller shall compare the
calculated north most facing room space
enthalpy determined from both the north most
facing room space temperature and north most
facing room space relative humidity sensor
readings to the value of the calculated
outside air enthalpy. If the outside air
enthalpy is less than the inside enthalpy and
if the outside air temperature equals or
exceeds 68°F, a Pre-Occupied Morning or
Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycle shall be
During the pre-occupancy Morning or

212
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
building to purge the building air before

occupancy. The outside air and exhaust air
dampers shall be indexed to their fully open
position and the recirculation air damper
shall be fully closed. The energy wheel and
heat wheel shall not rotate during the Pre-
Purge cycle. The hot water coil valve and
chilled water coil valve shall be closed.
The DOAS supply fan and exhaust fan shall be
indexed to their occupied CFM setpoints with
mechanical cooling locked out (by closing the
chilled water valve) until the Pre-Occupied
Morning or Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycles
are terminated. The Pre-Occupied Morning or
Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycles shall be
terminated after a 15-minute cycle. The pre-
occupancy morning purge cycle, if initiated,
shall be followed by a pre-occupancy pull-
down cycle.
Purge cycle, the system shall be returned to
the System-Off mode. The relative enthalpies
will be rechecked in the System Off Mode and
the Unoccupied Nighttime purge cycle shall be
repeated for a 15 minute period if the
outside air temperature equals or exceeds
68°F. Unoccupied Nighttime purge cycle shall
be terminated when the system is scheduled to
the pre-occupied morning purge/pull down
cycle.
After the pre-occupied morning purge cycle,
or if the north most facing room space
dewpoint is greater than the north most
facing room space dewpoint setpoint (58°F
plus 0 minus 2ºF nominal, adjustable), the
Pre-Occupied Morning Purge cycle shall be
locked-out and mechanical cooling shall be
used in a pre-occupied pull-down mode to
bring the north most facing room space
dewpoint temperature down from its unoccupied
range of 69°F to 71˚F dewpoint to its
213
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
occupied dewpoint setpoint of 58°F plus 0

minus 2°F dewpoint. The hot water coil valve
shall be closed. Cycle start time shall be
based on the difference between the current
representative space dewpoint and the
occupied dewpoint setpoint for optimum start
controls. Pull down cycle start time shall
be based on the difference between the
current return air dewpoint and the occupied
Additionally, the control algorithm shall
also be a function of the outdoor dewpoint
and the amount of time prior to scheduled
occupancy.
During the pre-occupancy pull-down cycle, the
outside and exhaust air dampers shall be
fully closed and the recirculation damper
shall be fully opened. The energy wheel shall
remain off during the pre-occupancy pull-down
cycle. The energy wheel shall be bypassed
during the recirculation pull-down cycle. The
DOAS unit supply fan shall be indexed to
provide its occupied CFM. The exhaust fan
recirculation mode. The DOAS unit chilled
water valve shall be modulated to provide the
cooling coil discharge temperature setpoint
(47°F plus 0 minus 2°F nominal, adjustable)
while the DDC controller limits the discharge
air temperature by modulating the heat wheel
speed to be no less than 2˚F less than the
calculated return duct dewpoint. The pre-
occupied pull down cycle shall be terminated
when the scheduler places the unit in the
scheduled occupied mode, not when the return
air dewpoint is at or below the return air
dewpoint setpoint 58˚F, nominal, adjustable.

214
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

55

215
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
Once the pre-occupancy pull-down cycle is

completed, the unit shall be scheduled to occupied
economizer cooling or occupied mechanical cooling.
During the occupied mechanical cooling mode (in a
non-overcooled condition where the return duct
temperature is not less than 75˚F (adjustable) for
at least 15 minutes (adjustable)), the unit shall
maintain the required unit supply air temperature
setpoint (i.e. supply air temperature setpoint
leaving the heat wheel is 55°F plus 0 minus 2ºF
nominal adjustable) which corresponds to a nominal
cooling coil discharge air temperature of 47°F,
supply air nominal 47˚F dewpoint and supply air
nominal 48 grains of water vapor per pound of dry
air. During the occupied economizer cooling
mode, the discharge air temperature out of the
DOAS unit shall be equal to or greater than 55˚F
but less than 65˚F and shall equal whatever the
outside air temperature is in the economizer mode.
During the occupied economizer cooling mode, the
absolute humidity out of the DOAS unit shall be
equal to or less than 48 grains of water vapor per
pound of dry air and shall equal whatever the
outside air absolute humidity is in the economizer
cooling mode. The chilled beams, displacement
induction units or fan coil units located in the
spaces served by the DOAS unit shall provide the
balance of the sensible cooling capacity (beyond
the sensible cooling capacity provided by the DOAS
unit primary air). The outside air and exhaust
dampers shall be set to their maximum opened
position (and the recirculation damper shall be
closed) during the occupied cooling cycle. The hot
water coil valve shall be closed. In the non-
overcooled condition where the return duct
temperature is not less than 75˚F (adjustable)for
at least 15 minutes (adjustable), the chilled
water valve shall be controlled to maintain the
cooling coil discharge air temperature setpoint
(47°F plus 0 minus 2ºF nominal, adjustable) in the
mechanical cooling mode. The heat wheel speed
shall be controlled by modulating the speed to
maintain the required supply air temperature
leaving the heat wheel 55°F plus 0 minus 2ºF
nominal, adjustable). The DDC Controller shall
compare the controller’s calculated exhaust air

216
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
enthalpy to the calculated global outside air

enthalpy (along with the determination of the
outside air temperature and outside air absolute
humidity as defined above) to determine if
economizer cooling or mechanical cooling (by the
chilled water valve) shall be initiated (if the
Summer mode has been manually selected). During
the mechanical cooling cycle, the energy wheel
shall be at its maximum speed (nominally 20 RPM,
adjustable).
If maintaining 47°F cooling coil discharge air
temperature with 55°F discharge air temperature
off of the heat wheel results in the exhaust air
temperature dropping below 75°F, then the cooling
coil discharge air temperature shall remain at
47°F, but the heat wheel discharge air temperature
shall be reset upwards above 55°F (by modulating
the heat wheel speed) to maintain an exhaust duct
return temperature between 76°F and 78°F.
An overcooled corrective cooling cycle shall be
initiated if the return duct air temperature is
less than 75ºF (adjustable) for a minimum of 15
minutes (adjustable) while the cooling coil
discharge air temperature is 47°F and the heat
wheel is rotating at its maximum speed. The DOAS
unit shall continue in the mechanical cooling mode
but the cooling coil discharge air temperature
shall be reset upwards above 47°F to maintain the
exhaust duct temperatures between 76°F and 78°F
while the heat wheel remains at its maximum speed.
The temperature of the chilled water supply to the
chilled beams shall be reset to 61ºF (adjustable).
The outside air and exhaust dampers shall continue
to be set to their maximum opened position and the
recirculation damper shall continue to be closed.
The hot water coil valve shall be closed.
Mechanical cooling and indirect dehumidification
shall be re-enabled to allow chilled water valve
modulation and heat wheel speed modulation to
provide 47ºF discharge from the chilled water coil
and 55ºF discharge temperature from the heat wheel
should the return duct temperature rise above 78ºF
(adjustable) for a minimum of 15 minutes
(adjustable).

217
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
7. Winter Occupied Tempering Control Sequence:

a. The heat wheel shall not rotate. The winter
supply air discharge temperature setpoint
shall be nominally 65°F+1˚F (adjustable).
b. The energy wheel rotational speed shall be
set to its full speed (20 RPM nominal,
adjustable). The air handling unit controller
shall be polled on 10 minute intervals to
provide the hot water valve position to be
used for primary hot water pump differential
pressure reset logic. Controller network
polling is not limited to 10 minute
intervals. If the unit supply air temperature
(i.e. heating coil discharge temperature) is
less than 64ºF, the heating coil valve shall
be opened until the unit supply air discharge
temperature (i.e. heating coil discharge air
temperature) equals the nominal adjustable
unit discharge temperature of 65°F plus 1ºF,
i.e. 66ºF. If the unit supply air temperature
exceeds 66ºF, the heating coil valve shall be
closed.

during the winter occupied tempering control
mode.

setpoint.
C. Occupied Mode Fan Speed: When the DOAS unit DDC
controller is indexed to the occupied mode, the unit
supply and exhaust fans shall be started by their
respective variable frequency drives (VFD) as follows.
54 1. The supply fan VFD speed shall be commanded to its

fixed speed setpoint of ___ cfm. This setpoint may

218
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
be adjusted and reset by the Test & Air Balance

Contractor.
54 2. The exhaust fan VFD speed shall be commanded to

its fixed speed setpoint of ___ cfm. This setpoint
may be adjusted and reset by the Test & Air
Balance Contractor.

SOC/HMI.
D. Loss of Communication
Upon loss of communication with the network, the DOAS
unit DDC controller shall operate in the last manually
selected seasonal occupied mode (before the loss of
communication) with the exception of the case of a loss
of communication with the network during the unoccupied
winter mode where the unit shall remain in the System-
Off Mode upon a loss of communication with the network.
1
3.13C COMBINATION SINGLE ZONE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (SZVAV) AIR
HANDLING UNIT WITH HOT WATER AND CHILLED WATER COILS FOR
72
THE CAFETERIA/CAFETORIUM AND KITCHEN COUPLED IN COOLING
AND DECOUPLED IN HEATING PER SECTION 15935
3 [ref. 1598508g Standard Control Drawing and Point List]

7
Note: All refernces to “Cafeteria” below are deemed to also
be applicable to “Cafetorium”.
A. Safety Devices:
modes of operation.

52 static pressure sensor switch shall be located

219
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______


BACnet network and at the School Operating

(SOC)/HMI when the pressure drops exceed the
the filter manufacturers. For BMS Projects, the
Temperature Controls Contractor shall set up the
logic to have these analog filter alarms
of the BMS.

Electrical:

220
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______


system.




221
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______


device.
operation, the supply pre-filter and supply post
filter bank differential pressure transducer signals as
well as the return filter bank differential pressure
drops which shall be sent to the BACnet network to
allow remote monitoring of the filter pressure drops.


222
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
indexed automatically by the DDC Scheduler

between the various modes of operation
unit.

(SOC) and OEM HMI.

shall be disabled when the unit recirculates
air during the unoccupied cooling mode, pull
down mode, unoccupied heating mode and warm
up mode.
Mode. When manually indexed to the Summer
mode, outside enthalpy conditions together
with the outside air temperature are used to
determine if the air handling unit shall go
into the economizer mode or the mechanical
cooling mode. The outside enthalpy is
calculated by the controller from the outside
air temperature and outside air relative
of each air handling unit does not calculate
1) If the unit is manually indexed to the

Summer Mode and if the outside

223
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

the unit is manually indexed to the
Mode.
2) Economizer Cooling Mode: The non-cooking

demand controlled ventilation mode where
71 a portion of the amount of outside air
taken in depends on the relative carbon
dioxide concentration between the
Cafeteria space and the outside air, is
suspended during the economizer mode.
Refer to Article 3.27 whereby
ventilation is to be provided 24 hours
per day/7 days per week and demand
enabled. The chilled and hot water
shall be energized and shall be
controlled based on the return air
temperature. The discharge air
temperature shall be whatever the
the Cafeteria return air temperature
rises above 78°F, the supply fan shall
be modulated to provide its maximum
flow. If the Cafeteria return air
temperature drops below 76°F, the supply
fan shall modulate to its instantaneous
minimum flow determined from the below
TABLE A based on the cumulative exhaust
rate of the presently active Kitchen
exhaust fans and based on the relative
difference between the carbon dioxide
concentration in the Cafeteria as
compared to the carbon dioxide outdoors.
The outside air damper shall be fully

224
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
open. The two position exhaust damper

shall remain be fully open. The
closed. The combination unit exhaust
flow rate shall be controlled by the
exhaust air flow monitoring station
which shall modulate the exhaust fan VFD
to maintain the exhaust flow rate at 10%
more than the outside intake rate that
serves the Cafeteria to maintain
Cafeteria negative pressurization
relative to its surrounding spaces (not
including the Kitchen which shall be
even more negatively pressurized than
the Cafeteria). Combination unit exhaust
fan shall be sized nominally with a
capacity that equals all of air supplied
to the Cafeteria (adjusted for
pressurization) so in the non-cooking
mode, the combination unit exhaust fan
together with the Staff Toilet exhaust
fan, Can Wash Room exhaust fan and
general Kitchen exhaust fan, shall
exhaust all of the outside air intake at
the combination unit during the cooling
economizer mode. In the cooking
economizer mode, the Staff Toilet
exhaust fan, Can Wash Room exhaust fan
and Kitchen hood exhaust fan shall
exhaust all of the outside air intake at
the combination unit during the cooling
economizer mode. If the return air
temperature exceeds 78°F for a time
delay of 30 minutes (adjustable), the
air handling unit shall be indexed to

acceleration.

225
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

5) In the cooling mode, occupied Cafeteria

return temperature setpoint control
shall be provided for variable volume
air handling unit and shall be adjusted
from the SOC.
2. System-OFF Mode:

shall be OFF; the air handling unit dampers shall
be commanded to their respective fail-safe
positions: outside air and exhaust air dampers
shall be closed, and recirculation air damper
shall be open. The chilled water coil 2-way valve
shall be closed (also closed in the occupied
heating mode and in the warm up mode). 30%
propylene glycol shall be provided in the hot
water and chilled water systems. The hot water
coil 2-way valve shall be closed (also closed
during the economizer cycle and mechanical cooling
mode). The Kitchen Hood and General Exhaust fans
shall be OFF; the Can Wash Room EF shall be OFF
the Staff Toilet EF shall be OFF.

226
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

are enabled.

during the Bypass Unoccupied Mode. After this
time has elapsed the unit shall automatically
return to the appropriate mode of operation
and send a network command to send the
chiller back into an unoccupied mode where it
is shut down.
b. Unoccupied Winter Mode: When the Cafeteria

space temperature sensor drops to 55ºF minus
2ºF, the outside air damper and exhaust
damper shall remain closed and the
recirculation damper shall remain fully
opened. The exhaust fan shall remain de-
energized considering the orientation of the
exhaust port does not aid in the unoccupied
recirculation mode. The Kitchen Staff Toilet
exhaust fan, Can Wash Room exhaust fan,
general Kitchen exhaust fan and Kitchen hood
exhaust fan shall remain de-energized. The
chilled water valve shall remain closed. The
flow station installed in the supply path
shall send an analog control signal to the
unit controller. The airflow control signal
shall be used to control the speed of the
energized supply fan to its maximum flow
setpoint. The main unit hot water valve shall
be modulated to provide 85ºF discharge air
temperature. The supply fan shall remain on
until the Cafeteria space temperature rises

227
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
nominally to 55ºF. The supply fan shall be

cycled as required to maintain a Cafeteria
space temperature of nominally 55ºF +0-2ºF
(adjustable). Supply air that is hard ducted
to the Kitchen shall return back to the
Cafeteria from the transfer duct between the
Kitchen and the Cafeteria Servery.
The Kitchen General Exhaust Fan shall be

intermittently cycled to maintain a setpoint
of 87°F as sensed by the kitchen temperature
sensor. When the Kitchen temperature rises
above the setpoint the fan starts. When the
temperature falls below the setpoint, less a
2°F differential the fan stops.
Mode The mechanical dehumidification/cooling
unoccupied nighttime purge sequence:

Dehumidification/Cooling Mode. When the
Unoccupied space setpoints are exceeded,
The outside air intake damper and
exhaust air damper shall fully close and
the recirculation damper shall fully
open. The exhaust fan shall remain off
unoccupied recirculation mode. The
Kitchen Staff Toilet exhaust fan, Can
Wash exhaust fan, general Kitchen
exhaust fan and Kitchen hood exhaust fan
shall be de-energized. The hot water
valve shall be closed. Supply air that
is hard ducted to the Kitchen shall
return back to the Cafeteria from the
transfer duct between the Kitchen and
the Cafeteria Servery. The supply fan

228
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
may start if the space conditions

warrant. The flow station installed in
the supply path shall send an analog
control signal to the unit controller.
The airflow control signal shall be used
to control the speed of the supply fan
to its maximum flow setpoint. The air
handling unit shall be cycled to
maintain space high-limit dewpoint for
projects utilizing chilled beams or
displacement induction units in
Classrooms or space temperature for
Classrooms as follows.

(nominal, adjustable) for project
induction units in Classrooms or space
Classrooms, the supply fan shall be
started. 71°F dewpoint is associated
with a nominal adjustable setup setpoint
of 85°F dry bulb and 65% relative
humidity. The space temperature and
relative humidity may vary during the
unoccupied summer dehumidification mode
providing the setup 71°F plus 0 minus
2°F dewpoint (nominal, adjustable) is
maintained.

adjustable

(nominal, adjustable) for project
temperature falls below 83°F for
Classrooms for a period of time not less
than (30) minutes, the chilled water
valve shall close. The supply fan shall

229
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
then be de-energized. Should the space

conditions rise again during the
unoccupied dehumidification/cooling mode
The chiller shall be left enabled on as
it may be required to provide additional
cooling/dehumidification in a second
summer cycle. Unoccupied dehumidifi-
cation/cooling cycle shall be terminated
when the scheduler places the unit in
the pre-occupied morning or pre-occupied
pull down mode.
5) The Kitchen General Exhaust Fan shall be

intermittently cycled to maintain a
setpoint of 87°F as sensed by the
kitchen temperature sensor. When the
Kitchen temperature rises above the
setpoint the fan starts. When the
temperature falls below the setpoint,
less a 2°F differential the fan stops.
Pre-occupancy morning warm-up mode shall be

required as sensed by the Cafeteria space
temperature sensor before the system is
indexed from the unoccupied to the occupied
mode. The start time of the warm up cycle
shall depend on the difference between the
current Cafeteria space temperature and the
occupied heating set point for optimum start
control. Additionally, per Section 6.4.3.3.3
scheduled occupancy. The outside air damper
and exhaust damper shall be closed and the
recirculation damper shall be fully opened.
The exhaust fan shall be de-energized
port does not aid in the unoccupied
recirculation mode. The Kitchen Staff Toilet
exhaust fan, Can Wash exhaust fan, general
Kitchen exhaust fan and Kitchen hood exhaust
fan shall be de-energized. The chilled water
valve shall be closed. The flow station

230
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

maximum flow setpoint. The main unit hot
water valve shall be modulated to provide
nominally 85ºF+0-2ºF (adjustable) discharge
air temp. The supply fan shall remain on
until the Cafeteria space temperature rises
to 72ºF nominal adjustable. The supply fan
shall be cycled as required to maintain a
Cafeteria space temperature of nominally 72ºF
+0-2ºF (adjustable). Supply air that is hard
ducted to the Kitchen shall return back to
the Cafeteria from the transfer duct between
the Kitchen and the Cafeteria Servery.
Purge Cycles:
calculated Cafeteria space enthalpy
determined from both the Cafeteria space
temperature and Cafeteria space relative
humidity sensor readings to the value of
the space enthalpy and if the outside
a Pre-Occupied Morning or Unoccupied
2) During the Pre-occupied Morning or

231
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
closed. The hot water coil valve and

chilled water coil valve shall be
closed.
3) The air handling unit supply fan shall
71 be indexed to its full flow value and
the combination unit exhaust flow rate
shall be controlled by the exhaust air
flow monitoring station which shall
modulate the exhaust fan VFD to maintain
the exhaust flow rate at 10% more than
the outside intake rate that serves the
Cafeteria to maintain Cafeteria negative
pressurization relative to its
surrounding spaces (not including the
Kitchen which shall be even more
negatively pressurized than the
Cafeteria). The combination unit exhaust
fan together with the Staff Toilet
exhaust fan, Can Wash Room exhaust fan
and general Kitchen exhaust fan shall
all be activated and shall exhaust all
of the outside air intake at the
combination unit during the Pre-Occupied
modes. Mechanical cooling shall be
locked out (by closing the chilled water
valve) until the Pre-Occupied
Morning/Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycle
is terminated. The Pre-Occupied Morning
or Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycles
shall be terminated after a 15-minute
cycle. The pre-occupancy morning purge
cycle, if initiated, shall be followed
by a pre-occupancy pull-down cycle.

232
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

84 b. Pre-Occupied Morning Pull-down Cycle:
cycle, or if the Cafeteria space
dewpoint is greater than the Cafeteria
space dewpoint setpoint of 57.5°F plus 0
minus 2ºF (nominal, adjustable) for
projects utilizing chilled beams or
displacement induction units in
Classrooms or space temperature is
greater than 78°F for projects
utilizing VAV boxes in Classrooms, the
Pre-Occupied Morning Purge cycle shall
be locked-out and mechanical cooling
shall be used in a pre-occupancy pull-
down mode to bring the return air
dewpoint temperature down from its
unoccupied range of 69 to 71˚F dewpoint
to its occupied setpoint of 57.5°F (plus
0 minus 2)˚F dewpoint for projects
temperature of 78°F for projects
utilizing VAV boxes in Classrooms.
Cycle start time shall be based on the
difference between the current space
condition and the occupied setpoint for
optimum start controls. Additionally,
the control algorithm shall also be a
function of the outdoor conditions
(dewpoint or temperature as applicable)
scheduled occupancy. The hot water coil
valve shall be closed. 57.5˚F dewpoint
is associated with the occupied space
conditions of 78˚F dry bulb and 50%
relative humidity.
opened. The air handling unit supply fan
shall be indexed to provide its full
CFM. The exhaust fan shall remain off

233
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

recirculation mode. The Staff Toilet
exhaust fan, general Kitchen exhaust fan
Can Wash exhaust fan, and Kitchen hood
exhaust fan shall be off during the pull
down cycle. The hot water valve shall be
closed. Supply air that is hard ducted
to the Kitchen shall return back to the
Cafeteria from the transfer duct between
the Kitchen and the Cafeteria Servery.
The air handling unit chilled water
valve shall be modulated to provide the
adjustable). The pre-occupied pull down
required Cafeteria return air temperature
setpoint (78°F plus 0 minus 2ºF nominal
adjustable). A single zone variable air
volume system shall be employed. During the
occupied mechanical cooling period, return
air relative humidity shall be indirectly
controlled by dehumidification by maintaining
the discharge off the cooling coil at 55˚F
maximum prior to fan speed increase while in
the constant volume mode at low loads. A
maximum of 55˚F cooling coil discharge air
temperature shall also be maintained when the
fan speed is increased at higher loads during
the variable volume mode. This should always
keep the spaces within the comfort zone as
defined in ASHRAE 55-2010. The cooling valve
and supply fan speed shall be sequentially
controlled to maintain the Cafeteria return
temperature setpoint. During the constant
volume mode at low loads, when the Cafeteria
return air temperature exceeds the Cafeteria

234
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
return air temperature setpoint (78°F

adjustable), the cooling valve shall be
modulated towards fully open to maintain
maximum coil discharge temperature of 55ºF
while the supply fan is still at the minimum
instantaneous ventilation flow determined in
the non-cooking mode by the difference of the
Cafeteria space CO2 concentration compared to
the outside CO2 concentration plus the
outside air required for makeup of the Staff
Toilet exhaust and Can Wash Room exhaust and
makeup for the general Kitchen exhaust fan.
The minimum ventilation flow required in the
cooking mode shall be determined by the
outside air required for makeup of the Staff
Toilet exhaust and Can Wash Room exhaust and
makeup for the Kitchen hood exhaust fan. The
active Kitchen exhaust fan shall be
determined by current sensors monitoring both
the general Kitchen exhaust and Kitchen hood
exhaust. If the Cafeteria return air
temperature doesn’t reach return air
temperature setpoint minus 2°F, the unit
shall transition to a variable volume mode
and the supply fan shall be modulated to
increase speed as required to meet the return
air setpoint while maintaining 55ºF maximum
coil discharge air temperature. As the
Cafeteria return air temperature setpoint is
met, the reverse shall occur where the fan is
first slowed to min speed ventilation flow
while maintaining a maximum cooling coil
discharge temperature of 55ºF. If the
Cafeteria return air temperature rises above
78°F again, the cooling control valve shall
be modulated open (the total flow shall be at
the ventilation flow at this point) followed
by the supply fan modulated to provide its
maximum flow while maintain 55ºF coil
discharge air temperature. If the Cafeteria
return air temperature drops below 76°F
again, the supply fan shall be modulated to
its minimum flow and the cooling control
valve shall be modulated closed. The outside
air damper shall be modulated by the outside
air flow monitoring station signal to

235
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
maintain the minimum outside ventilation air

as determined from the below TABLE A.
b. Non-Cooking Mode:
Demand Controlled Ventilation (DCV) shall be

used in the non-cooking mode only. Refer to
are enabled. The two position exhaust damper
shall remain be fully open in the non-cooking
mode. The recirculation damper shall be
modulated in the non-cooking mode to make up
the difference between the total required
supply flow (Cafeteria required flow to meet
the thermal load and hard ducted Kitchen
supply air) and the instantaneous outside air
flow (provided to the Cafeteria and makeup
for the Can Wash Room exhaust fan plus Staff
Toilet exhaust fan and general Kitchen
exhaust). In the non-cooking mode, the
exhaust flow rate shall be controlled by the
exhaust air flow monitoring station which
shall modulate the exhaust fan VFD to
maintain the exhaust flow rate at 10% more
than the outside intake rate provided to the
Cafeteria to maintain Cafeteria space
negative pressurization with respect to its
surrounding spaces (other than Kitchen which
shall be more negatively pressurized than the
Cafeteria).
The combination unit outside air damper and
combination unit exhaust fan VFD shall be set
to provide their outside air and exhaust flow
setpoints per the below reset schedule based
on the carbon dioxide differential. The
recirculation damper shall be adjusted to
provide the required total supply flow as
determined by the return air temperature.
73 74 Outside Air Flow Setpoint Reset Schedule

Cafeteria space CO2 concentration minus the
outside air CO2 concentration in parts per
million (ppm).
236
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
TABLE A
Difference Outside Total Total

(D) in ppm Air Outside Outside
Provided Air in Air in
to Non- Cooking
Cafeteria Cooking Mode***
in Non- Mode** (fixed)
Cooking (varies)
Mode*
(varies)
0
0<D<=100
100<D<=200
200<D<=300
300<D<=400
400<D<=500
500<D<=600
…
D>=the
maximum full
occupancy
concentration
minus the
outside
concentration
*Note in the non-cooking mode, the

combination unit exhaust air flow setpoint
(varies) and shall be nominally 10% more than
the Cafeteria outside air flow setpoint
(varies) for negative pressurization
purposes.
**Note that the total outside air at the
combination unit non cooking mode (varies)
equals the outside air provided to the
Cafeteria (varies) plus the Staff Toilet
exhaust (fixed) plus the Can Wash Room
exhaust (fixed) plus the General Kitchen
exhaust (fixed)

237
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
*** Note that the total outside air at the

combination unit in the cooking mode (fixed)
equals the Staff Toilet exhaust (fixed) plus
the Can Wash Room exhaust (fixed) plus the
Kitchen hood exhaust (fixed)
b. Cooking Mode:
DCV shall not be used in the cooking mode.

The two position combination unit exhaust
damper shall be fully closed in the cooking
mode. The combination unit exhaust fan shall
be OFF. The recirculation damper shall be
modulated in the cooking mode to make up the
difference between the total required supply
flow (Cafeteria required flow to meet the
thermal load and hard ducted Kitchen supply
air) and the fixed outside air flow (provided
for makeup for the Can Wash Room exhaust fan
plus Staff Toilet exhaust fan and Kitchen
hood exhaust). In the cooking mode, the
exhaust flow rate shall be constant and shall
equal the Can Wash Room exhaust fan flow plus
Staff Toilet exhaust fan flow plus Kitchen
hood exhaust flow. The maximum cooling coil
discharge air temperature shall remain at
55ºF.
This mode of operation is defined as being

whenever the Kitchen Hood EF is proven ON.
The Kitchen Hood exhaust fan shall be
manually controlled via a local Dietician’s
key switch (as provided in Section 11400 On-
Off switch) located near the kitchen hood
wired to the exhaust fan’s motor starter.
Note that this manual mode overrides all
other modes and, if the switch is left ON,
unit shall continue in Occupied Cooking mode
until the switch is turned OFF.
When the Dietician’s switch is ON, and upon

proof that the Kitchen Hood exhaust fan is
running via software or current switches, the
rooftop unit supply and exhaust fans shall
start. Furthermore, upon proof of Kitchen
Hood exhaust fan operation, the main gas
solenoids of the Kitchen equipment are
energized OPEN and the Kitchen equipment is
238
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
enabled via an electrical hardwired

interlock.
Upon proof that the Kitchen exhaust fan is

ON, the following shall occur:

setting and the return fan VFD speed
shall be commanded to its fixed occupied
cooking speed setting as determined and
set by the Test & Air Balance
Contractor. Return fan speed shall be
adjusted by the return fan variable
frequency drive to return the Cafeteria
recirculation flow.
21 The outside air and recirculation air dampers

shall at all occupied times be controlled to
maintain the minimum airflow setpoint.
c. General:

economizer cooling cycle, the hot water coil
valve shall be closed. During the economizer
cooling cycle, the cooling economizer mode
shall take priority over the demand
controlled ventilation mode.

a. Once the warm up cycle is satisfied; the
combination unit shall be indexed to occupied
heating mode to provide a discharge
temperature of nominally 65ºF+0-2ºF
(adjustable) by modulating the main unit hot
water valve. The perimeter heating system in
the Cafeteria shall maintain the Cafeteria at
nominally 72ºF+0-2ºF (adjustable). The hot
water reheat coil located in the duct branch
that supplies air to the Kitchen shall be
throttled as required to maintain a nominal
Kitchen space temperature of 68ºF +0-2ºF
(adjustable). In the occupied heating mode,
the recirculation damper shall be closed, the
outside air damper shall be fully open and

239
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
the exhaust damper shall be fully open. In

the non-cooking mode, demand controlled
ventilation shall be active and the volume of
outside ventilation air supplied shall vary
based on the difference of the Cafeteria
space CO2 concentration compared to the
outside CO2 concentration plus the outside
air required for makeup of the Staff Toilet
exhaust and Can Wash Room exhaust and makeup
for the general Kitchen exhaust fan. Refer
to Article 3.27 whereby ventilation is to be
are enabled. The minimum ventilation flow
required in the cooking mode shall be
determined by the outside air required for
makeup of the Staff Toilet exhaust and Can
Wash Room exhaust and makeup for the Kitchen
hood exhaust fan. The active Kitchen exhaust
fan shall be determined by current sensors
monitoring both the general Kitchen exhaust
and Kitchen hood exhaust. The supply fan and
exhaust fan shall be modulated to provide the
outside and exhaust air as defined in above
TABLE A. The outside air flow monitoring
station signal shall signal the supply fan to
vary its speed and the exhaust air flow
monitoring station shall signal the exhaust
fan to vary its speed to maintain the
ventilation rates as determined from the
above TABLE A.
b. Non-Cooking Mode:
Demand Controlled Ventilation (DCV) shall be

used in the non-cooking mode only. Refer to
are enabled. The two position exhaust damper
shall remain be fully open in the non-cooking
mode. The outside damper shall be fully open.
The recirculation damper shall be closed. The
supply fan speed shall be modulated to
provide the instantaneous total required

240
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
supply flow in the 100% outside air mode

(Cafeteria required ventilation outside air
plus makeup for the Can Wash Room exhaust fan
plus Staff Toilet exhaust fan and general
Kitchen exhaust). In the non-cooking mode,
the exhaust flow rate shall be controlled by
the exhaust air flow monitoring station which
shall modulate the exhaust fan VFD to
maintain the exhaust flow rate at 10% more
than the outside intake rate provided to the
Cafeteria to maintain Cafeteria space
negative pressurization with respect to its
surrounding spaces (other than Kitchen which
shall be more negatively pressurized than the
Cafeteria).
The combination unit supply fan and

combination unit exhaust fan shall be set to
provide their outside air and exhaust flow
setpoints per the above TABLE A reset
differential.
c. Cooking Mode:
DCV shall not be used in the cooking mode.

The two position combination unit exhaust
damper shall be fully closed in the cooking
mode. The combination unit exhaust fan shall
be OFF. The recirculation damper shall be
fully closed. The outside damper shall be
fully open and the supply fan shall be
modulated to provide the fixed outside air
flow (provided for makeup of the Can Wash
Room exhaust fan plus Staff Toilet exhaust
fan and Kitchen hood exhaust).
d. General:
During the heating cycle, the chilled water

coil valve shall be closed.


241
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

the loss of communication).
D. Fan Alarming:

SOC/HMI.
3.13D DECOUPLED RECIRCULATING AIR HANDLING UNITS (DRU) WITH

69 ENERGY WHEEL, HEAT WHEEL, HOT AND CHILLED WATER COILS WITH
5
DDC CONTROLS PER SECTION 15933 SERVING CHILLED BEAM UNITS
82 PER SECTION 15932 FOR NON-ASSEMBLY SPACES AND
RECIRCULATING ONLY UNIT VENTILATORS IN THE CORRIDORS
64 [ref. 1598508h Standard Control Drawing and Point List]
A. Safety Devices:

modes of operation.
52 1. Supply Duct Overpressure Control: A supply duct

the alarm is cleared, the unit shall resume its
normal operation according to the appropriate
mode. A change-of-state alarm shall be generated
at the BACnet network and at the School Operating

unit shall resume its normal operation according

242
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
52
to the appropriate mode. A change-of-state alarm

shall be generated at the BACnet network and at
the School Operating Console (SOC) and OEM HMI.
Note that this fan safety shall be hardwired to
shut the fan off in all modes of fan-control
operation.

transducers shall be wired to the OEM controller
for each and every filter or filter bank. The
analog pressure drops for each filter bank shall
be able to be passed out to the network. Clogged
filter alarms shall be generated at the School
Operating Console (SOC) and OEM HMI when the
pressure drops exceed the maximum allowed pressure
drops as recommended by the filter manufacturers.
For BMS Projects, the Temperature Controls
Contractor shall set up the logic to have these
analog filter alarms annunciated at the School
Operating Console (SOC) of the BMS.

furnish and the unit manufacturer shall install
the smoke detectors to shut down the system.
Furthermore, the following shall be provided
through Div. 16 Electrical:

supply fan and exhaust fan and the system shall


243
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
53 spring-returned actuators during all non-emergency

system.


9. The unit OEM shall provide duct Smoke Dampers (SD)

53 with actuators and proof-of-open end-switches for
units of 15,000 CFM and greater capacity. The FACP
shall monitor all associated end-switches for

(adjustable). Freezestat shall reset

244
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
automatically unless any trip exceeds 30 seconds

as measured by the integral timer. Trips
exceeding 30 seconds shall require manual reset.
At the same time an alarm signal is sent to the
DDC controller and an alarm is displayed on the
local operator display device.
B. Operating Modes: The operating modes of the unit shall
the DDC Scheduler which shall schedule the Occupied and
Unoccupied time periods, the local unit mounted HAND-
OFF-AUTO (HOA) switch; control and safety devices and
the Fire Alarm System. During times of supply and
exhaust fan operation, the outside air pre-filter and
outside air post filter bank differential pressure
transducer signals as well as the return filter bank
differential pressure transducer signal shall indicate
the analog pressure drops which shall be sent to the
BACnet network to allow remote monitoring of the filter
pressure drops. For all modes, the energy wheel
rotational speed shall be controlled by its variable
frequency drive (VFD). For all occupied modes, the
supply fan shall be set to its constant singular speed
and the supply air flow monitoring station shall
control the supply fan to maintain its fixed speed. For
the occupied mechanical cooling and occupied heating
modes, the exhaust fan shall be set to its reduced
speed by adjusting the variable frequency drive and the
exhaust fan shall be controlled by the exhaust air flow
monitoring station. For the occupied economizer cooling
mode, the exhaust fan shall be set to its full speed by
adjusting the variable frequency drive and the exhaust
fan shall be controlled by the exhaust air flow
monitoring station.
Below references to “space” conditions are to be

determined from one of the rooms served by the unit. A
north most facing room is to be selected to represent
the “space” conditions. The selected north most facing
room shall be indicated on the Temperature Control
Contractor (TCC) shop drawings.

245
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

mounted in the unit and wired into the OEM
digital controller. In the “AUTO” position
the unit is indexed automatically by the DDC
operation described herein. In the “HAND”
position the unit shall remain in the
Occupied Mode. In the “OFF” position the unit
shall remain in the System-OFF Mode. Note
that the H-O-A switch is not the same as the
manufacturer’s service disconnect switch
which shall shutdown the unit. When the H-O-A
switch is placed into either the “HAND” or
the “OFF” position an advisory is generated
at the School Operating Console (SOC) and OEM
HMI.
b. Exhaust air fan shall run concurrently with

the supply fan when the unit is recirculating
air in the occupied mode. (Recirculation
shall only occur in the non-Special
Ventilation modes as defined in Article
3.27.) The exhaust fan shall be disabled when
the unit recirculates air in the unoccupied
modes and pre-occupied morning pulldown mode
port that does not aid in the 100%
recirculation mode.
c. Summer/Winter Mode Selection: The unit shall
Summer Mode or Winter Mode. When the unit is
manually indexed to the Summer mode, outside
enthalpy conditions together with outside air
temperature are used to determine if the unit
shall go into the economizer mode or the
mechanical cooling mode. The outside enthalpy
is calculated by the controller from the
controller of each unit does not calculate

246
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
1) When the unit is manually indexed to the

Summer Mode and when the outside
55°F but less than 65°F and the
calculated outside air enthalpy is less
than the controller’s calculated exhaust
air enthalpy and the calculated outside
air absolute humidity (calculated from
the outside air temperature and relative
humidity measurements) is less than or
equal to 48 grains of water vapor per
pound of dry air (nominal, adjustable),
the unit shall be indexed to the
Economizer Cooling Mode.
2) Economizer Cooling Mode: In the

shall be energized and deliver its full
flow as determined from its setpoint.
The exhaust fan speed shall be increased
to equal that of the supply fan
(adjusted for pressurization). The
recirculation damper shall close. The
outside air intake and exhaust dampers
shall fully open. If the calculated
outside air absolute humidity exceeds 48
grains of water vapor per pound of dry
air (nominal, adjustable) or when the
outside air enthalpy is greater than the
return enthalpy, the unit shall be
indexed to Mechanical Cooling Mode.


supply and exhaust fans are started, the fans
shall be slowly accelerated up to their
54 required speed setpoints (__ cfm supply fan,

247
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
___ Summer Cooling Mechanical Cooling Mode

cfm exhaust fan, ___ Winter Heating cfm
exhaust fan, and ___ Summer Cooling
Economizer Cooling Mode cfm exhaust fan)
according to the ramp adjustments in the
variable frequency drives. The ramp-up time
immediately without de-acceleration. Flows
shall be adjusted for proper pressurization.
2. System-OFF Mode:
The unit supply and exhaust fans shall be OFF; the

energy wheel and heat wheel rotation shall be
stopped; the unit dampers shall be commanded to
their respective fail-safe positions: outside air
and exhaust air dampers shall be closed, and
chilled water coil 2-way valve shall be closed.
The hot water coil 2-way valve shall be closed.

are enabled.
a. Unoccupied Winter Mode:
The unit shall be in the System-OFF mode and

the perimeter fin tube radiation system of
the spaces served by the unit shall maintain
a night setback space temperature in each
space of 55°F plus 0 minus 2°F.
b. Unoccupied Summer Dehumidification Mode:
The mechanical dehumidification sequence

unoccupied nighttime purge sequence. On all
projects where the chiller is shut down
during the unoccupied Summer Mode period, the
DDC controller shall send an Occupied Command
over the network to the chilled water system
to become enabled during the Unoccupied

248
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
Dehumidification Mode based on load. Outside

recirculation mode. Hot water coil valve
shall be closed. The supply fan may start if
selected north most facing room space
dewpoint conditions warrant. The flow station
flow setpoint. The energy wheel shall remain
off during the unoccupied period. The energy
wheel shall be bypassed in the recirculation
mode. The unit shall be cycled to maintain a
selected north most facing room space high-
limit dewpoint as follows.
When the north most facing room space

dewpoint rises above 71°F then the supply fan
shall be started.
Upon proof of air flow, cooling shall be

controlled by maintaining the cooling coil
47°F plus 0 minus 2ºF, adjustable). The heat
wheel speed shall be controlled by modulating
the speed to maintain the supply air duct
55°F plus 0 minus 2ºF, adjustable).
After the north most facing room space

dewpoint falls to 69°F for a period of time
not less than (30) minutes, the chilled water
valve shall close and the heat wheel shall
stop rotating. The supply fan shall be de-
energized. Should the dewpoint rise again
during the unoccupied dehumidification mode
time period, the cycle shall repeat. The
chiller shall be left enabled on as it may be
required to provide additional cooling in a
second summer dehumidification cycle.

249
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
4. Pre-Occupied Morning Warm-up: The unit shall be in

the System-OFF mode and the perimeter fin tube
radiation system of the spaces served by the unit
shall heat up the space until an occupied setpoint
cutout of 72°F (nominal, adjustable) is reached.
sensed by both the north most facing room space
temperature and north most facing room space
Purge Cycles:
The DDC Controller shall compare the
calculated north most facing room space
enthalpy determined from both the north most
facing room space temperature and north most
facing room space relative humidity sensor
readings to the value of the calculated
outside air enthalpy. If the outside air
enthalpy is less than the inside enthalpy and
if the outside air temperature equals or
exceeds 68°F, a Pre-Occupied Morning or
Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycle shall be
During the Pre-Occupied Morning or Unoccupied
Nighttime Purge cycles, 100% outside air
shall be introduced into the building to
purge the building air before occupancy. The
outside air and exhaust air dampers shall be
indexed to their fully open position and the
closed. The energy wheel and heat wheel shall
remain off during the Pre-Occupied Morning or
Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycles. The hot
water coil valve and chilled water coil valve
shall be closed.
The unit supply fan shall be indexed to its
full CFM setpoint as set by the Balancer.
The exhaust fan speed shall be set nominally
equal to the supply fan speed (adjusted for
pressurization). The Pre-Occupied Morning or
Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycles shall be

250
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
terminated after a 15-minute cycle. The pre-

occupancy Morning Purge cycle, if initiated,
shall be followed by a pre-occupancy pull-
down cycle.
Purge cycle, the system shall be returned to
the System-Off mode. The relative enthalpies
will be rechecked in the System Off Mode and
the Unoccupied Nighttime purge cycle shall be
repeated for a 15 minute period if the
outside air temperature equals or exceeds
68°F. Unoccupied Nighttime purge cycle shall
be terminated when the system is scheduled to
the pre-occupied morning purge/pull down
cycle.
b. Pre-Occupancy Morning Pull-down Cycle:
After the pre-occupied morning purge cycle,
or if the north most facing room space
dewpoint is greater than the north most
facing room space dewpoint setpoint (58°F
plus 0 minus 2ºF nominal, adjustable), the
Pre-Occupied Morning Purge cycle shall be
locked-out and mechanical cooling shall be
used in a pre-occupancy pull-down mode to
bring the north most facing room space
dewpoint temperature down from its unoccupied
range of 69°F to 71˚F dewpoint to its
occupied setpoint of 58°F plus 0 minus 2°F
dewpoint. The hot water coil valve shall be
closed. Cycle start time shall be based on
the difference between the current dewpoint
and the occupied dewpoint setpoint for
optimum start controls. Pull down cycle
between the current return air dewpoint and
the occupied setpoint for optimum start
controls. Additionally, the control
algorithm shall also be a function of the
outdoor dewpoint and the amount of time prior
to scheduled occupancy.
During the pre-occupancy pull-down cycle, the
outside and exhaust air dampers shall be

251
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
fully closed and the recirculation damper

shall be fully opened. The energy wheel shall
remain off during the pre-occupancy pull-down
cycle. The energy wheel shall be bypassed
during the recirculation pull-down cycle. The
unit supply fan shall be indexed to provide
its full CFM as set by the Balancer. The
exhaust fan shall remain off considering the
orientation of the exhaust port does not aid
in the recirculation mode. The unit chilled
water valve shall be modulated to provide the
cooling coil discharge temperature setpoint
(47°F plus 0 minus 2°F nominal, adjustable)
while the DDC controller limits the discharge
air temperature by modulating the heat wheel
speed to be no less than 2˚F less than the
calculated return duct dewpoint. The pre-
occupied pull down cycle shall be terminated
when the scheduler places the unit in the
scheduled occupied mode, not when the return
air dewpoint is at or below the return air
dewpoint setpoint 58˚F, nominal, adjustable.

252
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

55

253
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
Once the pre-occupancy pull-down cycle is

completed, the unit shall be scheduled to occupied
economizer cooling or occupied mechanical cooling.
During the occupied mechanical cooling mode (in a
non-overcooled condition where the return duct
temperature is not less than 75˚F (adjustable) for
at least 15 minutes (adjustable)), the unit shall
maintain the required unit supply air temperature
leaving the heat wheel is 55°F plus 0 minus 2ºF
nominal adjustable) which corresponds to supply
air nominal 47˚F dewpoint, supply air nominal 48
grains of water vapor per pound of dry air and a
nominal 47°F dry bulb cooling coil discharge air
temperature. During the occupied economizer
cooling mode, the discharge air temperature out of
the unit shall be equal to or greater than 55˚F
but less than 65˚F and shall equal whatever the
outside air temperature is in the economizer mode.
During the occupied economizer cooling mode, the
absolute humidity out of the unit shall be equal
to or less than 48 grains of water vapor per pound
of dry air and shall equal whatever the outside
air absolute humidity is in the economizer cooling
mode. The chilled beams located in the spaces
served by the unit shall provide the balance of
the sensible cooling capacity (beyond the sensible
cooling capacity provided by the unit primary
air). The outside air damper shall be modulated to
maintain the outside air flow setpoint as measured
by the outside air flow meter. The exhaust fan
shall be modulated to maintain the exhaust flow
setpoint (supply flow less 10% or as set by
balancer) as measured by the exhaust air flow
meter. The recirculation damper shall be modulated
to allow the additional required recirculation air
to satisfy the fixed supply fan flow set point as
set by balancer and measured by the supply air
flow meter. The hot water coil valve shall be
closed. In the non-overcooled condition where the
return duct temperature is not less than 75˚F
(adjustable)for at least 15 minutes (adjustable),
the chilled water valve shall be controlled to
maintain the cooling coil discharge air
temperature setpoint (47°F plus 0 minus 2ºF
nominal, adjustable) in the mechanical cooling
mode. The heat wheel speed shall be controlled to

254
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
maintain the required supply air temperature

leaving the heat wheel 55°F plus 0 minus 2ºF
nominal, adjustable). When the Summer mode is
manually indexed, the DDC Controller shall compare
the controller’s calculated exhaust air enthalpy
to the calculated global outside air enthalpy
(along with the determination of the outside air
temperature and outside air absolute humidity as
defined above) to determine if economizer cooling
or mechanical cooling (by the chilled water valve)
shall be initiated. During the mechanical cooling
cycle, the energy wheel shall be at its maximum
speed (nominally 20 RPM, adjustable).
If maintaining 47°F cooling coil discharge air
temperature with 55°F discharge air temperature
off of the heat wheel results in the return air
temperature dropping below 75°F, then the cooling
coil discharge air temperature shall remain at
47°F, but the heat wheel discharge air temperature
shall be reset upwards above 55°F (by modulating
the heat wheel speed) to maintain an exhaust duct
return temperature between 76°F and 78°F.
An overcooled corrective cooling cycle shall be
initiated if the return duct air temperature is
less than 75ºF (adjustable) for a minimum of 15
minutes (adjustable) while the cooling coil
discharge air temperature is 47°F and the heat
wheel is rotating at its maximum speed. The unit
shall continue in the mechanical cooling mode but
the cooling coil discharge air temperature shall
be reset upwards above 47°F to maintain the return
duct temperature between 76°F and 78°F while the
heat wheel remains at its maximum speed. The
temperature of the chilled water supply to the
chilled beams shall be reset to 61ºF (adjustable).
The outside air damper shall continue to be set to
its partially opened position and the
recirculation damper and exhaust damper shall
continue to be fully open. The hot water coil
valve shall be closed. Mechanical cooling and
chilled water valve modulation and heat wheel
speed modulation to provide 47ºF discharge from
the chilled water coil and 55ºF discharge
temperature from the heat wheel should the return

255
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
duct temperature rise above 78ºF (adjustable) for

a minimum of 15 minutes (adjustable).
7. Winter Occupied Tempering Control Sequence:

a. The heat wheel rotation shall be stopped.
The winter supply air discharge temperature
setpoint shall be nominally 65°F+1˚F
(adjustable). The outside air damper shall
be modulated to maintain the outside air flow
setpoint as measured by the outside air flow
meter. The exhaust fan shall be modulated to
maintain the exhaust flow setpoint (supply
flow less 10% or as set by balancer) as
measured by the exhaust air flow meter. The
allow the additional required recirculation
air to satisfy the fixed supply fan flow set
point as set by balancer and measured by the
supply air flow meter. The supply fan speed
shall be set to deliver its full cfm. The
exhaust fan speed shall be set to exhaust the
ventilation air (adjusted for proper
pressurization).
b. The energy wheel rotational speed shall be
set to its full speed (20 RPM nominal,
adjustable). The air handling controller
shall be polled on 10 minute intervals to
provide the hot water valve position to be
used for primary hot water pump differential
pressure reset logic. Controller network
polling is not limited to 10 minute
intervals. If the unit supply air temperature
(i.e. heating coil discharge temperature) is
less than 64ºF, the heating coil valve shall
be opened until the unit supply air discharge
temperature (i.e. heating coil discharge air
temperature) equals the nominal adjustable
unit discharge temperature of 65°F plus 1ºF,
i.e. 66ºF. If the unit supply air temperature
exceeds 66ºF, the heating coil valve shall be
closed.

during the winter occupied tempering control
mode.

256
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

setpoint.
C. Occupied Mode Fan Speed: When the unit DDC controller
is indexed to the occupied mode, the unit supply and
exhaust fans shall be started by their respective
variable frequency drives (VFD) as follows.
54 1. The supply fan VFD speed shall be commanded to its

fixed singular speed setpoint of ___ cfm. This
setpoint may be adjusted and reset by the Test &
Air Balance Contractor.
54 2. The exhaust fan VFD speed shall be commanded to

its heating and mechanical cooling fixed speed
setpoint of ___ cfm. The exhaust fan VFD speed
shall be commanded to its economizer cooling fixed
speed setpoint of ___ cfm. These setpoints may be
adjusted and reset by the Test & Air Balance
Contractor.

SOC/HMI.
D. Loss of Communication
Upon loss of communication with the network, the unit
DDC controller shall operate in the last manually
selected seasonal occupied mode (before the loss of
communication) with the exception of the case of a loss
of communication with the network during the unoccupied
winter mode or pre-occupied morning warm up mode where
the unit shall remain in the System-Off Mode upon a
loss of communication with the network.

257
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
1 3.13E SINGLE ZONE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (SZVAV) AIR HANDLING UNIT
FOR THE AUDITORIUM, GYMATORIUM AND GYMNASIUM WITH DCV-
ECONOMIZER, HOT WATER HEATING, CHILLED WATER COOLING,
6 ENERGY WHEEL AND DDC CONTROLS WITH EXHAUST FANS PER
SECTION 15935
3 [ref. 1598508i Standard Control Drawing and Point List]
7 A. Safety Devices:
modes of operation.

52

BACnet network and at the School Operating


258
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

(SOC)/HMI when the pressure drops exceed the
the filter manufacturers. For BMS Projects, the
Temperature Controls Contractor (TCC) shall set up
the logic to have these analog filter alarms
of the BMS.

Electrical:



259
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

system.




(adjustable). Freezestat shall reset
automatically unless any trip exceeds 30 seconds
as measured by the integral timer. Trips exceeding
30 seconds shall require manual reset. At the same
time an alarm signal is sent to the DDC controller
and an alarm is displayed on the local operator
display device.

260
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

operation, the supply pre-filter and supply post
filter bank differential pressure transducer signals as
well as the return filter bank differential pressure
drops which shall be sent to the BACnet network to
allow remote monitoring of the filter pressure drops.
For all modes, the energy wheel rotational speed shall
be controlled by its variable frequency drive (VFD).

indexed automatically by the DDC Scheduler
between the various modes of operation
unit.

(SOC) and OEM HMI.

shall be disabled when the unit recirculates
air during the unoccupied cooling and pull
down modes. Refer to Article 3.27 whereby

261
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

Special Ventilation modes are enabled.
Mode. When the Summer mode has been manually
indexed, the outside enthalpy conditions
along with the outside air temperature are
used to determine if the air handling unit
shall go into the economizer mode or the
mechanical cooling mode. The outside enthalpy
is calculated by the controller from the
controller of each air handling unit does not
calculate its own outside enthalpy value
based on its own hard wired inputs or network
variable inputs for outside air temperature
and outside air relative humidity.
1) When the unit is manualy indexed to the

the Summer Economizer Cooling Mode. When
the unit is manualy indexed to the
Mode.
2) Economizer Cooling Mode: The demand

controlled ventilation mode where the
60 amount of outside air taken in depends
on the relative carbon dioxide
concentration between the space and the
outside air, is suspended during the
economizer mode. Refer to Article 3.27
262
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

enabled. In the Economizer Cooling Mode,
the energy wheel shall be stopped. The
chilled and hot water valves shall be
closed during the economizer cooling
mode. The supply fan shall be energized
and shall be controlled based on the
return air temperature. The discharge
air temperature shall be whatever the
the return air temperature rises above
78°F, the supply fan shall be modulated
to provide its maximum flow. If the
return air temperature drops below 76°F,
the supply fan shall be modulated to its
instantaneous minimum flow determined
from the below TABLE A based on the
relative difference between the carbon
dioxide concentration in the space as
compared to the relative carbon dioxide
outdoors. The outside air damper shall
be fully open. The two position exhaust
damper shall remain be fully open. The
closed. The exhaust flow rate shall be
controlled by the exhaust air flow
monitoring station which shall modulate
the exhaust fan VFD to maintain the
exhaust flow rate at 10% less than the
outside intake rate to maintain space
positive pressurization. If the return
air exceeds 78°F for a time delay of 30
minutes (adjustable), the air handling
unit shall be indexed to Mechanical
Cooling Mode.


263
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

acceleration.


variable volume air handling units and
shall be adjusted from the SOC.
2. System-OFF Mode:

shall be OFF; the wheel rotation shall be stopped;
the air handling unit dampers shall be commanded
to their respective fail-safe positions: outside
air and exhaust air dampers shall be closed, and
chilled water coil 2-way valve shall be closed in
the unoccupied heating mode and warm up mode. 30%
propylene glycol shall be provided in the hot
water and chilled water systems. The hot water
coil 2-way valve shall be closed during the
economizer cycle and mechanical cooling mode.

are enabled.

264
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

during the Bypass Unoccupied Mode. After this
time has elapsed the unit shall automatically
return to the appropriate mode of operation
and send a network command to send the
chiller back into an unoccupied mode where it
is shut down.
The unit shall be in the System-OFF Mode

during the unoccupied winter mode and the
terminal heating system in the spaces shall
maintain a 55°F temperature.

Mode: The mechanical dehumidification/cooling
unoccupied nighttime purge sequence:

Dehumidification/Cooling Mode. Outside
shall remain off considering the
orientation of the exhaust port does not
aid in the unoccupied recirculation
mode. Hot water coil valve shall be
closed. The supply fan may start if the
space dewpoint conditions warrant. The
flow station installed in the supply
path shall send an analog control signal
to the unit controller. The airflow
control signal shall be used to control
the speed of the supply fan to its
maximum flow setpoint. The energy wheel
shall remain off during the unoccupied
period since the energy wheel is
bypassed in the recirculation mode by

265
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
the recirculation dampers. The air

handling unit shall be cycled to
maintain space high-limit setpoints as
follows.

(nominal, adjustable) for projects where
there are chilled beams or displacement
the supply fan shall be started. 71°F
dewpoint is associated with a nominal
adjustable setup setpoint of 85°F dry
bulb and 65% relative humidity. The
space temperature and relative humidity
may vary during the unoccupied summer
dehumidification mode providing the
setup 71°F plus 0 minus 2°F dewpoint is
maintained.

adjustable).

for projects where there are chilled
beams or displacement induction units in
Classrooms or space temperature drops to
83°F for projects with VAV boxes in
Classrooms for a period of time not less
than (30) minutes, the chilled water
valve shall close. The supply fan shall
then be de-energized. Should the space
temperature rise again during the
unoccupied dehumidification/cooling mode
The chiller shall be left enabled on as
it may be required to provide additional
cooling/dehumidification in a second
summer cycle. Unoccupied cycle shall be
terminated when the scheduler places the
unit in the Pre-Occupied Morning Purge
or Pre-Occupied Pull down mode.

266
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

Pre-occupancy morning warm-up mode shall be
required as sensed by the space temperature sensor
before the system is indexed from the unoccupied
to the occupied mode. The unit shall be in the
System-OFF Mode during the Pre-Occupied Morning
Warm-up mode and the terminal heating system in
the spaces shall bring the space temperatures up
to 72°F.
Purge Cycles:
equals or exceeds 68°F, a pre-occupancy
minute duration.
2) During the Pre-Occupied Morning/
Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycle, 100%
closed. The energy wheel shall remain
off during the Pre-Occupied Morning or
Unoccupied Nighttime Purge cycles. The
hot water coil valve and chilled water
coil valve shall be closed.
3) The air handling unit supply fan shall
60 be indexed to its full flow value and
267
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
exhaust fan shall be modulated to have

10% less exhaust flow to maintain proper
positive pressurization. Mechanical
cooling shall be locked out (by closing
the chilled water valve) until the Pre-
Purge cycles are terminated. The Pre-
be followed by a pre-occupancy pull-down
cycle.

adjustable) for projects utilizing
chilled beams or displacement induction
units in Classrooms or space temperature
greater than 78°F for projects utilizing
VAV boxes in Classrooms, the Pre-
temperature down from its unoccupied
range of 69 to 71˚F dewpoint (space
temperature of 85˚F for projects
utilizing VAV boxes in Classrooms) to

268
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
its occupied setpoint of 57.5°F (plus 0

minus 2)˚F dewpoint(space temperature of
78˚F for projects utilizing VAV boxes in
Classrooms. Cycle start time shall be
current conditions and the occupied
setpoints for optimum start controls.
to scheduled occupancy. The hot water
coil valve shall be closed. 57.5˚F
dewpoint is associated with the occupied
space conditions of 78˚F dry bulb and
50% relative humidity.
off during the pre-occupancy pull-down
cycle since the energy wheel is bypassed
during the recirculation pull-down cycle
by the recirculation dampers. The air
handling unit supply fan shall be
indexed to provide its full CFM. The
air handling unit chilled water valve
shall be modulated to provide the
adjustable). The pre-occupied pull down
required return air temperature setpoint
(78°F plus 0 minus 2ºF nominal adjustable).

269
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
A single zone variable air volume system

shall be employed. During the occupied
mechanical cooling period, return air
relative humidity shall be indirectly
controlled by dehumidification by maintaining
the discharge temperature off the cooling
coil at 55˚F maximum prior to fan speed
increase while in the constant volume mode at
lower loads where the supply fan volume
equals the instantaneous ventilation rate.
The maximum discharge cooling coil
temperature shall also be maintained at 55˚F
when the fan speed is increased while in the
variable volume mode at higher loads. In the
constant volume mode, when the return air
temperature exceeds the return air
temperature setpoint (78°F adj.), the cooling
valve shall be modulated to provide a maximum
cooling coil discharge temperature of 55˚F
while the supply fan is still at the minimum
instantaneous ventilation flow determined by
the difference of the space CO2 concentration
compared to the outside CO2 concentration as
defined in the below TABLE A. If the return
air temperature doesn’t reach return air
temperature setpoint minus 2˚F, the unit
shall transition to a variable volume mode
and the supply fan shall be modulated to
increase speed as required to reach return
air temperature setpoint minus 2˚F. As the
return air temperature setpoint is met, the
reverse shall occur where the fan is first
slowed to min speed instantaneous ventilation
flow while maintaining a maximum cooling coil
discharge temperature of 55°F. If the return
air temperature rises above 78°F, the cooling
control valve shall continue to modulate to
maintain a maximum cooling coil discharge
temperature of 55˚F (the total flow shall be
at the instantaneous ventilation flow at this
point) followed by the supply fan modulated
to provide its maximum flow. If the return
air temperature drops below 76°F, the supply
fan shall modulated to its instantaneous
minimum flow determined from the below TABLE
A and the cooling control valve modulated to
closed. The outside air damper shall be

270
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
modulated by the outside air flow monitoring

station signal to maintain the minimum
outside ventilation air as determined from
the below TABLE A. The two position exhaust
damper shall remain be fully open. The
make up the difference between the total
required flow and the instantaneous outside
air flow. The exhaust flow rate shall be
space positive pressurization. The cooling
coil discharge air temperature shall remain
at 55ºF.

economizer cooling cycle, the hot water coil
valve shall be closed. The energy wheel shall
be set to run at its full RPM during the
occupied mechanical cooling cycle. The energy
wheel rotation shall be stopped during the
economizer cooling mode. During the
economizer cooling cycle, the cooling
economizer mode shall take priority over the
demand controlled ventilation mode.
are enabled.
shall be set to provide their outside air and
exhaust flow setpoints per the below reset
supply flow as determined by the return air
temperature.


271
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
TABLE A
0 -
0 < D < = 100 -
100 < D < = 200 -
200 < D < = 300 -
300 < D < = 400 -
400 < D < = 500 -
500 < D < = 600 -
… -
occupancy
concentration
minus the outside
concentration

purposes.

a. The unit shall be fully decoupled during the
winter heating mode. The terminal equipment
in the spaces shall provide the required
space heating to 72˚F plus 0 minus 2˚F.
Chilled water coil valve shall be closed
during the winter occupied heating control
mode. The air handling unit controller shall
be polled on 10 minute intervals to provide
the hot water valve position to be used for
primary hot water pump differential pressure
reset logic. Controller network polling is
not limited to 10 minute intervals. The hot
water coil shall be modulated to provide a
discharge air temperature of 65˚F plus 0
minus 2˚F. The exhaust air damper shall be
fully opened. The required instantaneous
85 outside airflow rate shall be determined from
the above TABLE A by demand controlled
ventilation. Refer to Article 3.27 whereby

272
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

Special Ventilation modes are enabled. The
supply fan flow shall be modulated to the
minimum safe flow as noted on the schedules
that maintains fan stability and maintains
the required minimum flow across the heating
coil. The supply flow sensor shall measure
the supply flow and shall signal the supply
fan VFD as required to meet the minimum safe
supply flow setpoint. After the required
outside airflow rate setpoint is determined
from the above TABLE A, the outside airflow
monitoring station shall signal the outside
air damper to modulate as required to meet
the instantaneous outside airflow rate
setpoint and the recirculation damper shall
be modulated such that the instantaneous
outside air flow from Table A plus the
recirculation air flow equals the minimum
safe supply fan flow. The exhaust flow rate
shall be modulated by the exhaust air flow
monitoring station signal and exhaust fan VFD
to be 10% less than the instantaneous outside
air intake flow rate.
b. Frost Protection: A frost control setpoint

setpoint.

the loss of communication) with the exception of
the case of a loss of communication with the
network during the unoccupied winter mode or pre-

273
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
occupied morning warm up mode where the unit shall

remain in the System-Off Mode.
D. Fan Alarming:

SOC/HMI.
3.14 DUAL-TEMPERATURE WATER SYSTEM (DIGITAL CONTROLS)
1 A. Dual temperature secondary water pumps are to be used

in a boiler/chiller primary/secondary dual temperature
pumping arrangement. Differential pressure controllers
shall modulate secondary pump’s variable frequency
drives to maintain a constant differential pressure
across the most remote secondary load.
3.15 MAKE-UP WATER SYSTEM
A. Make-up water pump shall be started from the pressure

switch mounted on the discharge of the make-up water
pump upon water demand from the system.
B. Make-up tank water shall be controlled from the float

switch mounted on the tank.
3.16A REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT CONTROL SEQUENCES
3 [ref. 1598510a and 1598511a, Standard Control Drawings and

Points Lists]
A. Conventional Chiller Control with Air Cooled Condenser

(OEM and TCC Controls) per Section 15650 (Constant
Volume Primary Pumps, Variable Volume Secondary Pumps):
1. The quantity of primary chilled water pumps shall

exceed the quantity of chillers by one, allowing
one primary pump to function as a spare.
2. The primary chilled water pumps are to run in

parallel. The number of primary chilled water
pumps in operation shall depend on the number of
chillers required to satisfy the cooling load, and
any pump may be assigned to any chiller, as
described below. The system is designed with a
spare primary pump. Changing pump/chiller
associations on any operating chiller/pump shall

274
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
be allowed (in the case of a failure or required

servicing of the pumps).
3. The system is designed to allow for one of the
primary pumps to be designated as a standby pump,
with the remaining pumps to be available to
operate with any chiller, with no one pump
dedicated to any specific chiller. Pump assignment
to an associated chiller shall be a manual
function, initiated at the chiller control panel
and/or the pump control panel. Should any chiller
fail while in operation, its associated pump shall
shut off, its associated isolation valve shall
close, and an alarm shall be initiated at the
network, and the next pre-selected chiller in the
sequence shall start.
4. The primary chilled water supply header
temperature sensor shall control the staging of
the chillers to satisfy the primary chilled water
set point.
5. The intent of the DDC system is to control the
chilled water secondary loop pumps, monitor the
secondary differential pressure sensor, control
the secondary system bypass and monitor and alarm
for system loop temperatures, etc. The chiller
factory control system shall be manually enabled,
the primary chilled water pumps shall be manually
enabled but the on/off operation of the chilled
water primary loop pumps shall be automatically
accomplished.
6. Provide DDC (BACnet) signal connection to factory
furnished control package gateway with factory
provided and integral BACnet Network communication
port. Provide flow switches for each machine to
prevent chiller from operating when chiller water
is not flowing. The chiller shall be supplied with
factory furnished controls. It is the
responsibility of the TCC contractor to install
all necessary control instruments and wiring
necessary to interface with those chiller factory
controls.
7. The chiller factory OEM controls shall operate
chillers on lead-lag, alternating each startup
based on run time. The chiller factory OEM
controls shall start and stop primary loop chilled
water pumps on lead-lag, alternating each startup
275
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
based on run time. Signal alarm if unit fails to

start as commanded to the network via the chiller
factory BACnet communication card.
1 8. For non-networked projects, the Chiller System
shall be enabled by selecting the Run setting at
the chiller master control panel located on the
chiller. For networked projects, the chiller
factory control system shall be seasonally
manually enabled at the SOC or BACnet network
server by the networked “Winter/Summer” switch.
The BMS network shall monitor the status and
position of the chiller Start/Stop switch and
enable the pumping systems to operate. For
networked projects, the seasonal on/off enabling
of the primary chilled water loop pumps shall be
accomplished by the networked “Winter/Summer”
command from the SOC BACnet Database or BACnet
network server. For non-networked projects, the
seasonal on/off enabling of the pumpsets shall be
manually accomplished at the Pump Control panels.
When a chiller is called to start by the chiller
factory controls based on chilled water supply
temperature it shall automatically, through time
delay relays and start the equipment in the
following sequences:
a. First, the lead chilled water primary
circulating pump shall be started and proven
on by motor leg current switch indication,
and then the lead chiller shall be selected
by means of the chiller factory controller.
If the lead chilled water primary pump’s run
indication via current switch is not proven
to the chiller factory controls, the chiller
factory controls shall start the lag primary
loop pump. Next, the lead chiller shall be
started including starting its condenser fans
and then its compressors after opening the
inlet isolation valve and receiving the flow
indication from the discharge flow switch.
The chiller factory OEM controls shall
monitor end switches on the isolation valves
and initiate the start of the lag chiller if
the lead chiller isolation valve limit switch
indication is not received.

276
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
b. If the lead chiller is not able to maintain

the header leaving water temperature setpoint
and after a time interval of approximately
30-seconds to 15 minutes, the start-up
sequence of the lag chiller shall be enabled
by the chiller factory controller. First, the
lag chilled water primary circulating pump
shall be started and proven on by motor leg
current switch indication, then the lag
chiller condenser fans and then its
compressors after opening the inlet isolation
valve and receiving the flow indication from
the discharge flow switch. The chiller
factory OEM Control panel shall monitor end
switches on the isolation valves and initiate
the start of the next lag chiller if the
isolation valves limit switch indication is
not received.
c. The quantity of primary pumps shall exceed
the quantity of chillers by one, allowing one
primary pump to function as a spare.
d. The mechanical contractor installed PRV shall
provide all make-up water functions.
e. Provide a chiller break-glass station as
shown on the Drawings.
9. For primary/secondary loops without connections to
air handling unit coils in the primary loop and
without a heat exchanger and which use decoupler
pipes:
a. The chilled water supply temperature shall be
45°F, nominal adjustable. When the return
header chilled water temperature falls to
45˚F, the lag chiller's compressors shall
pump down, the lag chiller condenser fans
shall de-energize, the lag chiller isolation
valve shall close and the lag primary chilled
water pump shall shut off. If the return
water temperature rises above 55˚F (nominal
adjustable), the lag condenser fans shall
start and then the lag chiller shall start to
handle the load concurrently with the lead
chiller.

277
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
b. The primary pumps shall be constant volume

and the primary and secondary loops shall be
pure water. This arrangement is intended for
loops that are located within the building
and which do not experience any outside
airflow since there are no connections to any
air handling units.
10. DDC Chilled Water Secondary Loop Control:

a. Each secondary pump shall be sized for 100%
of the building cooling load. In addition to
the one active secondary pump, there shall be
a spare secondary pump. The DDC Controller
shall start and stop secondary loop chilled
water pumps on lead-lag, alternating each
startup as a function of run time alternating
each startup based on run time (7 days,
adjustable). The secondary water pump’s VFD
shall be controlled by the DDC Controller
system to maintain the desired differential
pressure (DP) across the chilled water
system. TCC shall start spare pump under
shared differential pressure control prior to
stopping running pump for a seamless
transfer. The secondary water pump’s VFD
pressure (DP) across the hot water system.
The lead pump is controlled to maintain the
desired DP set point (___psi adjustable). The
lag pump shall start when lead pump fails or
as part of pump rotation logic.
b. The spare pump shall automatically start in
the event of a failure of the operating lead
secondary pump.
c. Secondary chilled water supply and return
temperatures shall be monitored by sensors.
d. A differential pressure transmitter measuring
the main secondary supply and return line
pressures of the chilled water system shall
modulate the VFD on the variable speed
secondary loop active pump. Secondary loop
differential pressure reset logic shall be
used to reset the differential pressure
setpoint higher or lower to maintain the most
278
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
critical polled secondary loop control valve

at 85% open or greater. All secondary control
valves shall be polled on a 10-minute
interval and their valve positions reviewed
to determine if any valve is at least 85%
open. The secondary loop VFD differential
pressure setpoint shall be adjusted downward
in 0.1 psi steps until at most critical
control valve is at 85% or greater open, but
less than 95% open and the space temperature
is satisfied. The pump speed is not allowed
to be reduced lower than the minimum pump
speed as set by balancer (based on
maintaining minimum stable pump flow and to
avoid pump motor overheating). The reverse
shall occur when the 10-minute interval
polling notes that the most critical control
valve is open 95% or greater and the
secondary loop VFD differential pressure set
point shall be incremented in 0.1 psi steps
to allow the pump to speed up. The max speed
of the pump shall be limited by the max
differential pressure setpoint of ___ psi
adjustable. Per Section 6.4.3.10.2 of ASHRAE
90.1-2016, DDC controls shall be able to
automatically detect those zones and systems
that may be excessively driving the reset
logic and generate an alarm or other
indication to the system operator for removal
of zone(s) from the reset algorithm.
e. When the chiller plant is on-line, the
chiller DDC Controller or the local primary
pump control panel shall index the secondary
system to start. Upon a command to start,
the secondary chilled water plant’s BACnet
DDC Controller control system shall enable
the lead pump’s VFD. The VFD inverter shall
start the pump and ramp it to operating
speed. When indication from the VFD is
received confirming that the lead pump is
5 running, the BACnet DDC Controller control
system shall, via a proportional-integral
(PI) loop, ramp the motor to maintain the
differential pressure setpoint of ___ psig,
(adjustable setpoint) as sensed by the

279
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
differential pressure sensor located as shown

on the Drawings and as described above.
f. For primary/secondary loops without heat
exchangers, the secondary loop shall flow at
a slower rate than the fixed speed primary
loop to ensure proper water blending from the
primary loop to the secondary loop at the
decoupler pipe. The critical valve reset
logic adjusted flow of the secondary loop
pump shall be compared to the primary loop
pump flow to ensure that the secondary loop
flow is always less than the primary loop
flow as measured by each loop’s flow
transmitter. The TCC shall work with the
Water Balancer to determine the maximum VFD
speed setting on each of the secondary water
5 pumps to ensure that the max flow of the
secondary water pumps is slightly less than
the primary water pumps. There shall be a
bypass pressure control valve as shown on the
Drawings which shall open when the secondary
flow is reduced such that the minimum
secondary flow shall be equal to the minimum
stable flow of one secondary pump when the
VFD has fully throttled down, thus always
guaranteeing an on demand supply of available
chilled water and avoiding overheating of the
secondary pump motors.
3.16B REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT CONTROL SEQUENCES
3 [ref. 1598510b Standard Control Drawings and Points Lists]
A. Modular Chiller Control with Air Cooled Condenser (OEM

and TCC Controls) per Section 15660 (Variable Volume
Primary Pumps, Variable Volume Secondary Pumps):
1. Two primary chilled water pumps shall be provided

for a two chiller bank plant and each shall be
full sized for each modular chiller plant required
design flow.
2. Should any module fail while in operation, its

associated automatic on/off/modulating isolation
valve shall close, an alarm shall be initiated at
280
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
the BMS/HMI and the next pre-selected module in

the bank shall start. At least one set of
isolation valves or as many as needed for the
minimum pump flow as determined by the balancer
shall remain open when the system is called to
operate in order to prevent dead-heading on the
primary pumping system.
4. The primary chilled water supply temperature

sensor shall control the staging of the modules to
satisfy the primary chilled water supply set point
and system load requirements as determined by the
system water flow rate and chilled water
temperature differential between the system supply
temperature and return temperature.
5. The intent of the DDC system is to have the
Temperature Controls Contractor (TCC) control the
chilled water secondary loop pumps and the factory
mounted chiller controller provide the control
logic to modulate the primary pump VFDs, monitor
all primary loop differential pressure sensors,
modulate the primary loop bypass control valve and
stage the chiller modules to maintain the system
set points. The TCC shall provide the control
logic for the secondary loop differential pressure
sensors, control the secondary system bypass
valves and monitor and alarm for system loop
temperatures, etc. The chiller factory control
system shall be seasonally manually enabled at the
SOC or BACnet network server by the networked
“Winter/Summer” switch. In addition, the DDC
Scheduler shall put the chilled water system in
Unoccupied mode any time when all AHUs are in
Unoccupied mode. This shall cause the primary and
secondary loop pumps to be shut down, the chiller
is put in a non-enabled mode. When the DDC
scheduler puts any AHU in a pre-occupied morning
Pulldown Mode, the chilled water system shall be
re-enabled, the primary and secondary loop pumps
shall be started and the temperature setpoints for
both the primary and secondary loops shall be re-
enabled to allow the primary and secondary water
loops to reach their setpoints. The secondary loop
shall never be re-enabled during the Unoccupied
period as the chilled beam and displacement
induction units are locked out from any unoccupied

281
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
cooling sequences. The chiller system including

the chiller and primary loop pumps may be re-
enabled by any AHU during the Unoccupied period if
the AHU is placed into either the Bypass
Unoccupied Mode or Unoccupied Summer
Dehumidification/cooling modes where chilled water
is necessary to meet the cooling sequence. The
chiller factory control system shall stage and
control auxiliary equipment such as isolation
valves, compressors, cooling fans, etc. The
seasonal on/off enabling of the chilled water loop
pumps shall be accomplished by the networked
“Winter/Summer” command from the SOC or BACnet
network server. An enabled pump does not
necessarily mean that the pump shall start; rather
it has been commanded to be in the automatic mode
and may start if called to actually start by the
hard wired contacts from the chiller controller.
Control of the secondary chilled water circulating
pumps is by the TCC controller, which receives an
actual starting contact signal from the BACnet
Scheduler at the start of Occupied Period. The
chiller factory controls shall signal whenever
each individual modular chiller has been brought
on line by the chiller factory controls and
requires flow and shall start the associated pump
selected as “lead” and modulate the VFD to
maintain variable flow load to maintain the system
requirements. When the chiller factory controls
indicate a loss of the lead system pump, the OEM
factory controls shall start associated “lag” pump
and the VFD shall control to the required system
differential pressure and module flow rate to
match the calculated system load. “System”
differential pressure shall be monitored by a
primary loop End-of-Line differential pressure
sensor. The chiller factory controls shall keep
the required number of individual isolation valves
of the enabled modular chiller open even if the
leaving water temperature setpoint is met to
facilitate the flow of the associated loop pump
running and to allow the primary loop water to
circulate to the load. The primary loop chilled
water bypass valve shall modulate to maintain
minimum flow on the chiller in the event of a
sudden reduction of system load. The bypass valve
shall use the across the chiller differential

282
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
pressure sensor as the Process Variable and

modulate the valve to maintain the minimum flow
rate to avoid a safety shutdown on low water flow
or low water temperature. The across-the-chiller
system differential pressure set point shall be
set by the Balancing Contractor, associated
mechanical equipment requirements and the system
design requirements. If the lead chilled water
primary pump’s run indication via current switch
is not proven to the chiller factory controls,
then the chiller controls shall start the lag
primary loop pump. The lag primary pump shall
automatically start in the event of a failure of
the operating lead primary pump. The lead pump is
controlled first to maintain the required water
flow rate based on the number of operating modules
in the chiller and the system differential
pressure requirements. When two or more primary
pumps are operating, the factory chiller
controller shall control the speed of each
operating pump to share the load equally. The
chiller factory controls shall start and stop and
rotate primary loop chilled water pumps on lead-
lag, alternating each startup based on run time (7
days, adjustable). The chiller factory controller
shall start spare pump under a shared system
differential pressure set point control prior to
stopping running pump for a seamless transfer.
port. The chiller manufacturer shall provide
flow switch for the chilled water supply header
(or flow switch for each module) to prevent any
module from operating when chilled water is not
flowing below the minimum lead pump VFD speed.
The chiller shall be supplied with factory
furnished controls as depicted in the project
details sheet for this equipment. It is the
necessary to interface with those chiller factory
controls.
7. The chiller factory OEM controls shall operate the
modules on lead-lag, alternating each startup
based on run time. Signal alarm if any module

283
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
fails to start as commanded to the network via the

chiller factory BACnet communication card.
8. The chiller plant system shall be enabled manually
by the operator by the Summer/Winter switch at the
SOC, DDC Scheduler or BACnet network server. When
a module is called to start by the chiller factory
controls based on chilled water supply header
temperature, it shall automatically, through time
delay relays and shall start in the following
sequence:
a. First, the active chilled water primary
circulating pump shall be automatically
started by the chiller factory controls and
proven on by motor leg current switch
indication, and then the lead module shall be
selected by means of the chiller factory
controller. Next, the lead module shall be
started including enabling its condenser fans
module’s inlet on/off/modulating isolation
valve and receiving flow indication from the
supply header flow switch (or that module’s
flow switch). If the lead module is not able
to maintain the header leaving water
temperature setpoint and after a time
interval of approximately 30-seconds to 15
minutes, the start-up sequence of the lag
module shall be enabled by the chiller
factory controller. First, the lag module
condenser fans shall be energized and then
its compressors after opening the lag
flow switch). Primary chilled water supply
and return temperatures shall be monitored by
sensors provided by the chiller manufacturer.
b. The primary standby pump which functions as a
spare can be manually operated from its HOA
switch or automatically started by chiller
factory controls.
c. The mechanical contractor installed PRV shall
d. Provide a chiller break-glass station as
284
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
9. For primary/secondary loops with connections to

air handling unit coils in the primary loop where
primary loop also has a heat exchanger in the loop
(no decoupler pipe):

42˚F, nominal adjustable. The lag module(s)
compressors shall be activated or pump down,
the lag module(s) condenser fans shall
energized/de-energized and the lag module(s)
isolation valve(s) shall open/close as
required to maintain the 42˚F chilled water
5 supply setpoint.
5 b. The primary pumps shall be variable volume
controlled by a system differential ressure
sensor located at the End-of-Line in the
primary water piping. The system
differential pressure shall control the
primary chilled water pump speed to ensure
the required flow needed for proper modular
chiller compressor Operation and System Load
is maintained. Across-the-Chiller
differential pressure sensor(s) shall control
the primary loop system bypass valve(s) that
shall maintain a minimum flow through the
chillers (to avoid evaporator freezing
5 issues) consistent with the minimum speed of
the primary loop pump VFD. The primary loop
5 shall be fortified with 30% propylene glycol.
The secondary loop shall be pure water. The
primary loop system bypass(s) differential
pressure setpoint(s) shall be_XXX__psig
(nominal, adjustable). The chiller OEM shall
also maintain XXX automatic chiller module
isolation valves in an open mode to ensure
the pump flow path is never “dead-headed”
even if the chiller is at low load.
c. When a primary loop heat exchanger is
provided, the control valve operation will be
by the TCC’s secondary loop controller. The
flat plate heat exchanger in the primary loop
shall provide 57˚F (nominal adjustable)
chilled water to the secondary loop when
chilled beams are used and the return duct

285
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
air temperature is not less than 75˚F

(nominal adjustable) for at least 15 minutes
(adjustable). If the return duct air
temperature is less than 75˚F (nominal
adjustable) for at least 15 minutes
(adjustable), then the chilled water
temperature supplied to the secondary loop
shall be reset to 61˚F (nominal adjustable).
The secondary chilled water temperature shall
be nominally 2˚F warmer than the dewpoint
temperature of the rooms being supplied with
secondary loop chilled water when chilled
beams are used. The secondary side of the
heat exchanger shall be provided with a
temperature sensor set at the 57˚F or 61˚F
(nominal adjustable) secondary loop
temperatures as defined above. This
temperature sensor shall control the two-way
control valve on the downstream side of the
heat exchanger on the primary water leg that
supplies primary water to the heat exchanger.

of the Building Cooling load. The TCC
Controls shall start and stop and rotate
secondary loop chilled water pumps on lead-
lag, alternating each startup based on run
5 time (7 days, adjustable). TCC shall start
spare pump under shared differential pressure
control prior to stopping running pump for a
seamless transfer. The secondary water pump’s
VFD shall be controlled by the DDC Controller
pressure (DP) across the chilled water system
(nominal ___ psi adjustable). The lead pump
is controlled first to maintain the desired
DP set point. Secondary pump differential
pressure reset logic shall be used to reset
the static pressure setpoint higher or lower
to maintain the most critical polled
secondary loop control valve at 85% open or
greater. All secondary control valves shall
be polled on a 10-minute interval and their
valve positions reviewed to determine if any
valve is at least 85% open. The secondary

286
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
pump VFD differential pressure setpoint shall

be adjusted downward in 0.1 psi steps until
at most critical control valve is at 85% or
greater open, but less than 95% open and the
space temperature is satisfied. The pump
speed is not allowed to be reduced lower than
the minimum pump speed as set by balancer.
The reverse shall occur when the 10-minute
interval polling notes that the most critical
control valve is open 95% or greater
indicating the space temperature conditions
are not met and the secondary pump VFD
differential pressure set point shall be
incremented in 0.1 psi steps to allow the
pump to speed up. The max speed of the pump
shall be limited by the max differential
pressure setpoint of ___ psi adjustable. Per
Section 6.4.3.10.2 of ASHRAE 90.1-2016, DDC
controls shall be able to automatically
detect those zones and systems that may be
generate an alarm or other indication to the
system operator for removal of zone(s) from
b. When two secondary pumps are operating as
part of rotation logic, the DDC Controller
shall control the speed of each operating
pump to share the load equally.
c. The lag pump shall automatically start in the
event of a failure of the operating lead
5
secondary pump or as part of pump rotation
logic.
d. Secondary chilled water supply and return
e. A differential pressure transmitter measuring
modulate the VFDs on the variable speed
secondary loop pumps. There shall be a
Drawings which shall open when the secondary

287
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

secondary pump motors. The secondary loop
supply-to-return bypass valve shall be
modulated to maintain the differential
pressure setpoint for the minimum pump flow
rate (as set by balancer) to ensure there is
a flow path when all load valves are closed.
f. When the chiller plant is on-line during the
Occupied period, the TCC DDC Controller shall
index the secondary system to start. Upon a
command to start, the secondary chilled water
plant’s BACnet DDC controller control system
shall enable the lead pump’s VFD. The VFD
inverter shall start the pump and ramp it to
operating speed. When indication from the
VFD is received confirming that the pump is
running, the BACnet DDC Controller control
system shall, via a proportional-integral
(PI) loop, ramp the motor to maintain the
5 differential pressure setpoint of ___ psig,
(adjustable setpoint) as sensed by the
differential pressure sensor located as shown
on the Drawings.
3.16C REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT CONTROL SEQUENCES
3 [ref. 1598510c Standard Control Drawings and Points Lists]
A. Modular Chiller Control with Air Cooled Condenser (OEM

Controls) per Section 15660 (Variable Volume Primary
Pumps Only
1. Two primary chilled water pumps shall be provided

for a two chiller bank plant and each shall be
full sized for each modular chiller plant required
design flow.
2. Should any module fail while in operation, its

associated automatic on/off/modulating isolation
valve shall close, an alarm shall be initiated at
the BMS/HMI and the next pre-selected module in
the bank shall start. At least one set of
isolation valves or as many as needed for the
minimum pump flow as determined by the balancer
shall remain open when the system is called to

288
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
operate in order to prevent dead-heading on the

primary pumping system.
4. The primary chilled water supply temperature

sensor shall control the staging of the modules to
satisfy the primary chilled water supply set point
and system load requirements as determined by the
system water flow rate and chilled water
temperature differential between the system supply
temperature and return temperature.
5. The intent of the DDC system is to have the
factory-mounted chiller controller provide the
control logic to modulate the primary pump VFDs,
monitor all primary loop differential pressure
sensors, modulate the primary loop bypass control
valve and stage the chiller modules to maintain
the system set points. The chiller factory
control system shall be seasonally manually
enabled at the SOC or BACnet network server by the
networked “Winter/Summer” switch. In addition,
the DDC Scheduler shall put the chilled water
system in Unoccupied mode any time when all AHUs
are in Unoccupied mode. This shall cause the
primary loop pumps to be shut down, and the
chiller to be put in a non-enabled mode. When
the DDC scheduler puts any AHU in a pre-occupied
morning Pulldown Mode, the chilled water system
shall be re-enabled, the primary loop pumps shall
be started and the temperature setpoints for the
primary loop shall be re-enabled to allow the
primary water loop to reach the setpoint. The
chiller system including the chiller and primary
loop pumps may be re-enabled by any AHU during the
Unoccupied period if the AHU is placed into either
the Bypass Unoccupied Mode or Unoccupied Summer
Dehumidification/cooling modes where chilled water
is necessary to meet the cooling sequence. The
chiller factory control system shall stage and
control auxiliary equipment such as isolation
valves, compressors, cooling fans, etc. The
seasonal on/off enabling of the chilled water loop
pumps shall be accomplished by the networked
“Winter/Summer” command from the SOC or BACnet
network server. An enabled pump does not
necessarily mean that the pump shall start; rather
it has been commanded to be in the automatic mode

289
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
and may start if called to actually start by the

hard wired contacts from the chiller controller.
Whenever each individual modular chiller has been
brought on line by the chiller factory controls
and requires flow, the chiller factory controls
shall start the associated pump selected as “lead”
and modulate the VFD to maintain variable flow
load to maintain the system requirements. When
the chiller factory controls indicate a loss of
the lead system pump, the OEM factory controls
shall start associated “lag” pump and the VFD
shall control to the required system differential
pressure and module flow rate to match the
calculated system load. “System” differential
pressure shall be monitored by the loop End-of-
Line differential pressure sensor. The chiller
factory controls shall keep the required number of
individual isolation valves of the enabled modular
chiller open even if the leaving water temperature
setpoint is met to facilitate the flow of the
associated loop pump running and to allow the
primary loop water to circulate to the load. The
primary loop chilled water bypass valve shall
modulate to maintain minimum flow on the chiller
in the event of a sudden reduction of system load.
The bypass valve shall use the across the chiller
differential pressure sensor as the process
variable and modulate the valve to maintain the
minimum flow rate to avoid a safety shutdown on
low water flow or low water temperature. The
across-the-chiller differential pressure Set Point
shall be set by the Balancing Contractor,
associated mechanical equipment requirements and
the system design requirements. If the lead
chilled water primary pump’s run indication via
current switch is not proven to the Chiller
Factory controls, then the chiller controls shall
start the lag primary loop pump. The lag primary
pump shall automatically start in the event of a
failure of the operating lead primary pump. The
lead pump is controlled first to maintain the
required water flow rate based on the number of
operating modules in the chiller and the system
differential pressure requirements. The chiller
factory controls shall start and stop and rotate
primary loop chilled water pumps on lead-lag,
alternating each startup based on run time (7

290
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
days, adjustable). The chiller factory controller

shall start spare pump under a shared system
differential pressure set point control prior to
stopping running pump for a seamless transfer.
provided and integral BACnet network communication
port. The chiller manufacturer shall provide flow
switch for the chilled water supply header (or
flow switch for each module) to prevent any module
from operating when chilled water is not flowing
below the minimum lead pump VFD speed. The
chiller shall be supplied with factory furnished
controls as depicted in the project details sheet
for this equipment. It is the responsibility of
the TCC contractor to install all necessary
control instruments and wiring necessary to
interface with those chiller factory controls.
7. The chiller factory OEM controls shall operate the
modules on lead-lag, alternating each startup
based on run time. Signal alarm if any module
fails to start as commanded to the network via the
chiller factory BACnet communication card.
8. When a module is called to start by the chiller
factory controls based on chilled water supply
header temperature, it shall automatically,
through time delay relays and shall start in the
following sequence:
a. First, the active chilled water primary
circulating pump shall be automatically
started by the chiller factory controls and
proven on by motor leg current switch
indication, and then the lead module shall be
selected by means of the chiller factory
controller. Next, the lead module shall be
started including starting its condenser fans
flow switch). If the lead module is not able
to maintain the header leaving water
temperature setpoint and after a time
interval of approximately 30-seconds to 15
minutes, the start-up sequence of the lag

291
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
module shall be enabled by the chiller

factory controller. First, the lag module
condenser fans shall be energized and then
its compressors after opening the lag
flow switch). Primary chilled water supply
and return temperatures/ water flow meter
etc. shall be monitored by sensors provided
by the Chiller Manufacturer.
c. The primary standby pump which functions as a
spare can be manually operated from its HOA
switch or automatically started by chiller
factory controls.
d. The mechanical contractor installed PRV shall
9. For primary loops with connections to air handling

unit coils only:

42˚F, nominal adjustable. The lag module(s)
compressors shall be activated or pump down,
the lag module(s) condenser fans shall
energized/de-energized and the lag module(s)
isolation valve(s) shall open/close as
required to maintain the 42˚F chilled water
supply setpoint.
b. The primary pumps shall be variable volume

controlled by a system differential pressure
sensor located in primary water piping. The
system differential pressure shall control
the primary chilled water pump speed to
ensure the required flow steps needed for
proper modular chiller compressor operation
is maintained. Across-the-chiller
differential pressure sensor(s) shall control
the primary loop system bypass valve(s) that
shall maintain a minimum flow through the
chillers (to avoid evaporator freezing
issues) consistent with the minimum speed of
5
292
5
5
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
the primary loop pump VFD. The primary loop

shall be fortified with 30% propylene glycol.
The primary loop system bypass(s)
differential pressure setpoint(s) shall
be_XXX__psig (nominal, adjustable). The
chiller OEM shall also maintain XXX automatic
chiller module isolation valves in an open
mode to ensure the pump flow path is never
“dead-headed” even if the chiller is at low
load.
3.17A CONDENSING HOT WATER BOILER PLANT WITH PRIMARY LOOP ONLY
(OEM AND TCC CONTROLLED) PER SECTION 15565
A. Boiler Plant Controller(s) (BPC) also known as

Universal Digital Controllers (UDC) by some unit
manufacturers (OEM) shall be interfaced to the Building
Management System (BMS) by the TCC. The boiler and
boiler plant shall be controlled and sequenced through
the Boiler Plant Controller (BPC) furnished by the unit
manufacturer (OEM). Provide a manual Hand-Off-Automatic
switch on the boiler control panel to allow the
operator to manually enable the boilers via the BPC.
For networked projects, the boilers shall be enabled
from the networked “Winter/Summer” switch on the SOC
or BACnet network server. When the BCP is herein
referred to, it includes the local OEM controller on
the boiler and the OEM master lead/lag controller in
which ever configuration is furnished by the OEM. The
TCC shall provide start/stop and VFD Speed control of
all hot water circulating pumps, and other points as
coordinated by the MC through the use of pump
controllers.
B. The BPC system shall not be allowed to automatically be

enabled based on its dedicated outside air sensor. The
outside air sensor shall only be used to reset the
header temperature sensor setpoint to provide cooler
hot water as the outside air temperature rises.
C. The BPC shall stage and control auxiliary equipment

such as isolation valves, combustion air dampers, etc.
The seasonal on/off enabling of the TCC controlled hot
water loop pumps shall be accomplished by the networked

293
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
“Winter/Summer” command from the SOC or BACnet network

server. Control of the hot water circulating pumps is
by the TCC controller, which receives a starting
contact signal from the BCP starting the control
sequence for the pumps. The BPC shall signal via hard
wired interlocks to the TCC DDC controls whenever each
individual boiler has been brought on line by the BPC
and requires flow and the TCC DDC controls shall start
the associated pump selected as “lead” and modulate the
VFD to the differential pressure setpoint. When the BPC
signals via hard wired interlocks to the TCC DDC
controls that the 2nd boiler has been enabled, the TCC
shall start associated “lag” pump and the VFD shall
control to differential setpoint. If the TCC panel
senses loss of either pump run indication for an
enabled boiler, then the additional 3rd standby pump
shall be automatically started and its VFD shall be
controlled to differential pressure setpoint. If the
TCC DDC controls running pump is not able to meet the
differential pressure setpoint as described below, TCC
shall start the additional standby pump and its VFD
shall control to differential pressure setpoint, as set
by the balancer. When seasonally enabled, the BPC shall
keep the isolation valve of the enabled boiler open
even if the leaving water temperature setpoint is met
in order to facilitate the flow of the associated loop
pump running and to allow the primary loop water to
circulate to the load. The associated loop pump VFD
speed shall be reduced to the minimum flow, as set by
the balancer and the differential pressure bypass valve
shall be modulated to meet the differential pressure
setpoint when the loop load valves are closed by the
TCC DDC controls. Minimum flow shall be determined
based on the minimum flow through the boilers, minimum
stable pump flow and to avoid pump motor overheating.
Primary pump differential pressure reset logic shall be
used to reset the static pressure setpoint higher or
lower to maintain the most critical polled primary loop
control valve at 85% open or greater. All primary loop
control valves shall be polled on a 10-minute interval
and their valve positions reviewed to determine if any
valve is at least 85% open. The primary pump VFD
differential pressure setpoint shall be adjusted
downward in 0.1 psi steps until at most critical
control valve is at 85% or greater open, but less than
95% open and the load temperature is satisfied. The
pump speed is not allowed to be reduced lower than the

294
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
minimum pump speed as set by balancer. The reverse

shall occur when the 10-minute interval polling notes
that the most critical control valve is open 95% or
greater indicating the load temperature conditions are
not met and the primary pump VFD differential pressure
set point shall be incremented in 0.1 psi steps to
allow the pump to speed up. The max speed of the pump
shall be limited by the max differential pressure
setpoint of __ psi adjustable.
Per Section 6.4.3.10.2 of ASHRAE 90.1-2016, DDC

controls shall be able to automatically detect those
zones and systems that may be excessively driving the
reset logic and generate an alarm or other indication
to the system operator for removal of zone(s) from the
reset algorithm. If the lead hot water primary pump’s
run indication via current switch is not proven to the
TCC controls, then the TCC controls shall start the lag
primary loop pump. The lag primary pump shall
automatically start in the event of a failure of the
operating lead primary pump. A differential pressure
transmitter measuring the main primary supply and
return line pressures of the hot water system shall
modulate the VFDs on the variable speed primary loop
pumps. The lag hot water primary loop pump shall be
staged on to maintain the differential pressure
setpoint. The TCC Controls shall start and stop and
rotate primary loop hot water pumps on lead-lag,
alternating each startup based on run time (7 days,
adjustable). TCC shall start spare pump under shared
differential pressure control prior to stopping running
pump for a seamless transfer.
D. Combustion Air Control (by boiler OEM controls):

6
Provide boiler room combustion air intake dampers, fire
dampers and smoke dampers as shown on the Drawings
located at the boiler room outside air intake
interlocked into the proof-of-damper open circuit of
the burner. Before one of the burners on the boilers
can start, and on a call for boiler firing, the
associated combustion air intake dampers, shall open as
commanded by the master boiler controller. Burners
shall not start unless all dampers are open as
monitored by the master boiler OEM control panel which
is proven when the damper whisker switches close.
Boiler contractor shall provide one (1) dry-contact in
the boiler control panel to open the combustion damper

295
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
and shall provide input terminals for proof-of-open

from the whisker switches to prevent burner operation.
When the burners stop the combustion air dampers close.
Provide a manual OPEN-AUTO switch on the burner panel
to allow dampers to be manually opened.
E. Once the lead boiler combustion air damper and related
fire and smoke dampers are proven open and the boiler
flow switch indicates flow, the boiler plant controller
(BPC) shall stage on the first lead boiler and increase
the boiler input as required until a preset adjustable
percentage of input, nominally 40-50%, is reached as
determined by the OEM. At that point, the BPC shall
start a second boiler (after proving its associated
dampers are open and the boiler supply header flow
switch indicates flow) and decrease input on the first
boiler, then modulating both boilers simultaneously in
unison. At the point where the two (2) firing modules
reach the transfer percentage point as determined by
the OEM, the BPC shall start a third boiler (if a third
boiler is furnished) and equalize all boiler inputs to
maximize heating plant efficiency. The OEM lead/lag
control system shall utilize the turndown ratio, run
time and/or other features on each boiler as part of
their lead/lag sequencing system.
F. On a drop in heating demand, the boilers shall be

sequenced by the BPC in a reverse manner. The boiler
shall come off-line at the transfer setpoint (as
determined by the OEM) to maximize condensing. Whether
the BPC is set in a constant temperature or modulating
temperature mode, it shall use the modulating ability
to prevent header temperature fluctuation and maximize
efficiency.
G. The BPC shall provide adjustable reset control of the

hot water supply temperature based upon the outside air
temperature. Maximum design hot water supply
7 temperature [shall not exceed 140°F] [may be reset
above 140°F] for projects not utilizing air handling
units with hot water coils.
H. The TCC provided pump controllers shall automatically

5 adjust all pump VFD speeds to maintain the differential
pressure setpoint of ___. Upon a signal from the BPC
to the TCC Controls that a boiler requires flow, the
lead hot water pump (HWP) shall be automatically
started through its respective variable frequency drive

296
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
(VFD). If the lead HWP fails, the lag HWP shall be

started.
I. On a rise in pressure, the pump speed (or pump speeds
if more than one pump has been enabled by the TCC
controller based on differential pressure setpoint)
shall be reduced. On a further rise in pressure, the
VFD(s) shall be adjusted to their minimum allowable
speed to avoid motor over-heating and retain stable
pump flow and minimum flow through the boilers. On a
further rise in differential pressure, the pump
controllers shall open the bypass valve (after no
further reduction in VFD speed is allowed). On a drop
in differential pressure the reverse sequence shall
occur. Note that the hot water piping system is
designed with a constant minimum flow to accommodate
the hot water pumps running at their minimum speed. The
quantity of hot water circulating pumps shall exceed
the quantity of boilers by one, allowing one
circulating pump to function as a spare.
J. Mechanical Contractor shall provide the I/O points as

shown on control schematics and point lists on the
contract drawings and as required accomplishing the
described sequence of control. Mechanical Contractor
(MC) shall coordinate with the Temperature Controls
Contractor (TCC) AND the Boiler Vendor/Manufacturer
(OEM) for a complete system.
K. Parallel positioning control or combustion fan speed

modulation or common combustion air/fuel valve shaft
arrangement (linkage-less) shall operate according to
OEM’s control sequence.
L. Modulating Controller: On each boiler, a modulating

temperature controller consisting of an analog
temperature sensor firing rate controller, On/Off Cut-
In/Cut-Out controller, and Limit controller with manual
reset shall modulate the burners. Varying boiler
temperatures shall actuate the air/fuel metering system
to maintain constant supply temperature.
1. Temperature Operating Control
a. A temperature operating control shall be

utilized on each boiler. Operating control
shall function to stop the operation of the

297
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
burner when the boiler temperature reaches

its cutout setting and cause the burner to
start when the temperature drops to a
selected lower cut-in temperature.
b. When the lead-lag programming control

requires a temperature control installed on
the header, it shall be in addition to the
control installed on the boiler. In this
case, the control installed on the header
shall act as the primary operating control,
and shall be set in accordance with the
recommendation of the lead-lag control
manufacturer. The temperature operating
controls installed on the boilers shall all
be set alike.
2. Temperature Limit Control: A temperature limit
control on each boiler wired in series with all
other control devices to the ungrounded conductor
shall stop the burner and interrupt completely the
power to the flame failure control if the boiler
maximum temperature exceeds the high limit
setpoint.
M. Flame Failure Control
1. Each burner shall be provided with a flame failure

(combustion safety) programming control which
shall de-energize all electrically operated fuel
valves and burner equipment within the timeframe
defined in ASME CSD-1-2004, and actuates a visual
alarm mounted on the control panel after an
operating flame failure has occurred. Automatic
start up and shutdown programming shall be a part
of this safety equipment.
Pilot and main flame shall be detected by a lead

sulphide infrared or ultraviolet scanner as per
burner manufacturer's recommendation. Scanner
shall be so located as not to be actuated by hot
refractory or other hot body.
Control shall provide for prepurge prior to light
off, proof of pilot before main fuel valves open,
proof of main flame only during run, and post
purge at the end of each firing period. Control
298
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
shall affect a safety shutdown prior to the

opening of the main fuel valves if the presence of
the pilot flame has not been proven.
The pre-purge cycle shall be 100% air flow and

shall have a duration consistent with that defined
in ASME CSD-1-2004. The post-purge cycle duration
shall be consistent with that defined in ASME CSD-
1-2004.
In case of electrical power supply failure,
control shall recycle automatically when power is
restored. In case of safety shutdown, control
shall not permit recycling of the burner equipment
until after the manual operation of a reset
button.
The control shall accomplish a safe start
component check during each start.
4 A. Carbon monoxide shut down: Burner equipment shall be

shut down by the fire alarm system on detection of
high carbon monoxide levels.
3.17B CONDENSING HOT WATER BOILER PLANT WITH PRIMARY/SECONDARY

LOOPS (OEM AND TCC CONTROLLED) PER SECTION 15565
A. Boiler Plant Controller(s) (BPC) also known as

Universal Digital Controllers (UDC) by some unit
manufacturers (OEM) shall be interfaced to the Building
Management System (BMS)by the TCC. The boiler and
boiler plant shall be controlled and sequenced through
the Boiler Plant Controller (BPC) furnished by the unit
manufacturer (OEM). For BMS projects, the boilers shall
be enabled by the networked “Winter/Summer” switch on
the SOC or BACnet network server. When the BPC is
herein referred to, it includes the local OEM
controller on the boiler and the OEM master lead/lag
controller in which ever configuration is furnished by
the OEM. The TCC shall provide Start/Stop and VFD speed
control of all primary and secondary hot water
circulating pumps, and other points as coordinated by
the MC through the use of pump controllers.
B. The BPC system shall not be allowed to automatically

start based on its dedicated outside air sensor. The

299
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
BPC system outside air sensor shall only be used to

reset the header temperature setpoint. When the outside
air temperature rises, the setpoint shall be lowered to
provide cooler hot water. When the outside air
temperature drops, the setpoint shall be raised to
provide warmer hot water. The OEM outside air reset
schedule may require the boiler discharge temperature
output to be greater than the nominal maximum supply
temperature that would allow operation in the
condensing mode as shown in the hot water supply reset
schedule for projects that include DIU unit
installations.
C. The BPC shall stage and control auxiliary equipment

such as isolation valves, combustion air dampers, etc.
The seasonal on/off operation enabling of the hot water
loop pumps shall be accomplished by the networked
“Winter/Summer” command from the SOC or BACnet network
server. Control of the hot water circulating pumps is
by the TCC controller, which receives a starting
contact signal from the BCP starting the control
sequence for the pumps. The BPC shall signal via hard
wired interlocks to the TCC DDC controls whenever each
individual boiler has been brought on line by the BPC
and requires flow and the TCC DDC controls shall start
the associated pump selected as “lead” and modulate the
VFD to the differential pressure setpoint. When the BPC
signals via hard wired interlocks to the TCC DDC
controls that the 2nd boiler has been enabled, the TCC
shall start associated “lag” pump and the VFD shall
control to differential setpoint. If the TCC panel
senses loss of either pump run indication for an
enabled boiler, then the additional 3rd standby pump
shall be automatically started and VFD shall be
controlled to differential pressure setpoint. If TCC
DDC control’s primary running pump is not able to meet
the differential pressure setpoint as described below,
TCC shall start the additional standby primary pump and
VFD shall control to differential pressure setpoint as
set by the balancer. When seasonally enabled, the BPC
shall keep the isolation valve of the enabled boiler
open even if the leaving water temperature setpoint is
met in order to facilitate the flow of the associated
loop pump running and to allow the primary loop water
to circulate to the load. The associated loop pump VFD
speed shall be reduced to the minimum flow as set by
the balancer (based on maintaining minimum boiler flow,

300
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
minimum stable primary pump flow and to avoid

overheating the primary pumps) and bypass isolation
valve shall be modulated to meet the differential
pressure setpoint when the loop load valves are closed
by the TCC DDC Controls. If the lead hot water primary
pump’s run indication via current switch is not proven
to the TCC controls, then the TCC Controls shall start
the lag primary loop pump. The lag primary pump shall
automatically start in the event of a failure of the
operating lead primary pump. A differential pressure
transmitter measuring the main primary supply and
return line pressures of the hot water system shall
modulate the VFDs on the variable speed primary loop
pumps. Primary pump differential pressure reset logic
shall be used to reset the static pressure setpoint
higher or lower to maintain the most critical polled
primary loop control valve at 85% open or greater. All
primary loop control valves shall be polled on a 10-
minute interval and their valve positions reviewed to
determine if any valve is at least 85% open. The
primary pump VFD differential pressure setpoint shall
be adjusted downward in 0.1 psi steps until at most
critical control valve is at 85% or greater open, but
less than 95% open and the load temperature is
satisfied. The pump speed is not allowed to be reduced
lower than the minimum pump speed as set by balancer.
The reverse shall occur when the 10-minute interval
polling notes that the most critical control valve is
open 95% or greater indicating the load temperature
conditions are not met and the primary pump VFD
differential pressure set point shall be incremented in
0.1 psi steps to allow the pump to speed up. The max
speed of the pump shall be limited by the max
differential pressure setpoint of __ PSI adjustable.

controls shall be able to automatically detect those
zones and systems that may be excessively driving the
reset logic and generate an alarm or other indication
to the system operator for removal of zone(s) from the
reset algorithm. The lag hot water primary loop pump
shall be staged on to maintain the differential
pressure setpoint. When two or more primary pumps are
operating, the DDC Controller shall control the speed
of each operating pump to share the load equally. The
TCC controls shall start and stop and rotate primary
loop hot water pumps on lead-lag, alternating each

301
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
startup based on run time (7 days, adjustable). TCC

shall start spare pump under shared differential
pressure control prior to stopping running pump for a
seamless transfer.
D. Combustion Air Control (By Boiler OEM Controls):

Provide boiler room combustion air intake dampers and
6 associated fire dampers and smoke dampers as shown on
the Drawings interlocked into the proof-of-damper open
circuit of the burner. Before one of the burners on the
boilers can start, and on a call for boiler firing, the
associated combustion air intake dampers shall open as
commanded by the Master Boiler Controller. Burners
shall not start unless all dampers are open as
monitored by the Master Boiler OEM Control Panel which
is proven when the damper whisker switches close.
Boiler contractor shall provide one (1) dry-contact in
the boiler control panel to open the combustion damper
and shall provide input terminals for proof-of-open
from the whisker switches to prevent burner operation.
When the burners stop the combustion air dampers close.
Provide a manual OPEN-AUTO switch on the burner panel
to allow dampers to be manually opened.
E. Once the lead boiler combustion air damper, associated

fire damper and smoke damper are proven open and the
boiler flow switch indicates flow, the boiler plant
controller (BPC) shall stage on the first lead boiler
and increase the boiler input as required until a
preset adjustable percentage of input, nominally 40-
50%, is reached as determined by the OEM. At that
point, the BPC shall start a second boiler (after
proving its associated air dampers are open and boiler
flow switch indicates flow and decrease input on the
first boiler, then modulating both boilers
simultaneously in unison. At the point where the two
(2) firing modules reach the transfer percentage point
as determined by the OEM, the BPC shall start a third
boiler (if a third boiler is furnished) and equalize
all boiler inputs to maximize heating plant efficiency.
The OEM lead/lag control system shall utilize the
turndown ratio, run time and/or other features on each
boiler as part of their lead/lag sequencing system.
F. On a drop in heating demand, the boilers shall be

sequenced by the BPC in a reverse manner. The boiler
shall come off-line at the transfer setpoint (as

302
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
determined by the OEM) to maximize condensing. Whether

the BPC is set in a constant temperature or modulating
temperature mode, it shall use the modulating ability
to prevent header temperature fluctuation and maximize
efficiency.
G. The BPC shall provide adjustable reset control of the
hot water supply temperature based on the outside air
7
temperature. Maximum design hot water supply
temperature shall not exceed 160°F for projects
utilizing air handling units with hot water coils and
fin tube radiation in the secondary loop. The OEM
outside air reset schedule may require the boiler
discharge temperature output to be greater than the
nominal maximum supply temperature that would allow
operation in the condensing mode for projects that
include DIU unit installations.
Primary Loop Reset Schedule:
Outside Air (°F) Hot Water Primary Supply Loop Temperature

(°F)
--°F --°F
--°F --°F
--°F --°F
--°F --°F
--°F --°F
… …
… …
… …
H. Parallel positioning control or combustion fan speed

modulation or common combustion air/fuel valve shaft
arrangement (linkage-less) shall operate according to
OEM’s control sequence.
I. Modulating Controller: On each boiler, a modulating

temperature controller consisting of an analog
temperature sensor firing rate controller, On/Off Cut-
In/Cut-Out controller, and Limit controller with manual
reset shall modulate the burners. Varying boiler
temperatures shall actuate the air/fuel metering system
to maintain constant supply temperature.

303
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______


be set alike.

setpoint.
J. Flame Failure Control

valves and burner equipment within the timeframe
as defined in ASME CSD-1-2004, and actuate a
visual alarm mounted on the control panel after an
operating flame failure has occurred. Automatic
start up and shutdown programming shall be a part
of this safety equipment.


304
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

refractory or other hot body. Control shall
provide for prepurge prior to light off, proof of
pilot before main fuel valves open, proof of main
flame only during run, and post purge at the end
of each firing period in accordance with ASME CSD-
1-2004. Control shall affect a safety shutdown
prior to the opening of the main fuel valves if
the presence of the pilot flame has not been
proven. The pre-purge cycle shall be 100% air flow
and shall have a duration in accordance with ASME
CSD-1-2004. The post-purge cycle shall be in
accordance with ASME CSD-1-2004. In case of
electrical power supply failure, control shall
recycle automatically when power is restored. In
case of safety shutdown, control shall not permit
recycling of the burner equipment until after the
manual operation of a reset button. The control
shall accomplish a safe start component check
during each start.
4 K. Carbon monoxide shut down: Burner equipment shall be

shut down by the fire alarm system on detection of high
carbon monoxide levels.
L. System Functioning
1. The primary hot water pumps are to run in

parallel. The number of primary hot water pumps in
operation shall depend on the number of boilers
required based on the primary-to-secondary
differential pressure setpoint to satisfy the
heating load, and any pump may be assigned to any
boiler. The system is designed with a spare
primary pump.

with the remaining pumps to be available to
operate with any boiler, with no one pump
dedicated to any specific boiler. Should any
boiler fail while in operation, the differential
pressure controlled primary loop pumps shall
adjust, its associated isolation valve shall
close, and an alarm shall be initiated at the
network, and the next pre-selected boiler in the
sequence shall start.

305
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
3. The primary hot water supply header temperature

sensor shall control the staging of the boilers to
satisfy the primary hot water set point. The
primary hot water supply set point shall be reset
from the outside air temperature.
4. The intent of the DDC system is to control the hot
water primary and secondary loop pumps, enable the
boiler factory control system and monitor and
alarm for system loop temperatures, etc.
furnished control package with factory provided
and integral BACnet network communication port.
The boiler shall be supplied with factory
furnished controls. It is the responsibility of
the TCC contractor to install all necessary
control instruments and wiring necessary to
interface with those boiler factory controls.
6. The boiler factory OEM controls shall operate
boilers on lead-lag, alternating each startup
based on run time. Signal alarm to the network via
the boiler factory BACnet communication card if
unit fails to start as commanded.
7. When a boiler is called to start by the boiler
factory controls it shall automatically, through
time delay relays, start the equipment in the
a. First, the lead hot water primary circulating
pump shall be started by TCC DDC Panel when
called for by BPC and proven on by motor leg
current switch indication, and then the lead
boiler shall be selected by means of the
boiler factory controller. If the lead hot
water primary pump’s run indication via
current switch is not proven to the TCC
controls, the TCC controls shall start the
lag primary loop pump. Next, the lead boiler
shall be started after opening the inlet
isolation valve. The boiler factory OEM
controls shall monitor end switches on the
isolation valves and initiate the start of
the lag boiler if the lead boiler isolation
valve limit switch indication is not
received.

306
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
b. If the lead boiler is not able to maintain

sequence of the lag boiler shall be enabled
by the boiler factory controller. Additional
primary pumps shall be started and controlled
by the TCC Controls to maintain the primary
supply-to-return differential setpoint as
additional boilers come on line. The boiler
factory OEM control panel shall monitor end
switches on the isolation valves and initiate
the start of the next lag boiler if the
not received.
c. The quantity of primary pumps shall exceed
the quantity of boilers by one, allowing one
primary pump to function as a spare.
d. The boiler factory controls shall provide all

make-up water functions.
e. Provide a boiler break-glass station as shown

on the Drawings.

a. The nominal adjustable boiler water primary
7 loop supply temperature shall be 160°F
maximum, resettable, for projects with
secondary loop fin tube radiation.
b. The primary pumps shall be variable volume
5 controlled by a primary loop differential
pressure sensor. The differential pressure
setpoint shall be ___ psig (nominal,
adjustable). Differential pressure sensor
shall also control a primary loop bypass
valve that shall maintain a minimum flow
through the boilers after the primary pump
VFD drives have throttled to their minimum
allowable speed. The primary loop shall be
fortified with 30% propylene glycol. The
secondary loop shall be pure water.

307
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
c. The flat plate heat exchanger in the primary

loop shall provide nominal, adjustable 140˚F
7
maximum (resettable) hot water to the secondary
loop for projects utilizing fin tube radiation
in the secondary loop on a design day. For
such projects, the 140ºF hot water secondary
supply water temperature shall be reset as the
primary hot water supply temperature is reset
based on outside air temperature. TCC shall be
required to program a secondary loop reset
schedule. For projects utilizing displacement
induction units in the secondary loop, the TCC
shall also be required to program a secondary
loop reset schedule to increase or decrease the
secondary loop temperature as the outside air
temperature varies based on networked outside
air sensor as shown on the secondary loop
temperature reset schedule.
Secondary Loop Reset Schedule:

Outside Air (°F) Secondary Hot Water Supply Loop
Temperature (°F)
--°F --°F
--°F --°F
--°F --°F
--°F --°F
--°F --°F
… …
… …
… …
The secondary side of the heat exchanger shall be

provided with a temperature sensor set at the
secondary loop temperature setpoint. This
temperature sensor shall control the two-way
control valve on the primary water leg that
supplies primary water to the heat exchanger.
9. DDC Hot Water Secondary Loop Control:

of the Building Heating load. In addition,

308
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
there shall be a spare secondary pump. The

TCC Controls shall start and stop and rotate
secondary loop hot water pumps on lead-lag,
alternating each startup based on run time (7
days, adjustable). TCC shall start spare pump
under shared differential pressure control
prior to stopping running pump for a seamless
transfer. The secondary water pump’s VFD
pressure (DP) across the hot water system.
The lead pump is controlled to maintain the
desired DP set point (___psi adjustable). The
lag pump shall start when lead pump fails or
as part of pump rotation logic.
b. The lag pump shall automatically start in the
event of a failure of the operating lead
secondary pump.
c. Secondary hot water supply and return
d. A differential pressure transmitter measuring
pressures of the hot water system shall
secondary loop pumps. Secondary pump
differential pressure reset logic shall be
used to reset the static pressure setpoint
higher or lower to maintain the most critical
polled secondary loop control valve at 85%
open or greater. All secondary control valves
shall be polled on a 10-minute interval and
their valve positions reviewed to determine
if any valve is at least 85% open. The
secondary pump VFD differential pressure
setpoint shall be adjusted downward in 0.1
psi steps until at most critical control
valve is at 85% or greater open, but less
than 95% open and the space temperature is
satisfied. The pump speed is not allowed to
be reduced lower than the minimum pump speed
as set by balancer (based on maintaining
minimum stable pump flow and to avoid pump
motor overheating). The reverse shall occur
when the 10-minute interval polling notes
that the most critical control valve is open

309
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
95% or greater indicating the space

temperature conditions are not met and the
secondary pump VFD differential pressure set
point shall be incremented in 0.1 psi steps
to allow the pump to speed up. The max speed
of the pump shall be limited by the max
differential pressure setpoint of ___ psi
adjustable.
Per Section 6.4.3.10.2 of ASHRAE 90.1-2016,
DDC controls shall be able to automatically
detect those zones and systems that may be
generate an alarm or other indication to the
system operator for removal of zone(s) from
e. When the boiler plant is enabled, the boiler
DDC Controller or the local primary pump
control panel shall index the secondary
the secondary hot water plant’s BACnet DDC
control system shall enable the lead pump’s
VFD. The VFD inverter shall start the pump
and ramp it to operating speed. When
indication from the VFD is received
confirming that the pump is running, the
BACnet DDC control system shall, via a
5 proportional-integral (PI) loop, ramp the
motor to maintain the differential pressure
setpoint of ___ psig, (adjustable setpoint)
as sensed by the differential pressure sensor
located as shown on the Drawings.
f. There shall be a bypass pressure control
valve as shown on the Drawings which shall
5 open when the secondary flow is reduced to
the minimum secondary flow when the VFD has
fully throttled down, thus always
hot water and avoiding overheating of the
secondary pump motors and maintaining a
minimum stable pump flow.

310
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
3.18 CONVENTIONAL NON-CONDENSING STEAM BOILER PLANT (OEM and DDC

Controlled) FOR CIP PROJECTS per Sections 15555 and 15592
3 [ref. 1598509a, Standard Control Drawing and Point List.

BMS/DDC system shall not be used on smaller scope CIP
projects. Larger scope CIP projects shall use BMS/DDC local
BACnet network. Verify with the Authority if a network may
be eliminated for smaller scope projects.
A. Parallel positioning control (linkage-less): The

parallel positioning control with air to fuel ratio
controller shall include a master proportional
controller which shall be connected to the load to
sense the changes in load. The output of the
controller shall transmit a signal simultaneously to
the forced-draft damper(s), variable frequency fan
drives and fuel valve operators. A separate ratio-
adjustment controller which has been calibrated for
the system to prevent a fuel-rich mixture shall be
utilized in the line to the fuel valve and shall vary
the signal for the fuel flow proportionally to the air
flow. This action shall change the fuel flow to
establish the optimum air to fuel ratio. The parallel
positioning control shall be capable of offsetting
variations in pressure-drop characteristics in final
control elements, fuel viscosity, air temperature, or
barometric pressure. Stable burner operation shall
exist when the continuous firing rate is from 12.5
percent to 100 percent of the maximum required firing
rate. The 8:1 turndown of the burner firing rate
shall be made during the normal firing cycle without
interruption or change of burner components. A
capability for manual control shall be provided that
allows a smooth transition between manual and
automatic control.
Modulating Direct Coupled Actuators: The parallel
positioning master proportional controller shall
control the combustion air dampers and variable
frequency fan drives to maintain proper combustion as
the fuel flow is varied in response to heating load.
The system shall be equipped with an oxygen trim
control system to maintain the air fuel ratio for
optimal combustion. The modulating motors shall be
equipped with a high-fire switch to prove that the
motors have moved to the high-fire position during the
pre-purge period, and with a low-fire switch to prevent
burner ignition unless the modulating motors are at the
311
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
low fire position. The parallel positioning control

shall have external switches mounted on the driven
members of the air dampers indicating high fire and low
fire position during the purge period; also an external
switch indicating low fire position of the fuel
metering arrangement to prevent burner ignition unless
both external low fire light off indicating switches
are electrically closed. Also, the end switch on the
sequential draft damper shall be interlocked with
burner motor controls, to ensure 100% opening, prior to
pre-purge.
B. Modulating Controller: On each boiler, a modulating,

combination pressuretrol controller consisting of an
analog header pressure sensor firing rate controller,
On/Off Cut-In/Cut-Out controller, and Limit controller
with manual reset shall modulate the burners. Varying
boiler pressures shall actuate the parallel positioning
master proportional controller that in turn shall
actuate the direct coupled actuators and variable speed
combustion air fans to maintain constant steam
pressure. Direct coupled actuators shall modulate all
combustion air dampers and all fuel valves (gas or
oil).
1. Pressure Operating Control
a. A pressure operating control shall be

burner when the boiler pressure reaches 8
PSIG (adjustable) and cause the burner to
start when the pressure drops to a selected
lower pressure.

requires a pressure control installed on the
steam header, it shall be in addition to the
manufacturer. The pressure operating
be set alike: cut-out pressure not to exceed

312
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
8 PSIG (adjustable); cut-in pressure at a

pressure lower (approximately 1 PSIG) than
the header (lead-lag) control cut-in
pressure.
2. Pressure Limit Control: A pressure limit control

on each boiler wired in series with all other
control devices to the ungrounded conductor shall
stop the burner and interrupt completely the power
to the flame failure control if the boiler maximum
pressure exceeds 12 PSIG (adjustable).
C. Flame Failure Control

valves and burner equipment within four seconds,
and actuate a visual alarm mounted on the control
panel after an operating flame failure has
occurred. Automatic start up and shutdown
programming shall be a part of this safety
equipment.

The pre-purge cycle shall be 100% air flow and

shall have a duration equivalent to a minimum of 4
air changes. The post-purge cycle shall be 15
seconds minimum (adjustable).


313
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

button.

D. Carbon monoxide shut down: Burner equipment shall be

4 shut down by the fire alarm system on detection of high
E. Low Fire Hold Aquastat:
A low fire hold minimum temperature aquastat shall

limit burner modulation to prevent boiler from
modulating to high fire until water temperature reaches
180o F.
F. Lead Lag Programming Control
A lead-lag programming control shall sequence
automatically the firing of multiple boilers with
changing load conditions. The sequence for start-up
and operation shall be such that the first (lead)
boiler starts-up and reaches its burner delivery (high
fire) rate. If the first boiler is unable to meet the
steam pressure, the second (lag) boiler shall
automatically fire. (On a three-boiler installation,
the two lag boilers shall be automatically alternated
based on run time with each call for operation). Both
boilers shall operate in unison, modulating to meet the
demand. If the demand is less than the capacity
provided by both boilers firing at low fire, the lag
boiler shall automatically shut down. The lead boiler
shall shut down when the demand has been exceeded.
Selection of the lead boiler shall be made either
manually by means of a selector dial on the control
cabinet or automatically as a function of run time.

314
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
A. Sequence Of Operation For Damper Breeching
1. During the period when there is no call for burner

operation by the boiler pressure operating
control, the breeching damper shall be maintained
in the safe closed position. Safe closed position
shall be understood to mean that the damper blade
shafts have been rotated approximately 70o from
the fully open position.
2. When the boiler pressure operating control calls

for burner operation, the following sequence of
operation shall take place:
a. On call for heat: outdoor air intake damper and

6
associated fire and smoke dampers as shown on
the Drawings, combustion air damper at burner
and sequence draft damper shall prove open,
prior to pre-purge.
b. Sequence draft damper shall be driven to full
open position during pre-purge.
c. For ignition, the sequence draft damper shall
move to safe starting position. When the fuel
valve opens, draft damper control and
combustion air fan is placed under automatic
draft control.
d. During normal burner shutdown, the draft damper
is driven open for post purge and is closed
at the end of purging.
e. Safety burner shutdown shall cause the draft
damper to remain where it was at the moment
of shutdown until flame safeguard is reset.
3. Breeching damper shall move to safe starting
position, which shall be adjustable in the field.
On call for heat operation, the sequential draft
damper cycle shall be initiated; on proving open,
damper purge cycle shall start. Forced draft fan
and, where provided, induced draft fan shall start
and control to maintain the programmed speed set
point. After pre-purge, safe starting draft shall
be proven in combustion chamber before light off
can take place.

315
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
4. Forced draft fan and, where provided, induced

draft fan shall be controlled through the variable
speed drive in burner control panel.
5. As soon as safe starting draft is established, the

flame failure control shall go through normal
sequence of pilot ignition, pilot proving, main
flame ignition and proving. When main flame is
proved, draft controller shall modulate to
maintain constant combustion chamber draft, within
.01" w.c. of adjustable setting, regardless of
firing rate or atmospheric conditions.
6. When boiler pressure operating control is

satisfied, flame failure control shall de-energize
the fuel solenoid valve, shutting off main flame.
Forced draft fan and, where provided, induced
draft fan shall continue to run for 15 second
(minimum) Post Purge Period. During this period,
breeching damper shall remain open to permit
venting of gases. After completion of post purge
period, breeching damper shall move to safe closed
position.
7. At any time during an operating cycle, if the

draft in the combustion chamber should fail for
any reason, a signal light in the draft controller
shall so indicate and if draft is not re-
established within 5 to 7 seconds, the burner
shall be shut down.
8. In case of flame or power failure or any

emergency, burner shall shut down and breeching
damper shall open fully and remain open. Burner
and fan motors shall shut down with burner
lockout. Draft sequence controller shall recycle
after manual reset of flame failure control.
A. Boiler Room O.A.I. Dampers and Motors
1. The boiler room outside air intake opening shall

be divided equally into the number of sections
corresponding with the number of boilers. Each
section shall be provided with parallel type
multiblade dampers, automatically operated by the
burner control for which it is intended. It shall
cause the damper section to open fully whenever

316
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
the forced draft fan is operating and to close

when the fan is not operating. Motor shall be
securely mounted on the damper frame and connected
with linkage to the damper blades.
2. Damper motor shall be spring return type designed

to operate with a transformer on single phase,
120-volt, 60 Hz service. Transformer shall have
thermal overload protection. Each damper shall be
equipped with an external type switch that shall
be so wired into the burner control circuit as to
prevent the opening of the main fuel valves unless
the outside air damper is open.
3.19 PRIMARY/SECONDARY HEATING SYSTEM FOR CONVENTIONAL NON-

CONDENSING HOT WATER BOILER PLANT (Network, OEM and DDC
Controlled) FOR CIP PROJECTS per Sections 15557 and 15593
3 [ref. 1598509b, Standard Control Drawing and Point List;

BMS/DDC system shall not be used on smaller scope CIP
projects. Larger scope CIP projects shall use BMS/DDC local
BACnet network. Verify with the Authority if a network may
be eliminated for smaller scope projects.
A. Parallel positioning control (linkage-less): The

parallel positioning control with air to fuel ratio
controller shall include a master proportional
controller which shall be connected to the load to
sense the changes in load. The output of the
controller shall transmit a signal simultaneously to
the forced-draft damper(s) and fuel valve operators. A
separate ratio-adjustment controller which has been
calibrated for the system to prevent a fuel-rich
mixture shall be utilized in the line to the fuel
valve and shall vary the signal for the fuel flow
proportionally to the air flow. This action shall
change the fuel flow to establish the optimum air to
fuel ratio. The parallel positioning control shall be
capable of offsetting variations in pressure-drop
characteristics in final control elements, fuel
viscosity, air temperature, or barometric pressure.
Stable burner operation shall exist when the
continuous firing rate is from 12.5 percent to 100
percent of the maximum required firing rate. The 8:1
turndown of the burner firing rate shall be made
during the normal firing cycle without interruption or
change of burner components. A capability for manual

317
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
control shall be provided that allows a smooth

transition between manual and automatic control.
Modulating Direct Coupled Actuators: The parallel
positioning master proportional controller shall
control the combustion air dampers to maintain proper
combustion as the fuel flow is varied in response to
heating load. The modulating motors shall be equipped
with a high-fire switch to prove that the motors have
moved to the high-fire position during the pre-purge
period, and with a low-fire switch to prevent burner
ignition unless the modulating motors are at the low
fire position. The parallel positioning control shall
have external switches mounted on the driven members of
the air dampers indicating high fire and low fire
position during the purge period; also an external
switch indicating low fire position of the fuel
metering arrangement to prevent burner ignition unless
both external low fire light off indicating switches
are electrically closed. Also, the end switch on the
sequential draft damper shall be interlocked with
burner motor controls, to ensure 100% opening, prior to
pre-purge.
B. Modulating Controller: On each boiler, a modulating,

combination temperature controller consisting of an
analog header temperature sensor firing rate
controller, On/Off Cut-In/Cut-Out controller, and Limit
controller with manual reset shall modulate the
burners. Varying boiler temperatures shall actuate the
parallel positioning master proportional controller
that in turn shall actuate the direct coupled actuators
to maintain constant temperature. Direct coupled
actuators shall modulate all combustion air dampers and
all fuel valves (gas or oil).


318
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

be set alike.
setpoint.
C. Flame Failure Control

valves and burner equipment within four seconds,
and actuate a visual alarm mounted on the control
panel after an operating flame failure has
occurred. Automatic start up and shutdown
programming shall be a part of this safety
equipment.


319
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
The pre-purge and post purge cycles shall be 100%

air flow and shall have durations consistent with
that defined in ASME CSD-1-2004.

button.

D. Carbon monoxide shut down: Burner equipment shall be

4 shut down by the fire alarm system on detection of high
E. Low Fire Hold Aquastat:
A low fire hold minimum temperature aquastat shall

limit burner modulation to prevent boiler from
modulating to high fire until water temperature reaches
140oF.
G. Lead Lag Programming Control
A lead-lag programming control shall sequence

automatically the firing of multiple boilers with
changing load conditions. The sequence for start-up
and operation shall be such that the first (lead)
boiler starts-up and reaches its burner delivery (high
fire) rate. If the first boiler is unable to meet the
temperature, the second (lag) boiler shall
automatically fire. (On a three-boiler installation,
the two lag boilers shall be automatically alternated
based on run time with each call for operation). Both
boilers shall operate in unison, modulating to meet the
demand. If the demand is exceeded by both boilers
firing at low fire, the lag boiler shall automatically
shut down. The lead boiler shall shut down when the
demand has been exceeded. Selection of the lead boiler
shall be made either manually by means of a selector
dial on the control cabinet or automatically as a
function of run time.

320
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
H. Sequence of Operation for Damper Breeching
1. During the period when there is no call for burner

operation by the boiler temperature operating
control, the breeching damper shall be maintained
in the safe closed position. Safe closed position
shall be understood to mean that the damper blade
shafts have been rotated approximately 70o from
the fully open position.
2. When the boiler temperature operating control

calls for burner operation, the following sequence
of operation shall take place:
a. On call for heat: outdoor air intake damper

6 and associated fire and smoke dampers as
shown on the Drawings, combustion air damper
at burner and sequence draft damper shall
prove open, prior to pre-purge.
b. Sequence draft damper shall be driven to full
open position during pre-purge.
c. For ignition, the sequence draft damper shall
move to safe starting position. When the fuel
valve opens, draft damper control is placed
under automatic draft control.
d. During normal burner shutdown, the draft
damper is driven open for post purge and is
closed at the end of purging.
e. Safety burner shutdown shall cause the draft
damper to remain where it was at the moment
of shutdown until flame safeguard is reset.
3. Breeching damper shall move to safe starting
position, which shall be adjustable in the field.
On call for heat operation, the sequential draft
damper cycle shall be initiated; on proving open,
damper purge cycle shall start. Forced draft fan
and, where provided, induced draft fan shall
start. After pre-purge, safe starting draft shall
be proven in combustion chamber before light off
can take place.
4. Forced draft fan and, where provided, induced

draft fan shall be controlled through auxiliary
fan relay in burner control panel.

321
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
5. As soon as safe starting draft is established, the

flame failure control shall go through normal
sequence of pilot ignition, pilot proving, main
flame ignition and proving. When main flame is
proved, draft controller shall modulate to
maintain constant combustion chamber draft, within
.01" w.c. of adjustable setting, regardless of
firing rate or atmospheric conditions.
6. When boiler temperature operating control is

satisfied, flame failure control shall de-energize
the fuel solenoid valve, shutting off main flame.
Forced draft fan and, where provided, induced
draft fan shall continue to run for Post Purge
period consistent with that defined in ASME CSD-1-
2004. During this period, breeching damper shall
remain open to permit venting of gases. After
completion of post purge period, breeching damper
shall move to safe closed position.
7. At any time during an operating cycle, if the

draft in the combustion chamber should fail for
any reason, a signal light in the draft controller
shall so indicate and if draft is not re-
established within 5 to 7 seconds, the burner
shall be shut down.
8. In case of flame or power failure or any

emergency, burner shall shut down and breeching
damper shall open fully and remain open. Burner
and fan motors shall shut down with burner
lockout. Draft sequence controller shall recycle
after manual reset of flame failure control.

322
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
I. Boiler Room O.A.I. Dampers and Motors
1. The boiler room outside air intake opening shall

be divided equally into the number of sections
corresponding with the number of boilers. Each
section shall be provided with parallel type
multiblade dampers, automatically operated by the
burner control for which it is intended. It shall
cause the damper section to open fully whenever
the forced draft fan is operating and to close
when the fan is not operating. Motor shall be
securely mounted on the damper frame and connected
with linkage to the damper blades.
2. Damper motor shall be spring return type designed

to operate with a transformer on single phase,
120-volt, 60 Hz service. Transformer shall have
thermal overload protection. Each damper shall be
equipped with a whisker switch that shall be so
wired into the burner control circuit as to
prevent the opening of the main fuel valves unless
the outside air damper is open.
3. Boiler contractor shall provide one (1) dry-

contact in the boiler control panel to open the
combustion damper and shall provide input
terminals for proof-of-open from all switches
(whisker switches for combustion damper, end
switches for fire damper and smoke damper per
Sections MC 709.2, FGC 304.10.1 and FGC 304.10.3)
to prevent burner operation. When the burners stop
the combustion air dampers close. Provide a manual
OPEN-AUTO switch on the burner panel to allow
combustion dampers to be manually opened.
J. General
1. Control of the boiler and burner management
systems is accomplished by boiler factory provided
programmable controllers and single loop
controllers (SLC) being furnished by the
respective vendors. Appropriate submittals and
design documents for details and sequences of
operations shall be provided by the vendor

323
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
supplying the boiler and burner control management

system.
2. Monitoring of the boiler plant equipment over the
local operating BACnet network shall be
accomplished using a boiler factory provided
communications gateway. The gateway shall include
communications cards and software drivers that
import:
a. The burner management information from that
system’s boiler factory provided programmable
controllers /SLC protocol
b. The combustion management information from
that system’s Modbus/Profibus protocol or
other non-BACnet protocol, to BACnet.
c. Changes in the above systems and propagates
them throughout the gateway upon changes of
state or elapsed time.
3. The points that are to be monitored and displayed
at the network are as shown on the Drawings.
4. Monitoring of the boiler plant equipment over the
local operating network (BACnet) is accomplished
through hardwired relays and/or auxiliary
contacts.
K. Fuel Oil Storage Tank
1. Fuel Oil Leak via the Common Alarm output – There
are integral leak contacts and contact outputs in
the fuel oil tank level controller that shall
close upon a low or high fuel oil level. The
relay outputs are monitored by the building
automation system and shall initiate an alarm at
the SOC upon contact closure.
L. Boilers and Primary Hot Water Pumps (OEM Controlled)
1. The quantity of primary pumps shall exceed the
quantity of boilers by one, allowing one primary
pump to function as a spare.
2. The constant speed primary hot water pumps are to
run in parallel. The number of primary hot water
boilers required to satisfy the heating load, and
any pump may be assigned to any boiler, as
described below. The system is designed with a
spare primary pump. Changing pump/boiler

324
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
associations on any operating boiler/pump shall be

allowed (in the case of a failure or required
servicing of the pumps).
with the remaining pumps available to operate with
any boiler, with no one pump dedicated to any
specific boiler. Pump assignment to an associated
boiler shall be a manual function, initiated at
the boiler control panel, and/or pump control
panel. Should any boiler fail while in operation,
its associated pump shall shut off, its associated
isolation valve shall close, and an alarm shall be
initiated at the BMS/HMI, and the next pre-
selected boiler in the sequence shall begin a
start sequence.
4. The boiler plant system shall be enabled manually
by a network command from the SOC or BACnet
network server by the networked “Winter/Summer”
switch. The seasonal on/off enabling of the
primary hot water loop pumps shall be accomplished
by the networked “Winter/Summer” command from the
SOC or BACnet network server. Upon a command to
start the lead boiler, the boiler factory control
panel shall first command the selected lead
primary water pump to start. After commanding the
lead primary water pump to start and receiving
positive motor running indication via a motor leg
current switch, the boiler factory control panel
shall open the lead boiler’s isolation valves and
the boiler flow switch shall enable the boiler.
The boiler factory control panel shall monitor end
switches on the isolation valves and shall
initiate the start of the lag boiler if the
isolation valve limit switch indication is not
received.
5. If the lead boiler is unable to maintain the
header leaving water setpoint for a 30-second to
15-minute time delay, then the boiler factory
control panel shall initiate the start of the lag
boiler. The boiler factory control panel shall
first command the lag primary water pump to start.
After commanding the lag primary water pump to
start and receiving positive motor running
indication via a motor leg current switch, the

325
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
boiler factory control panel shall open the lag

boiler’s isolation valves and the lag boiler shall
start. The boiler factory control panel shall
monitor end switches on the isolation valves and
shall initiate the start of the next lag boiler if
the isolation valve limit switch indication is not
received.
6. When both the lead and lag boiler are at minimum
heat output and able to make the header leaving
water setpoint for a 10-minute time delay, the
boiler factory control panel shall initiate the
stop sequence of the lag boiler. The lag primary
water pump shall be stopped after the isolation
valve of the lag boiler has been commanded to
close.
7. The primary hot water supply header temperature
sensor shall control the staging of the boilers to
satisfy the primary hot water set point. The
primary hot water supply set point shall be reset
based on outside air temperature.
8. Each variable speed secondary water pump shall be
sized to carry 100% of the boiler plant load. One
secondary pump shall be active. In addition, there
shall be a standby secondary pump. The TCC
controls shall start and stop and rotate secondary
loop chilled water pumps on lead-lag, alternating
each startup based on run time (7 days,
adjustable). TCC shall start spare pump under
shared differential pressure control prior to
stopping running pump for a seamless transfer. The
secondary water pump’s VFD shall be controlled by
the DDC Controller system to maintain the desired
differential pressure (DP) across the hot water
system (nominal ___ psi adjustable). The active
pump is controlled first to maintain the desired
DP set point. Secondary loop differential
pressure reset logic shall be used to reset the
differential pressure setpoint higher or lower to
maintain the most critical polled secondary loop
control valve at 85% open or greater. All
secondary control valves shall be polled on a 10-
minute interval and their valve positions reviewed
to determine if any valve is at least 85% open.
The secondary pump VFD differential pressure
setpoint shall be adjusted downward in 0.1 psi

326
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
steps until at most critical control valve is at

85% or greater open, but less than 95% open and
the space temperature is satisfied. The pump speed
is not allowed to be reduced lower than the
minimum pump speed as set by balancer. The reverse
shall occur when the 10-minute interval polling
notes that the most critical control valve is open
95% or greater and the secondary pump VFD
differential pressure set point shall be
incremented in 0.1 psi steps to allow the pump to
speed up. The max speed of the pump shall be
limited by the max differential pressure setpoint
of ___ psi adjustable.
controls shall be able to automatically detect
those zones and systems that may be excessively
driving the reset logic and generate an alarm or
other indication to the system operator for
removal of zone(s) from the reset algorithm. The
secondary loop shall flow at a slower rate than
the fixed speed primary loop to ensure proper
water blending from the primary loop to the
secondary loop at the decoupler pipe. The critical
valve reset logic adjusted flow of the secondary
loop shall be compared to the primary loop flow to
ensure that the secondary loop flow is always less
than the primary loop flow as measured by each
loop’s flow transmitter. The TCC shall work
with the Water Balancer to determine the maximum
VFD speed setting on each of the secondary water
pumps to ensure that the max flow of the secondary
water pumps is slightly less than the primary
water pumps. The boiler factory OEM controls shall
operate boilers on lead-lag, alternating each
startup based on run time. The boiler factory OEM
controls shall start and stop primary loop hot
based on run time. Signal alarm to the network
via the boiler factory BACnet communication card
or gateway if unit fails to start as commanded.

327
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
M. Secondary Hot Water Pumps (DDC Controlled by TCC)

3
1. The DDC Controller shall start and stop secondary
loop chilled water pumps on lead-lag, alternating
each startup as a function of run time as required
to maintain the differential setpoint of ____.
2. TCC shall start spare pump under shared
differential pressure control prior to stopping
running pump for a seamless transfer. The
secondary water pump’s VFD shall be controlled by
the DDC Controller system to maintain the desired
differential pressure (DP) across the hot water
system. The lead pump is controlled to maintain
the desired DP set point (___psi adjustable). The
lag pump shall start when lead pump fails or as
part of pump rotation logic.
3. The spare pump shall automatically start in the
event of a failure of the operating secondary lead
pump.
4. Secondary hot water supply and return temperature
shall be monitored by sensors. There shall be a
Drawings that shall open when the secondary flow
is reduced such that the minimum secondary flow
shall be equal to the minimum stable flow of one
secondary pump when the VFD has fully throttled
down, thus guaranteeing an on demand supply of
available hot water and avoiding overheating of
the secondary pump motors.
N. If the factory BACnet communication card can not pass
or if the OEM gateway can not map the required primary
loop monitoring points as defined below, the TCC shall
independently instrument the primary control loop to
guarantee that the required monitoring information
shall be available.
O. I/O Points: Provide the I/O points as specified on the
Drawings.
P. Monitoring points are only required for the networked
system equipped with a School Operating Console.

328
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
3.20 CHILLED WATER PLANT – Water Cooled Condenser(OEM and TCC

controlled)
3 [ref. 1598510a, 11b Standard Control Drawing and Point
List]
A. Condenser Water Temperature Control (OEM Controlled)
1. The Chiller Factory OEM control system shall

monitor the condenser water supply temperature via
an immersion temperature sensor in the supply from
the towers. The OEM control system uses this
temperature as the process variable for its
condenser water temperature control loop. The
Chiller Factory OEM control system shall modulate
the condenser water bypass valve to maintain the
setpoint condenser supply water temperature of the
ambient wet-bulb temperature plus an adjustable
approach temperature differential. The nominal
approach temperature differential shall be 7˚F.
The condenser water supply setpoint temperature
shall be reset as the ambient wet-bulb temperature
changes to provide condenser water relief to the
chillers. As the condenser water supply
temperature drops below setpoint, the tower bypass
valve shall modulate open, bypassing condenser
water return back to chillers; as the temperature
rises back towards setpoint, the valve shall
modulate closed. At setpoint, the tower bypass
valve is closed.
2. The Chiller Factory OEM control system shall

determine and/or affect its mode and Sequence of
Operation as described below. The OEM control
system shall sequence the individual towers to run
as part of an overall tower-sequencing program
described below. Upon a loss of communications
with the chiller plant’s control system, the
towers shall default to standalone operation, as
described in their sequence of operation.
3. When the chiller plant is off-line, the OEM

control system commands all of the towers to be
off, unless a waterside economizer is used. When
the chiller plant is on-line, the OEM control
system condenser water supply temperature control
loop is enabled. Upon loss of communications with

329
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
the supply header temperature device for any

reason, the OEM control system shall release the
tower controllers to control their respective
towers in standalone mode. When the condenser
water supply temperature rises above setpoint over
the cooling throttling range (2˚F, adjustable),
the tower fan stages are sequenced on as required
maintaining the condenser water supply temperature
at setpoint.
4. The chiller OEM control system and tower
controllers shall stage each of the tower fans as
follows: low speed mode sequentially, followed by
high speed mode.
5. The hysteresis between the on and off points for
each stage is based on the cooling throttling
range divided by the number of cooling stages
defined.
6. When the condenser water temperature decreases
below the cooling setpoint, all tower fans shall
be cycled off.
7. A programmable minimum on and off timer (in the
individual tower OEM control system) is associated
with each fan stage to prevent short cycling, with
each timer set to default value of 1.0 minute. A
programmable inter-stage delay timer is also
provided and defaults to (30) seconds.
B. Basin Contact Cooling (OEM Controlled)
1. The OEM control system shall monitor the tower
basin temperature via an immersion temperature
sensor in the basin. When the basin water
temperature is lower than setpoint (75˚F,
adjustable), the OEM control system shall open the
bypass valve (furnished by others) in the
condenser water return to the tower, bypassing the
tower fill and directing the water into the basin
for contact cooling. When basin temperature rises
above setpoint, the OEM control system shall
return the bypass to the closed position. The OEM
control system monitors the position of the valve
via the valve actuator’s integral end switches.
C. Alarms
1. See Chiller Plant (Water Cooled Condenser) Control
Diagram in addition to as specified within.

330
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
2. All alarms are integral to the individual tower

controllers.
D. Safeties
The following safeties shall shut down the tower and
initiate an alarm at the master chiller controller
display and the network:
1. Vibration – When excessive vibration is present in
the tower motor rail assembly, the normally closed
contacts of the towers vibration switch shall open
and disable the tower at the motor control center.
An auxiliary set of contacts is wired as an input
to the BACnet control system for monitoring.
2. Low Water Level: A water level float switch in the
tower basin monitors the water level. When the
water level drops below the design level for the
tower, the chiller OEM control system and tower
controllers shall generate an alarm through the
DDC controller to the network. The staging of the
tower shall be disabled and the chiller plant
shutdown.
E. Cooling Tower
1. A normally open auxiliary contact shall be
provided on the condenser water system pump motor
starters to interlock with the control of the
cooling towers. The contact shall close when the
condenser water system pumps are energized
allowing the OEM chiller control panel and tower
control panel to begin control of the towers on a
temperature basis. OEM chiller control panel shall
be provided with a manual lead-lag switch that
shall allow the operator to alternate between
cells and determine which cell shall start first.
2. The cooling tower control panel shall operate as
follows:
a. Fan 1 in HAND MODE

With the corresponding Hand/Off/Auto
switch in Hand mode, the fan shall run
continuously.
b. Fan 1 in AUTO MODE

331
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

switch in Auto mode, the fan shall run
if the system pump is operating and the
temperature of the condenser water
return is above the stage one set point
of the temperature controller.
c. Fan 2 HAND MODE
switch in Hand mode, the fan shall run
continuously.
d. Fan 2 in AUTO MODE
switch in Auto mode, the fan shall run
if the system pump is operating and the
temperature of the condenser water
return is above the stage two set point
of the temperature controller.
e. Upon a drop in condenser water
temperature, the sequence described
above shall be reversed, until all tower
fans are off, and condenser water is
being fully bypassed.
F. Chilled Water Primary/Chilled Water Secondary

Control
1. The quantity of primary chilled water pumps shall

exceed the quantity of chillers by one, allowing
one primary chilled water pump to function as a
spare.
2. The primary chilled water pumps are to run in

parallel. The number of primary chilled water
chillers required to satisfy the cooling load, and
any chilled water pump may be assigned to any
chiller, as described below. The system is
designed with a spare primary chilled water pump.
Changing chilled water pump/chiller associations
on any operating chiller/pump shall be allowed (in
the case of a failure or required servicing of the
pumps).
chilled water primary pumps to be designated as a

332
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
standby pump, with the remaining pumps to be

available to operate with any chiller, with no one
pump dedicated to any specific chiller. Pump
assignment to an associated chiller shall be a
manual function, initiated at the chiller control
panel and/or the pump control panel. Should any
chiller fail while in operation, its associated
chilled water pump shall shut off, its associated
isolation valve shall close, and an alarm shall be
initiated at the network, and the next pre-
selected chiller in the sequence shall start.
4. The primary chilled water supply header
temperature sensor shall control the staging of
the chillers to satisfy the primary chilled water
set point. The primary chilled water supply set
point shall be reset from the primary return
header water sensor based on the return water
load.
5. The intent of the DDC system is to control the
Chilled Water Secondary loop pumps, enable the
Chiller Factory control system which includes the
control of the Chilled water primary loop pumps
and monitor and alarm for system loop
temperatures, etc.
furnished OEM chiller control package with factory
port. Provide flow switches for each machine to
prevent chiller from operating when chiller water
is not flowing. The chiller shall be supplied with
factory furnished controls. It is the
necessary to interface with those Chiller Factory
controls.
7. The Chiller Factory OEM Controls shall operate
chillers on lead-lag, alternating each startup
based on run time. The Chiller Factory OEM
Controls shall start and stop primary loop chilled
based on run time. Signal alarm if unit fails to
start as commanded to the network via the Chiller
Factory BACnet communication Card.
8. The chiller plant system shall be able to be
started and stopped manually by the operator at a

333
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
pushbutton station located in the chiller room.

When a chiller is called to start by the Chiller
Factory controls it shall automatically, through
time delay relays, start the equipment in the
a. First, the lead chilled water primary
circulating pump and the lead condenser water
circulating pump shall be started and proven
on by motor leg current switch indications,
5 and then the lead chiller shall be selected
by means of the chiller factory controller.
If the lead chilled water primary pump’s and
lead condenser water pump’s run indication
via current switches is not proven to the
Chiller Factory controls, then the Chiller
Factory Controls shall start the Lag primary
loop chilled water pump and lag condenser
pump. Next, the lead chiller’s compressors
shall be started after opening the inlet
isolation valve and receiving the flow
indication from the discharge flow switch.
The Chiller Factory OEM Controls shall
monitor end switches on the isolation valves
and initiate the start of the Lag Chiller if
the lead chiller isolation valve limit switch
indication is not received.
b. If the lead chiller is not able to maintain
sequence of the lag chiller shall be enabled
by the chiller factory controller. First, the
lag chilled water primary circulating pump
and lag condenser water circulating pump
shall be started and proven on by motor leg
current switch indications, then the lag
chiller compressors shall be started after
opening the inlet isolation valve and
receiving the flow indication from the
discharge flow switch. The Chiller Factory
OEM Control panel shall monitor end switches
on the isolation valves and initiate the
start of the next Lag Chiller if the
not received.

334
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
c. The quantity of primary chilled water pumps

shall exceed the quantity of chillers by one,
allowing one primary chilled water pump to
function as a spare which shall be manually
operated from its HOA switch. Provide manual
shut-off valves in piping to open/close
standby chilled water pump connections for
operation of stand-by chilled water pump with
a given chiller.
d. The Chiller Factory controls shall provide
all make-up water functions.
9. For primary/secondary loops without connections to
air handling unit coils in the primary loop and
without a heat exchanger and which use decoupler
pipes:
45°F, nominal adjustable. When the return
45°F, the lag chiller's compressors shall
pump down, the lag condenser water pump shall
de-energize, the lag chiller isolation valve
shall close and the lag primary chilled water
pump shall shut off. If the return water
temperature rises above 55°F (nominal
adjustable), the lag condenser water pump
shall start and then the lag chiller shall
start to handle the load concurrently with
the lead chiller.
b. The primary chilled water pumps shall be
constant volume and the primary and secondary
loops shall be pure water. This arrangement
is intended for loops that are located within
the building and which do not experience any
outside airflow since there are no
connections to any air handling units.
42˚F, nominal adjustable. When the return

335
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
42˚F, the lag chiller's compressors shall

pump down, the lag condenser water pump shall
de-energize, the lag chiller isolation valve
shall close and the lag primary chilled water
pump shall shut off. If the return water
temperature rises above 52˚F (nominal
adjustable), the lag condenser water pump
shall start and then the lag chiller shall
start to handle the load concurrently with
the lead chiller.
b. The primary chilled water pumps shall be

variable volume controlled by a primary loop
differential pressure sensor. The
differential pressure setpoint shall be ___
5 psig (nominal, adjustable). Differential
pressure sensor shall also control a primary
loop bypass valve that shall maintain a
minimum flow through the chillers (to avoid
evaporator freezing issues) after the primary
pump VFD drives have throttled to their
minimum allowable speed. The primary loop
shall be fortified with 30% propylene glycol.
The secondary loop shall be pure water.
c. The flat plate heat exchanger in the primary

loop shall provide 57˚F (nominal adjustable)
chilled water to the secondary loop when
chilled beams are used. The secondary chilled
water temperature shall be nominally 2˚F
warmer than the dewpoint temperature of the
rooms being supplied with secondary loop
chilled water when chilled beams are used.
The secondary side of the heat exchanger
shall be provided with a temperature sensor
set at the 57˚F (nominal adjustable)
secondary loop temperature. This temperature
sensor shall control the two-way control
valve on the primary water leg that supplies
primary water to the heat exchanger.

336
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______

a. Each secondary chilled water pump shall be
sized for 50% of the Building Cooling load.
In addition, there shall be a spare secondary
chilled water pump. Provide manual shut-off
valves in piping to open/close secondary
standby pump connections for operation of
secondary stand-by chilled water pump. The
DDC Controller shall start and stop secondary
loop chilled water pumps on lead-lag,
alternating each startup as a function of run
time. The Secondary Chilled Water Pump’s VFD
pressure (DP) across the chilled water
system. The lead chilled water pump is
controlled first to maintain the desired DP
set point. The lag pump shall start when load
of Lead pump reaches 75% load (adjustable
setpoint) for a 5-minute time delay. The Lag
Pump shall stage off when the combined load
of the Lag and Lead Pumps is at minimum flow
for 5-minute time delay.
b. When two secondary chilled water pumps are
operating, the DDC Controller shall control
the speed of each operating pump to share the
load equally.
c. The Lag chilled water pump shall
automatically start in the event of a failure
of the operating lead secondary chilled water
pump.
d. Secondary chilled water supply and return
e. A differential pressure transmitter measuring
secondary loop pumps. The lag chilled water
secondary loop pump shall be staged on to
maintain the differential pressure setpoint.
f. When the chiller plant is on-line, the
chiller DDC Controller or the local primary
pump control panel shall index the secondary

337
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
the secondary chilled water plant’s BACnet

DDC Controller control system shall enable
the lead pump’s VFD. The VFD inverter shall
start the pump and ramp it to operating
speed. When indication from the VFD is
5
received confirming that the pump is running,
the BACnet DDC Controller control system
shall, via a proportional-integral (PI) loop,
ramp the motor to maintain the differential
pressure setpoint of ___ psig, (adjustable
setpoint) as sensed by the differential
pressure sensor located as shown on the
Drawings.
g. For primary/secondary loops without heat
exchangers, the secondary loop shall flow at
a slower rate than the fixed speed primary
loop to ensure proper water blending from the
primary loop to the secondary loop at the
decoupler pipe. The TCC shall work with the
Water Balancer to determine the maximum VFD
speed setting on each of the secondary water
pumps to ensure that the max flow of the
secondary water pumps is slightly less than
the primary water pumps. There shall be a
5 Drawings which shall open when the secondary
secondary pump motors.
G. Provide all control and interlock wiring between
chillers and cooling tower, panels, chilled water pumps
and condenser water pumps.
18 3.21 MISCELLANEOUS CONTROL SEQUENCES

A. Hot Water Converters (Pneumatic Control)
1. Provide normally open pneumatically operated

modulating control valves in the steam supply to
each hot water converter. The valves shall be
controlled in sequence by a sub-master thermostat

338
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
with sensing element in the hot water discharge.

Sub-master thermostat shall have an adjustable
range of 90˚F to 210˚F water temperature.
2. An outside air thermostat shall adjust the sub-

master thermostat's setting for up to 55˚F outside
air temperature. A two-position switch shall be
provided to allow the controls to function either
under the direction of the outside air thermostat
or by manual reset of the sub-master thermostat.
Provide a steel control cabinet, which shall
contain the hot water system's thermostats,
switches, relays, and temperature indication of
outside air, supply water, and return water. The
outside thermostat shall be located in the control
cabinet, with its sensing element mounted in the
location shown on the Drawing.
B. Seasonal Changeover Control (Manual)
1. Boilers and Chillers shall be able to be enabled

manually by the operator at a pushbutton station
located in the Boiler Room or Chiller Room
respectively.
3.22 EMERGENCY GENERATOR SYSTEMS

A. Fuel Oil System

1. Emergency generator day tank level controller with
low, full, high levels shall energize remote fuel
9 oil transfer pump and cycle oil transfer pump to
maintain day tank oil level. Provide level
controller related wiring.
2. When oil level in day tank reaches full level,
fuel oil transfer pump shall stop. When high
level in oil tank is reached or leak is detected
in rupture basin of day tank or containment area
of the generator, fuel oil transfer pump shall
stop and visible and audible local alarm at
generator (with silence switch) and at a remote
location near fuel oil tank shall be activated.
3. When fuel oil leak is detected in basin/floor of
fuel oil storage tank, visible and audible alarm
(with silence switch) shall be activated. A Day

339
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
Tank Common Alarm shall be annunciated to the

BMS/DDC network.
4. Fuel oil transfer pumps shall be shut down by
remote control from the fire alarm system upon
detection of excess heat in the generator room or
generator enclosure.
B. Emergency Generator Outside Air Intake (Generator OEM
controlled for outdoor units, controlled by TCC
Contractor for generators located indoors)
1. Normally open type automatic dampers in the
outdoor air intake shall be held closed by an
electric solenoid connected to an emergency power
source of the building. When normal power fails,
or when the generator is started, the electric
solenoid shall be energized and open the intake
dampers.
C. Emergency Generator Room Ventilation/Emergency
Generator Operation Sequence
1. A general exhaust fan providing minimum room
ventilation shall be controlled by room sensor.
When the general exhaust fan starts, associated
outside air dampers shall open; dampers shall
close when the general exhaust fan stops. Upon
starting of the emergency generator, corresponding
outside air intake damper controlled by the
Generator OEM Controls shall open.
D. BMS/DDC I/O Points: Provide the I/O points as shown on
the Drawings.
3.23 BREAK-GLASS STATIONS: BOILERS, CHILLERS AND EMERGENCY

GENERATORS
[ref. 1598505a Chiller Room Exhaust System]
31
A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide in the
locations shown on the Electrical Drawings, ASCO 1242
(minimum 2 pole) or approved equal, flush mounted break
glass stations, with appropriate approved designation,
for emergency shutdown of boilers, chillers, and
emergency generators and emergency start of chiller
room exhaust fan. All wiring to boiler, chiller, and
emergency generator control panels shall be by the
Electrical Contractor. Refer to Section 16480.

340
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
3.24 FOR BUILDINGS NOT CLASSIFIED AS HIGH RISE BUILDINGS PER

BUIDLING CODE BC 403: SMOKE CONTROL PER BUILDING CODE BC 909
AND POST FIRE SMOKE PURGE PER BUILDING CODE BC 916.2 FOR
BUILDINGS WITH GREATER THAN 50,000 SQUARE FOOT FLOOR AREA
PER STORY AND/OR HAVING SPACES EXCEEDING 100 FEET FROM
NATURAL VENTILATION OPENINGS -INCLUDING BASEMENTS)
A. Dedicated “common” post fire smoke purge fans (that

draw air into the corridors) shall be preferably
provided for post-fire smoke purge and purge one
floor/zone at a time. Fire and smoke dampers shall be
5 provided by the Div. 15 Contractor as required for
isolation of any floor/zone from the common smoke
exhaust risers. A post-fire smoke purge panel and
sequence of operation shall be provided per Section
16720, Fire Detection and Alarm System with Central
Office Connection. Makeup air shall be provided from
operable or breakable windows or doors or interlocked
mechanical outside air dampers per Section BC 916.2.
10 B. Post fire combination return fan and purge system shall
operate as defined in Section 16720, Fire Detection and
Alarm System with Central Office Connection. Makeup
air shall come through the operable or breakable
windows or doors or interlocked mechanical outside air
dampers of the space being purged per Section BC 916.2.
C. Elevator Hoistway Smoke Control: Hoistway enclosures
40 of elevators shall be provided with vents in accordance
with Section BC 3004.5.1 in order to prevent the
accumulation of smoke and hot gases in case of fire.
Refer to Section 16720, Fire Detection and Alarm System
with Central Office Connection for the sequence of
operation for the smoke control system.
D. Stage Ventilation Smoke Control: Natural ventilation
41
shall be provided per Section BC 410.3.7.1. Refer to
Section 16720, Fire Detection and Alarm System with
Central Office Connection for the sequence of operation
for the smoke control system.
E. Atrium Smoke Control: The mechanical Atrium smoke
43 control system shall have a sequence of operation as
defined in Section 16720, Fire Detection and Alarm
System with Central Office Connection in accordance
with Section BC 909.8.
F. Coordinate all work with fire alarm system vendor.

341
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
3.25 FOR BUILDINGS CLASSIFIED AS HIGH RISE BUILDINGS PER BUIDLING

CODE BC 403: SMOKE CONTROL PER BUILDING CODE BC 909 AND POST
FIRE SMOKE PURGE PER BUILDING CODE BC 916.2
A. Dedicated “common” post fire smoke purge fans (that

draw air into the corridors) shall be preferably
5 provided for post-fire smoke purge and purge one
floor/zone at a time. Fire and smoke dampers shall be
provided by the Div. 15 Contractor as required for
isolation of any floor/zone from the common smoke
exhaust risers. A post-fire smoke purge panel and
sequence of operation shall be provided per Section
16723, Fire Detection and Alarm System with Emergency
Voice/Alarm Communication and Central Office
Connection. Makeup air shall be provided from operable
windows providing the requisite 5% floor area
considering the window stop limitations, doors or
interlocked mechanical outside air dampers per Section
BC 916.2. Breakable windows are not an option due to
the height limitations of the FDNY rescue equipment.
B. Post fire combination return fan and purge system shall
10 operate as defined in Section 16723, Fire Detection and
Alarm System with Emergency Voice/Alarm Communication
and Central Office Connection. Makeup air shall be
provided from operable windows providing the requisite
5% floor area considering the window stop limitations,
doors or interlocked mechanical outside air dampers per
Section BC 916.2. Breakable windows are not an option
due to the height limitations of the FDNY rescue
equipment.
C. Elevator Hoistway Smoke Control: Hoistway enclosures
40
of elevators shall be provided with vents in accordance
with Section BC 3004.5.1 in order to prevent the
accumulation of smoke and hot gases in case of fire.
Refer to Section 16723, Fire Detection and Alarm System
with Emergency Voice/Alarm Communication and Central
Office Connection for the sequence of operation for the
smoke control system.
41 D. Stage Ventilation Smoke Control: Natural ventilation

shall be provided per Section BC 410.3.7.1. Refer to
Section 16723, Fire Detection and Alarm System with
Emergency Voice/Alarm Communication and Central Office
Connection for the sequence of operation for the smoke
control system.

342
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
E. Atrium Smoke Control: The mechanical Atrium smoke

43 control system shall have a sequence of operation as
defined in Section 16723, Fire Detection and Alarm
System with Emergency Voice/Alarm Communication and
Central Office Connection in accordance with Section
BC 909.8.
F. Coordinate all work with fire alarm system vendor.
8 3.26 MONITORING AND MEASURING ENERGY SYSTEMS
3 [ref. 1598515a,b,c Standard Control Drawing and Point List]
A. The Temperature Control Contractor (TCC) shall

incorporate the following data points from both OEM and
TCC furnished metering devices.
1. Electrical Power: Exterior Lighting, Interior

Lighting, Receptacle Panels, Fan & Pump Motors,
electric domestic water heaters, heat pump
8
domestic water heaters, etc.
Total building power (Instantaneous kW and

Totalized kWh values) as indicated at the main
switchboard panel mounted meter using manufacturer
supplied gateway interface.
(Exceptions to the Electrical power monitoring

include devices such as dedicated smoke or post-
fire smoke control fans.)
a. Provide for each Watt meter the following BMS

I/O points which shall be trended, archived,
and monitored at the SOC.
1) Instantaneous Power (kW)
2) Totalized power (kWH)
3 2. Steam Flow:
a. Provide for each meter the following BMS I/O

points which shall be trended, archived, and
monitored at the SOC.
1) Instantaneous Steam Flow (lbs-steam/hour)
2) Totalized Steam Flow (lbs-steam/month)
3) Temperature (˚F)
343
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
4) Pressure (psig)
5) For steam flow, calculate the energy

delivered (MBH).
3. Natural Gas Flow:
a. Provide for each submeter the following BMS

I/O points which shall be trended, archived,
and monitored at the SOC.
1) Instantaneous Gas Flow (cu-ft/hour)
2) Totalized Gas Flow (CCF/month)
3) Temperature (˚F)
4) Gas totalized Flow (cu-ft) at the gas

booster system (for systems that have a
gas booster installed as part of the low
pressure gas service).
3 4. Water Flow:
a. Provide for each water meter the following

BMS I/O points which shall be trended,
archived and monitored at the SOC.
1) Instantaneous Flow (gals/minute) and

Totalized Flow (gals/month)
2) Supply Temperature (˚F)
3) Return Temperature (˚F)
4) For chilled water flow, calculate the

energy delivered (MBH).
5) For condenser water flow, calculate the

energy delivered (MBH).
6) For hot water flow, calculate the energy

delivered (MBH).

344
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
5. Telecom Rooms, Elevator Machine Room, and Food

Storage Rooms Split Units Primary and Secondary
Overflow Pan Monitoring:
a. Provide for each room split unit the

following BMS I/O points which shall be
trended, archived and monitored at the SOC.
1) Space Temperature (˚F)
2) Space Humidity (% RH)
b. Provide for each room split unit primary

or secondary drain pan the following alarm
sequence if the drain pans are designated
to have local pan overfill sensors. If the
primary or secondary pan overflow sensor
is installed on a project with a School
Operating Console (SOC), provide one alarm
contact to a local DDC controller for
remote alarming. For any project, the pan
overflow sensors should also energize a
local wall mounted alarm horn/light
display. The horn shall have a local
silence button and the alarm shall
automatically reset if the pan sensors no
longer sense an overflow conditon.

345
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
3.27 SPECIAL VENTILATION MODES
A. Special Ventilation Mode #1: Code Minimum Outside Air,

Mixed Recirculation With Outside Air Allowed (100%
Recirculation Disallowed), To Be Used When Upgraded
Recirculation Filters Are Available
1. Buildings equipped with digital controls shall be

programmed to be able to enable the Special
Ventilation Mode #1 automatically by selection of
a button on the School Operating Console. During
the Special Ventilation Mode #1, the digital
controls shall be programmed for increased run-
time so units operate where all spaces are
continuously ventilated 24 hours per day/7 days
per week until the Special Ventilation Mode #1 is
disabled at the School Operating Console and the
units are returned to the Normal modes of
operation. During the Special Ventilation Mode #1
demand-controlled ventilation is disabled. The
units shall ventilate at least at a constant code
minimum compliant rate that assumes full occupancy
(whether the spaces are actually occupied or not
occupied). During the unoccupied modes where
ventilation is to continue, the heating space set
points shall be set back from the 72°F occupied
setpoint to a 55°F unoccupied setpoint. During the
unoccupied modes where ventilation is to continue,
the cooling space set points shall be set up from
the 78°F occupied setpoint to an 85°F unoccupied
setpoint.
2. During the Special Ventilation Mode #1, all

outdoor air intake dampers, exhaust dampers and
recirculation dampers for all air handling units,
rooftop units and DOAS units shall be opened to
provide at least the fully occupied code minimum
ventilation air regardless of actual occupancy.

346
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
3. During the Special Ventilation Mode #1, spaces

that rely on window makeup air or Toilets that
rely on makeup air transferred from the Corridors,
shall have their associated exhaust fans
continuously enabled to exhaust the full minimum
code air flow rate (or higher if the exhaust fans
were sized to provide an exhaust flow rate that
exceeds the minimum code requirement).
4. Should conditions warrant an economizer mode

during the Special Ventilation Mode #1, the
outside air rate may be increased from the fully
occupied minimum code rate to the 100% outside air
economizer rate.

347
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
5. During the Special Ventilation Mode #1, the

following normal non-Special Ventilation modes are
disabled: unoccupied heating, morning warm up,
unoccupied cooling/dehumidification and morning
pull down. Any modes that would otherwise be
accomplished in a full 100% recirculation mode,
such as the morning modes, are to be disabled.
The Heating/Cooling/Dehumidification modes are to
still continue during the occupied and unoccupied
modes, but with continuous 24 hours a day/7 days
per week ventilation at a rate at least equal to
the fully occupied minimum code required
ventilation rate.
B. Special Ventilation Mode #2: 100% Outside Air, No

Recirculation, To Be Used When Upgraded Recirculation
Filters Are Not Yet Available
1. Buildings equipped with digital controls shall be

programmed to be able to enable the Special
Ventilation Mode #2 automatically by selection of
a button on the School Operating Console. During
the Special Ventilation Mode #2, the digital
controls shall be programmed for increased run-
time so units operate where all spaces are
continuously ventilated 24 hours per day/7 days
per week until the Special Ventilation Mode #2 is
disabled at the School Operating Console and the
units are returned to the Normal modes of
operation. During the Special Ventilation Mode #2
the units shall ventilate in a 100% outside air
mode. Recirculation shall not be allowed. Demand-
controlled ventilation shall be disabled. During
the unoccupied modes where ventilation is to
continue, the heating space set points shall be
set back from the 72°F occupied setpoint to a 55°F
unoccupied setpoint. During the unoccupied modes
where ventilation is to continue, the cooling
space set points shall be set up from the 78°F
occupied setpoint to an 85°F unoccupied setpoint.

348
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
2. During the Special Ventilation Mode #2, all

outdoor air intake dampers and exhaust dampers
shall be fully opened and recirculation dampers
shall be fully closed for all air handling units
and rooftop units. DOAS units (typically sized for
the maximum of required ventilation air versus air
required for latent space dehumidification) shall
continue to provide their full capacity.
3. During the Special Ventilation Mode #2, spaces

that rely on window makeup air or Toilets that
rely on makeup air transferred from the Corridors,
shall have their associated exhaust fans
continuously enabled to exhaust the full minimum
code air flow rate (or higher if the exhaust fans
were sized to provide an exhaust flow rate that
exceeds the minimum code requirement).
4. During the Special Ventilation Mode #2,

the following normal non-Special Ventilation modes
are disabled: unoccupied heating, morning warm up,
unoccupied cooling/dehumidification, nighttime
purge and morning purge (since already functioning
in 100% outside air mode independent of relative
enthalpy), and morning pull down. Any modes that
would otherwise be accomplished in a full 100%
recirculation mode, such as the morning modes, are
to be disabled. The Heating, Cooling,
Dehumidification modes are to still continue
during the occupied and unoccupied modes, but with
continuous 24 hours a day/7 days per week
ventilation with 100% outside air.
END OF SECTION
BB:RF
12/31/20

349
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
Notes to Specifier (Delete from Specification)

1. Edit as required. Entire Specification Section shall be
edited as required to differentiate when a full BMS/DDC
network with School Operating Console connected to central
station per Section 15970 is to be provided (as on a Capacity
Project such as a new building or Major Modification to an
existing building) and when a BACnet DDC with Local BACnet
network per Section 15971 or non network DDC Only system per
Section 15975 is to be provided (such as on CIP projects).
2. Access to manual reset button shall be located at floor level

and inside a secure location when the equipment served is
located in an area that requires ladders or scaffolds or
movement of furniture to access the control panel. Engineer
of Record to provide note on Mechanical Schedule and floor
plan drawings where applicable.
3. Not used.
4. Duct pressures are relative. Edit according to the Project

and equipment design pressure. Indicate the required alarm
setpoints on the point list.
5. Delete if the Project does not include "common" post-fire

smoke purge fans. Note that post-fire smoke purge fans are
not required to be connected to emergency power.
6. Delete if Project does not include Fan-Powered Variable Air

Volume (VAV) Terminal Units with Series Fan. Areas such as
the Science Labs shall require this type of VAV boxes.
7. The mechanical ventilation rate at continuous 2 AC/hr or

intermittent automatic enabling in response to combustible
vapor sensor is for projects where the 2014 NYC Mechanical
Code applies. For prior code buildings, gravity ventilation
may be employed if two openings are provided where the total
net free area of both openings is equal to at least 1 percent
of the floor area of the room, equally divided between the
two openings.
8. Delete if Project does not include Hot Water/Steam Control

Valves and Chilled Water Control Valves.
9. Edit as required. New Buildings/Additions shall be provided

with grade-mounted emergency generators that contain integral
fuel tanks. In this event, transfer pumps and day tanks are
not provided.

350
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
10. Delete if the Project does not include post-fire combination

return fan and purge system. Note that post-fire smoke purge
fans are not required to be connected to emergency power.
11. Edit unit ventilator sequence of operation, equipment spec

(15857) and control standard detail 1598514a used to create
bid document control drawing if throttling valves are used in
lieu of face and bypass dampers.
12. Architect/Engineer of Record shall select one of the non-

assembly spaces to locate the hardwired combination
temperature/humidity sensor. A non-assembly space on the
north (shady) side of the building is preferred as it most
likely shall experience more mold/mildew growth. All other
non-assembly spaces shall be provided with only temperature
sensors. Architect/Engineer of Record shall designate on the
Contract Drawings the specific non-assembly space where the
combination sensor is to be located.
13. Edit/expand as required. Refer to the Articles defining the

conventional chillers and conventional boilers. Those
articles describe primary/secondary pumping arrangements for
a separate hot water primary and separate chilled water
primary system. The separate primary systems may be combined
into a combination primary hot water/chilled water system
with a dual temperature secondary system that serves the
terminal units for a given project when both hot water and
chilled water systems are provided. Precautionary measures
shall be taken in order to avoid thermal shock as defined in
Section C403.4.3.2 of the 2020 New York City Energy
Conservation Code. Submit proposed dual temperature sequence
of operation for review by the Authority. Four pipe systems
are the Authority’s standard since they allow pre-occupied
morning heating and afternoon cooling on shoulder seasonal
days. The designer is to justify using a dual temperature
water system over the standard four pipe systems.
14. For digital projects, edit section to provide sensors with

remote BACnet controllers or BACnet thermostats.
15. Refer to HVAC Design Requirement 6.2.22, Kitchen
Ventilation.
16. Incorporate the applicable standard detail control diagrams
on the contract drawings. Reference Standard “Control
Diagrams and Point List” series of drawings numbered 15985.
17. Not used.

351
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
18. Edit Section/Article as required. The existing pneumatic

control system may remain on a CIP project where there are
only minor repairs required (with approval by the
Authority). If the required repairs are extensive, then
Designer is directed to Section 15971, Temperature Control
System BACnet DDC WITH Local BACnet Network.
19. Not used.
20. Edit Articles as required if semi-custom rooftop units are
specified in lieu of custom rooftop units (as defined in
Sections 15853 and 15854). Constant volume semi-custom
rooftop units may be used for flow rates less than or equal
to 6,000 cfm (when ASHRAE 90.1-16 does not apply) or as
approved by the Authority. Present SCA Standard is to serve
both the non-assembly spaces and Corridors with a common
multi-zone VAV unit.
21. For the combined Cafeteria/Kitchen central unit: In addition
to providing the required ventilation amounts, the A/EOR is
reminded to account for the varying operation of the Kitchen
and its associated exhaust fans with respect to the makeup
air requirements of the central unit. In the occupied non
cooking mode, outside air shall be provided to makeup for
the air exhausted at the central unit plus that exhausted by
the General Kitchen exhaust fan plus related exhaust fans
(Can Wash Room EF, Staff Toilet EF, etc.). In the occupied
cooking mode, the sum of the air exhausted at the central
unit plus General Kitchen exhaust fan is replaced by the
same amount exhausted from the Kitchen hood exhaust fan.
22. Architect/Engineer of Record shall modify to match the

specific project requirements.
23. Not used.
24. Architect/Engineer of Record shall edit the sequence of
operation for a retrofit project where the existing
Classroom system consists of fan powered VAV boxes with
electric reheat coils. The rooftop unit shall provide
unoccupied heating (not the local electric reheat coils on
the Classroom fan powered VAV boxes). Electric reheat coils
are only allowed to provide unoccupied heating for the few
Science Labs and Prep Rooms. Rooftop unit shall provide
unoccupied heating (acting in a recirculation only mode) as
opposed to the local electric reheat coil of the Classroom
fan powered VAV box so as to minimize energy costs. In this
case, the fan powered VAV box fan shall be energized.
25. Not used.

352
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
26. Not used.

27. Constant volume semi-custom units may be used on Capacity
Line Projects (new buildings or existing buildings
undergoing Major Modifications) if the flow is less than or
equal to 6,000 cfm and where the SZVAV requirements of
ASHRAE 90.1-2016 do not apply. They may also be used for
some selected existing leased buildings where the flow
exceeds 6,000 cfm where ASHRAE 90.1-2016 does not apply.
Obtain the permission of the Design Manager for units
exceeding 6,000 cfm. Architect/Engineer of Record shall
edit sequence of operation as required and shall modify the
control diagram and points list. Edit sequence of operation
as required to provide hot gas reheat control for
dehumidification, CO2 demand controlled ventilation for PA
spaces and warm-up, purge and pre-occupied morning pulldown
cycles.
28. Edit as required. Revise sequence of operation if the

constant volume space does not have a perimeter heating
system. In that event, the central unit must provide the
normal unoccupied heating capacity. Per Section 6.5.3.2 of
ASHRAE 90.1-2016 (prescriptive requirement), single zone VAV
systems (SZVAV) are required when the DX cooling capacity at
AHRI conditions is greater than or equal to 65,000 BTUH.
Per Section 6.5.3.2 of ASHRAE 90.1-2016 (prescriptive
requirement), single zone VAV systems (SZVAV) are required
when the AHU fan motor size equals or exceeds 1/4 hp,
effectively eliminating constant volume systems for AHUs.
Single Zone VAV (SZVAV) systems are not required by the
energy codes if the building is a historic building per
Section 4.2.1.3 of ASHRAE 90.1-16 as modified by Appendix CA
of the 2020 NYCECC. Additionally, compliance with ASHRAE
90.1-2016 shall not be required per Section 6.1.1.3
Exceptions of ASHRAE 90.1-2016 for repairs, where
replacement or alteration of equipment requires extensive
revisions to other systems, refrigerant changes of existing
equipment, relocation of existing equipment or cases where
there exists insufficient space. Hence for these cases,
constant volume systems may be used. If single zone VAV
systems are not required by the energy codes, this constant
volume specification section may be used.
29. The Architect/Engineer of Record shall indicate on the

Contract drawings the location of the dedicated, hard-wired
room temperature and humidity sensors. This location shall
be either in a space with a northern exposure or in a space

353
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
which is most likely to sense the results of the loss of the

central plant.
30. Not used.
31. The Architect/Engineer of Record shall use the referenced

Standard Control Diagram and Point List with this
specification. The A/EOR shall modify the referenced
Standard with regard to the specific requirements of the
sequence. The reference Standard is a starting point
provided for the A/EOR and must be modified accordingly.
A/EOR shall remove from the final specification this
reference line noting the reference to the standard control
diagram. This reference is provided to the A/EOR for use
ONLY in creating the project-specific specification
language. Replace the referenced 15985 series standard
details with 15975 series standard details for non-network
DDC Only systems. Refer to Section 15975.
32. The Architect/Engineer of Record shall calculate the

required minimum air flows (occupied during scheduled
occupied mode and standby vacant during scheduled occupied
mode as determined by CO2 sensor) and maximum air flows for
each VAV box and shall provide these values on the contract
drawings in the form of a schedule. The schedule shall
contain an entry for each VAV box indicating its required
air flow values including a demand controlled ventilation
reset schedule for each Classroom/Office space. The maximum
air flow shall be that required to satisfy the thermal loads
during the occupied scheduled time periods at the adjustable
space temperature setpoint. The minimum occupied
ventilation rate (during scheduled occupied hours) and
minimum standby vacant ventilation rate (during scheduled
occupied hours) shall be as defined in Design Requirement
6.2.9. The minimum flow rates shall still provide fan
stability, avoid motor overheating and shall be compliant
with the minimum flow rates required by the flow sensing
devices.
33. The Architect/Engineer of Record shall calculate the

required minimum air flows (occupied during scheduled
occupied mode and standby vacant during scheduled occupied
mode as determined by CO2 sensor) and maximum primary air
flows for each fan powered VAV box and shall provide these
values on the contract drawings in the form of a schedule.
The schedule shall contain an entry for each fan powered VAV
box indicating its required primary air flow values

354
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
(including a demand controlled ventilation reset schedule

for each Classroom/Office space) and constant discharge
total cfm values. The maximum primary air flow shall be that
required to satisfy the thermal loads during the occupied
scheduled time periods at the adjustable space temperature
setpoint. The minimum flow rates shall still provide fan
stability, avoid motor overheating and shall be compliant
with the minimum flow rates required by the flow sensing
devices. In standard detail 1598503b, delete CO2 sensors
for HS Science Labs, HS Prep Rooms and IS Prep Rooms where
the minimum flow is set by the fixed fume hood requirements.
34. Revise Standard Detail 1598515b if steam usage (provided

by Landlord or Utility) is to be monitored. Monitor rate of
usage (lbs/hr) and totalized consumption (lbs/month). Also
monitor supply pressure and temperature as well as energy
used (MBH).
35. Revise Standard Detail 1598515b if water usage (chilled

water, condenser water, hot water provided by Landlord) is
to be monitored. Monitor rate of usage (gpm) and totalized
consumption (gals/month). Also monitor supply and return
temperatures as well as energy used (MBH).
36. Not used.
37. Edit as required.
38. Edit as required. Per Section 6.4.3.4.2 of ASHRAE 90.1-2016,

systems shall be equipped with motorized dampers that shall
automatically shut when the systems or spaces served are not
in use. Gravity (non-motorized) dampers are acceptable in
buildings less than three stories in height. Gravity (non-
motorized) dampers are acceptable in systems with a design
exhaust capacity of 300 cfm or less.
39. Hydraulic Elevator Machine Rooms and machinery spaces shall

be vented to the outside air mechanically, as required by
NYC Building Code Appendix K Section 3.7 in order to
minimize odors associated with hydraulic oil. Makeup air
ventilation loads shall be considered when sizing the split
system for the Hydraulic Elevator Machine Room.
40. Edit as required if mechanical ventilation per Section

BC 3004.5.2 is to be provided. Vents designed in the
hoistway enclosures per Section BC 3004.5.1 are preferred in

355
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
lieu of mechanical ventilation per Section BC 3004.5.2.

Refer to HVAC Design Requirement 6.2.10. For mechanically
ventilated systems, provide a smoke control sequence of
operation in Section 16720 or 16723.
41. Edit as required if mechanical ventilation per Section BC

410.3.7.2 is provided in lieu of stage roof vents designed
per Section BC 410.3.7.1 (preferred per HVAC Design
Requirement 6.2.10). For mechanically ventilated systems,
provide a smoke control sequence of operation in Sections
16720 or 16723.
42. Edit as required. Boiler burner shutdown by the Fire Alarm

Panel shall occur on all Capacity projects. Edit as required
for CIP projects. Burner shutdown shall occur on CIP
projects if the scope of the project includes a concurrent
fire alarm system upgrade or if the existing system has the
capability to do the shutdown.
43. When a mechanical smoke control system is provided, provide

a smoke control sequence of operation in Section 16720 or
16723.
45. Edit as required. Projects required to comply with the 2008

and 2014 NYC Construction Codes may remove the text, “if in
the testing mode”. The expression only applies to projects
filed under the 1968 Code where a fire drill testing switch
is required. The fans shall only be shut down and the
dampers shall only be closed upon automatic (not manual)
activation of the fire alarm system for 2008 and 2014
projects.
46. Not used.

47. Designer of Record shall complete the table based on the
space specific square footage and space occupancy. The
differential carbon dioxide concentration is defined as the
space carbon dioxide concentration minus the outside air
carbon dioxide concentration. Linear interpolate for
differentials greater than 0 ppm and less than the maximum
carbon dioxide differential in ppm. The average carbon
dioxide generation rate is defined as 0.0084 cfm/met/person
per ASHRAE 62.1-2010 User’s Manual. Met is the metabolic
rate activity level of the people in the zone. ASHRAE 62.1-

356
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
2010 User’s Manual defines the following Met levels for

various activity levels:
ACTIVITY
Seated, quiet
Reading and writing, seated
Typing
Filing, seated
Filing, standing
Walking
Facilities cleaning
Exercise
Multiply the Met level by the average carbon dioxide

generation rate to get the space specific carbon dioxide
generation rate. The maximum full occupancy carbon dioxide
concentration in ppm is the outside air carbon dioxide
concentration in ppm plus (space specific carbon dioxide
generation rate times the maximum population/the maximum
full occupancy ventilation rate) per ASHRAE 62.1-2010 User’s
Manual. Note that the cfm/sf values are determined from MC
Table 403.3 based on the specific space in question. Note
that the cfm/person values are to be determined from MC
Table 403.3 based on the specific space occupancy. The
ventilation system shall always be designed using the
maximum occupancy determined from the provided Program of
Requirements for Capacity projects, which includes UFT
maximums and adult staff, and Building Code Chapter 10
Egress Occupancy for CIP projects. Compute the full
occupancy ventilation rates based on the square footage and
occupant density. The minimum outside air intake ventilation
rate that the carbon dioxide sensors can throttle the
outside air intake rate down to for a vacant space is the
space specific cfm per square foot requirements as defined
in MC Table 403.3 times the space square footage. This
minimum is established in order to maintain the minimum
Indoor Air Quality (i.e. to account for VOC outgassing of
carpets, adhesives, paints etc.) even if the space is
unoccupied. Delete demand controlled ventilation for
corridor unit’s sequence of operation. Engineer of Record
shall confirm that the calculated minimum outside air value
retains the conditions for stable operation and takes into
effect the requirements for the minumun stable flow for the

357
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
measuring instrumentation including outside and exhaust air

flow meters, stable operation of supply fan and exhaust fan
above stall speeds, stable flow for heating system including
gas furnaces and cooling system including DX units minimum
flow.
48. Not used.
49. Not used.
50. Edit as required. Sequence of operation is based on Standard

Control Detail 1598508b, VAV applications. Revise Standard
Control detail and incorporate into bid drawings and revise
sequence of operation if a return fan is used in lieu of an
exhaust fan. Return fan is not allowed when using an energy
wheel since wheel is not allowed to be positively
pressurized. Edit if using steam preheat coil with face and
bypass dampers and if using steam reheat coil.
51. Edit as required if unit is controlled by pneumatic control

in lieu of DDC control (requires approval by the Authority),
if unit uses steam instead of hot water, if unit uses
face/bypass dampers on the steam preheat coil, if unit does
not use 30% propylene glycol water mixture, etc. Sequence
basically is applicable to Auditoriums and Gymnasiums that
use CO2 demand controlled ventilation when the building is a
historic building per Section 4.2.1.3 of ASHRAE 90.1-16 as
modified by Appendix CA of the 2020 NYCECC. Additionally,
compliance with ASHRAE 90.1-2016 shall not be required per
Section 6.1.1.3 Exceptions of ASHRAE 90.1-2016 for repairs,
where replacement or alteration of equipment requires
extensive revisions to other systems, refrigerant changes of
existing equipment, relocation of existing equipment or
cases where there exists insufficient space. Hence for these
cases, constant volume systems may be used since ASHRAE
90.1-16 would not apply. Edit Standard Detail 1598508a as
required (show heat wheel, energy wheel, etc.) and include
on the bid drawings.
52. Designer of Record shall determine the supply duct static

pressure (overpressure) sensor setpoint and exhaust duct
static pressure (under pressure) sensor setpoint and edit
the Section as required.
53. This section is set up with the smoke dampers integral to
the unit. They may however be located outside of the unit
in the main supply ductwork and in the main return ductwork

358
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
(for the PA space units). Design engineer is to coordinate

with the basis of design OEM and edit the section as
required depending on where the smoke dampers are located.
If the smoke dampers are to be located in the ductwork and
not in the unit, they shall be shown on the bid document
duct drawings.
54. Designer of Record shall determine the supply fan and
exhaust fan (return fan if applicable) nominal flow
setpoints (cfm) (at full occupancy) and edit the Section as
required. Test and Air Balancer contractor may further fine
tune the designer’s initial nominal flow setpoints.
55. The supply air setpoint conditions of 55ºF dry bulb
temperature (i.e. 47ºF dewpoint, 48 grains of water vapor
per pound of dry air) is nominal. Engineer of Record must
calculate the required supply air absolute humidity in
grains of water vapor per pound of dry air (and hence
required cooling coil discharge temperature to guarantee
that the absolute humidity does not exceed that required
value) such that the primary air from the unit provides all
of the space latent capacity to meet the space latent loads.
Adjust nominal sequence of operation setpoints as required.
The goal is to leave the primary airflow rates as close as
possible to the ventilation requirements in order to save on
fan energy and to adjust the primary air supply absolute
humidity to that required to meet the space loads. If the
primary air absolute humidity can not be lowered to that
value required to meet the space latent loads when the
primary airflow is at the required ventilation levels, then
the primary airflow rate may be increased beyond the
ventilation requirements. Both the chilled beams and
displacement induction units by themselves or when
displacement induction units are used in combination with
chilled beams shall have a dewpoint is 58ºF. DOAS units
shall have their supply rate (nominally the same as outside
air rate) increased to achieve this. Decoupled recirculation
units (DRU) (for chilled beams only) shall have their supply
rate increased above the outside air ventilation rate by
recirculating some air. DRU units could only be used in
retrofit work where the original air handler was a DRU. Any
special case new designs are to utilize DOAS units for both
displacement induction units and chilled beams if
displacement induction units and chilled beams are approved
to be used on a particular project in lieu of the SCA
Standard which is to employ VAV boxes in the Classrooms.
All coils shall be sized at the ASHRAE 0.4% outside air
maximum dewpoint condition, i.e. at 80.5ºF dry bulb

359
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
temperature at 130.8 grains of water vapor per pound of dry

air (Kennedy Airport conditions).
56. Design engineer shall locate differential pressure sensors
and bypass valves on the Drawings and define all
differential pressure setpoints.
57. Edit as required. Attempt to provide a singular end of line
primary loop bypass valve driven by the Across-the-Chiller
differential pressure sensor. If the bypass valve End-of-
Line (EOL) location ends up being outside on the roof,
ensure that a NEMA 4x operator for the valve is provided and
that the DP sensor has the appropriate temperature rating.
If there are multiple primary loops, each major loop may be
provided with its own end of line differential pressure
sensor and end of line bypass valve. Alternate is to use an
equipment room bypass valve if there is a minimum of two-
minutes worth of water volume in the complete equipment loop
bypass. Another option is to provide a tank to supplement
the piping water volume to provide the required two-minute
volume of water. Minimum rate of water flow that the
bypass(s) must handle is the maximum of the minimum water
required by the chillers at transient full load versus the
minimum flow rate of the primary loop pumps. Determine the
number of module isolation valves to be held open based on
the minimum primary chilled water flow rate.
58. Not used.
60. Exhaust fan shall be sized nominally the same as the supply
fan so as to be able to exhaust all of the outside air
intake during the cooling economizer mode and Pre-Occupied
Morning and Unoccupied Nighttime Purge modes. Account for
the need to properly pressurize the space when sizing the
exhaust fan.
61. Designer to indicate on the Drawings all boiler room
combustion air intake dampers along with any required fire
and smoke dampers located at the boiler room outside air
intake per Sections MC 709.2, FGC 304.10.1 and FGC 304.10.3.
Edit article as required.
62. Not used.
63. Single Zone VAV (SZVAV) RTUs are required Table 6.5.3.2.1
ASHRAE 90.1-2016 for units with a capacity greater than or
equal to 65,000 BTUH. RTUs serving PA Spaces with less than
65,000 BTUH capacity may use constant volume units but those
with capacities equal to or greater than 65,000 BTUH must

360
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
use SZVAV units. Constant volume units may be used where

ASHRAE 90.1-2016 is not applicable for historic buildings
per Section 4.2.1.3 of of ASHRAE 90.1-16 as modified by
Appendix CA of the 2020 NYCECC and Section 6.1.1.3
Exceptions of ASHRAE 90.1-2016.
64. New unit designs for all special case chilled beam
applications shall be based on Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems
(DOAS) units where the amount of outside air taken in is
nominally equal to the maximum of the latent load
requirements and the amount needed for proper induction to
meet the sensible loads. Spaces served by chilled beam are
to have a 58ºF dew point. Decoupled Recirculating Units
(DRU) may be used for retrofit projects of existing DRU
units. Note that the SCA Standard for new classroom
construction is to not employ chilled beams, but to rather
employ VAV boxes.
65. Single Zone VAV AHUs are required per Section 6.5.3.2 of
ASHRAE 90.1-2016 when the supply fan motors are greater than
or equal to 1/4 HP. Projects having to comply with ASHRAE
90.1-2016 as modified by Appendix CA of the 2020 NYCECC
shall utilize single zone VAV systems. Projects not having
to comply with ASHRAE 90.1-2016 may use constant volume air
handling units for the Auditoriums, Gymatoriums and
Gymnasiums (typically historic buildings would not need to
comply with ASHRAE 90.1-2016 per Section 4.2.1.3 of ASHRAE
90.1-16 as modified by Appendix CA of the 2020 NYCECC.
Additionally, ASHRAE 90.1-2016 Section 6.1.1.3 Exceptions
allow constant volume systems to be used).
66. Not used.
67. Use this article only for work done to historic buildings on
constant volume units that serve the Corridors (per Section
4.2.1.3 of ASHRAE 90.10-2016 as modified by Appendix CA of
the 2020 NYC Energy Conservation Code). Additionally,
compliance with ASHRAE 90.1-2016 shall not be required per
Section 6.1.1.3 Exceptions of 90.1-2016 for repairs, where
replacement or alteration of equipment requires extensive
revisions to other systems, refrigerant changes of existing
equipment, relocation of existing equipment or cases where
there exists insufficient space. Hence for these cases,
constant volume systems may be used to serve the Corridors.
For new Additions, existing buildings not meeting the above
exceptions, and for new school projects for stand alone
schools, Corridors are to be served by the central VAV

361
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
systems that also serve the Classrooms. Corridors are to be

equipped with a VAV box per Corridor floor with a
temperature sensor that controls the Corridor floor VAV box
located at the most remote part of the Corridor.
68. The minimum VAV box setting for the Corridor VAV boxes is
never to be less than 0.06 cfm/SF per 2014 NYCMC Table
403.3. In addition, the minimum setting for the Corridor VAV
boxes shall be such that any transfer air from the Corridor
to the adjacent Toilets and Electrical Closets is to always
be maintained.
69. DRU units are to only be used if project involves retrofit

to an existing DRU unit.
70. Per Section 4.2.1.3 of ASHRAE 90.10-2016 as modified by

Appendix CA of the 2020 NYCECC, work done to historic
buildings are exempt from having to comply with ASHRAE 90.1-
2016. Additionally, compliance with ASHRAE 90.1-2016 shall
not be required per Section 6.1.1.3 Exceptions of 90.1-2016
for repairs, where replacement or alteration of equipment
requires extensive revisions to other systems, refrigerant
changes of existing equipment, relocation of existing
equipment or cases where there exists insufficient space.
Edit Section as required. Constant volume units may be used
when ASHRAE 90.1-2016 is not applicable.
71. Combination unit exhaust fan shall be sized nominally with a

capacity that equals all of air supplied to the Cafeteria so
in the non-cooking mode, the combination unit exhaust fan
together with the Staff Toilet exhaust fan, Can Wash Room
exhaust fan and general Kitchen exhaust fan, shall exhaust
all of the outside air intake at the combination unit during
the cooling economizer mode and Pre-Occupied Morning and
Unoccupied Nighttime Purge modes. Account for the need to
negatively pressurize the Cafeteria with respect to adjacent
Corridors when sizing the combination unit exhaust fan.
Kitchen shall be negatively pressurized with respect to the
Cafeteria and Cafeteria shall be negatively pressurized with
respect to its adjacent spaces (other than the Kitchen).
72. The SZVAV system is coupled in cooling but decoupled in

heating.
73. Designer of Record shall complete the table based on the

Cafeteria specific square footage and Cafeteria occupancy.

362
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
The differential carbon dioxide concentration is defined as

the Cafeteria carbon dioxide concentration minus the outside
air carbon dioxide concentration. Linear interpolate for
differentials greater than 0 ppm and less than the maximum
carbon dioxide differential in ppm. The average carbon
dioxide generation rate is defined as 0.0084 cfm/met/person
per ASHRAE 62.1-2010 User’s Manual. MET is the metabolic
rate activity level of the people in the zone. ASHRAE 62.1-
2010 User’s Manual defines the following MET levels for
various activity levels:
ACTIVITY MET
Seated, quiet 1.0
Reading and writing, seated 1.0
Typing 1.1
Filing, seated 1.2
Filing, standing 1.4
Walking 2.0
Facilities cleaning 2.0-3.4
Exercise 3.0-4.0
Multiply the MET level by the average carbon dioxide

generation rate to get the Cafeteria specific carbon dioxide
generation rate. The maximum full occupancy carbon dioxide
concentration in ppm is the outside air carbon dioxide
concentration in ppm plus (Cafeteria specific carbon dioxide
generation rate times the maximum population/the maximum
full occupancy ventilation rate) per ASHRAE 62.1-2010 User’s
Manual. Note that the cfm/sf values are determined from MC
Table 403.3 based on the Cafeteria space. Note that the
cfm/person values are to be determined from MC Table 403.3
based on the Cafeteria space occupancy. The ventilation
system shall always be designed using the maximum occupancy
determined from the Program of Requirements for Capacity
projects, which includes UFT maximums and adult staff, and
the Building Code Chapter 10 Egress Occupancy for CIP
projects. Compute the full occupancy ventilation rates based
on the square footage together with the occupancy. The
minimum outside air intake ventilation rate that the carbon
dioxide sensors can throttle the outside air intake rate
down to for a vacant Cafeteria in the non-cooking mode is
the Cafeteria specific cfm per square foot requirements as
defined in MC Table 403.3 times the Cafeteria space square

363
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
footage. This minimum is established in order to maintain

the minimum Indoor Air Quality (i.e. to account for VOC
outgassing of carpets, adhesives, paints etc.) even if the
Cafeteria is unoccupied. Engineer of Record shall confirm
that the calculated unit minimum outside air value retains
the conditions for stable operation and takes into effect
the requirements for the minimum stable flow for the
measuring instrumentation including outside and exhaust air
flow meters, stable operation of supply fan and exhaust fan
above stall speeds, and stable flow for the heating system
and the cooling system at minimum flow.
74. For projects having to comply with 2020 NYCECC and ASHRAE
90.1-2016, Designer shall edit Article 3.9 for Rooftop unit
with DX coils/gas furnace for Combination Cafeteria/Kitchen
spaces to convert from constant volume unit to Single Zone
Variable Air Volume (SZVAV). Follow Combination AHU Article
3.13C for format.
75. For units serving PA spaces, designer shall refer to Design

Requirements 6.2.4 and 6.2.22. Both an Energy Recovery Wheel
(ERW) and Demand Controlled Ventilation (DCV) are to be
utilized for PA spaces (unless the exhaust air cfm/outside
air cfm makes the ASHRAE 90.1-2016 prescriptive wheel
impractical) with the exception of the Cafeteria/Cafetorium/
Kitchen combination unit which only employs DCV in the non-
cooking mode.
76. Not used.
77. Edit as required. For projects with perimeter fin tube

radiation, the maximum hot water supply temperature shall be
140°F to preserve the condensing nature of the boilers and
shall be reset downwards based on outside air temperature.
For displacement induction unit (DIU) projects should a
dedicated boiler be utilized to serve the DIUs, the hot
water supply temperature is to be reset downwards from a
nominal design 180°F supply temperature depending on outside
air temperature. Designer must provide a reset schedule in
the sequence of operation.
78. Edit as required. For projects with perimeter fin tube

radiation in the secondary loop, the maximum hot water
supply temperature in the primary loop shall be 160°F and
the maximum hot water supply temperature to the fin tube
radiation shall be 140°F to preserve the condensing nature

364
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
of the boilers. Primary and secondary temperatures are to

be reset based on outside air temperatures. Designer shall
provide reset schedule in the sequence of operation. For
projects with displacement induction units (DIUs) in the
secondary loop, the primary loop hot water supply
temperature is to be reset downwards from the nominal design
day 180°F supply temperature depending on outside air
temperature and the hot water supply temperature to the DIUs
shall be adjusted accordingly based on the primary loop hot
water supply temperature and the efficiency of the heat
exchanger. Designer must provide a reset schedule in the
sequence of operation for both the primary loop and the
secondary loop for all projects regardless if the secondary
loop utilizes fin tube radiation or displacement induction
units.
79. Using hot water cabinet unit heaters instead of electrical

cabinet unit heaters is the SCA standard. Designer shall
obtain approval from the Authority should the usage of
electrically heated units be proposed. Usage of electrically
heated units would have to be accounted for in the energy
modeling reflecting annual energy costs.
80. Not used.
81. Provide an H-O-A switch for the kiln exhaust fan. In the “A”
mode, the kiln exhaust fan must be interlocked with the unit
providing air to the Arts Room. The kiln exhaust fan is
used to exhaust code ventilation air and therefore must
always be on and in the “A” mode. The “H” mode would be
used for the case should the interlocked supply unit fail,
one could manually turn on the kiln exhaust fan should the
kiln be in active use. Designer shall not to locate the H-
O-A switch next to the kiln in order to avoid improper
turning off of the exhaust fan by staff.
82. The SCA Standard HVAC system for new non-assembly spaces is
a Variable Air Volume (VAV) system. Should a new design
utilize chilled beams for some special case, a non-
recirculating Dedicated Outside Air System (DOAS), not a
Decoupled Recirculating Unit (DRU) should be employed. DRU
units may continue to be used for retrofit work on projects
already utilizing DRU units and chilled beams. Edit Section
as required.
83. Energy monitoring (gas, electric, steam and water usage)

need not be monitored for CIP type projects. Designer to

365
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
edit as required. Temperature, relative humidity and

condensate pan overflow (for Telecom Rooms, Elevator Machine
Rooms and Food Storage Rooms) should always be monitored for
all projects (Capacity and CIP).
84. Unoccupied setup based on dewpoint and pull-down dewpoint

control are only to be used for PA spaces when the
Classrooms are served by Displacement Induction Units or
Chilled Beams where the avoidance of condensation in the
Classrooms is important. If the Classrooms are served by
VAV boxes, the unoccupied mode can be a sensible only 85ºF
setup and the pull-down mode should pull down the
temperatures from the unoccupied 85ºF to the occupied 78ºF.
Edit as required.
85. The Designer shall identify the minimum safe flow of the
supply fan on the Drawings that maintains fan stability and
maintains the required minimum flow across the furnace or
heating coil.
86. Designer to edit Section as required based on using

electric, heat pump or gas-fired domestic water heaters.

366
12/31/20 DESIGN NO. _______
LIST OF SUBMITTALS
SUBMITTALS DATE SUBMITTED DATE APPROVED
1. Control Shop Drawings & ______________ _____________

Sequences.
2. Engineering Cut Sheets. ______________ _____________
3. Schedules. ______________ _____________
4. TCC Certifications. ______________ _____________
5. Software Details. ______________ _____________

367

12/31/20 DESIGN NO. - SECTION 15985 Sequence of Operation Part 1 - General 1.1. Description of Work

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

12/31/20 DESIGN NO. - SECTION 15985 Sequence of Operation Part 1 - General 1.1. Description of Work

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The sequence of operation is hereby defined as the

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

A. Refer to the plans and specifications throughout for

B. ACU: Air Conditioning Unit

1.3 RELATED SECTIONS

1.4 SUPPLEMENTAL SUBMITTALS

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

Sequence of Operation: Submit Shop Drawings for each of the

Not applicable to this section.

14 3.1 TERMINAL UNITS’ CONTROL SEQUENCES

A. Radiator, Finned-Tube Radiators and Convectors per

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

mode and shall be de-activated during the Summer

1. Provide BACnet room thermostat to maintain space

1. Provide space sensor connected to BACnet

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

Alternate option is to provide BACnet thermostat

1 1. For new building and major modification projects,

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

E. Cabinet Unit Heater Control (Electric - With

1. For new building and major modification projects,

18 1. Heating-and-Cooling: Provide room sensor for input

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

shall be controlled either by a temperature sensor

Additionally, per Section 6.4.3.3.3 of ASHRAE

G. Four Pipe Unit Ventilator Control per Section 15857

1. Heating-and-Cooling: Provide room sensor for input

2. During the heating cycle, the hot water control

3. Occupied Heating Mode: Fan shall be commanded on.

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

4. Unoccupied Heating Mode: Fan shall cycle OFF at

5. Pre-Occupied Morning Warm Up Mode: Fan shall be

6. Occupied Cooling Mode: Fans shall be commanded ON.

7. Occupied Economizer Mode: If the decoupled unit

8. Pre-Occupied Morning Pull Down Mode: Fans shall be

9. I/O Points: Provide the I/O points as specified

10. For ceiling hung units, per Section MC 307.2.3,

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

11. Unoccupied Cooling: Decoupled unit provides this

H. Heating-Only Decoupled (i.e. Tempering) (No Cooling)

[ref. 1598514a Standard Control Drawing and Point List]

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

time (to close outside air intake damper)

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

provided 24 hours per day/7 days per week and

d. For hot water systems, a freezestat located

1 4. I/O Points: Provide the I/O points as specified.

1. Unit ventilator shall be started and stopped

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

separate convector(s) and the face-and-bypass

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

valve shall be open any time the face/bypass

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

Convector heating valve if indoor air temperature

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

8. Pull-down Cycle: The unit ventilator fan shall be

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -

and 72˚F during the heating cycle. Change-over

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15985 -